WO2016057798A1 - 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use - Google Patents

14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016057798A1
WO2016057798A1 PCT/US2015/054700 US2015054700W WO2016057798A1 WO 2016057798 A1 WO2016057798 A1 WO 2016057798A1 US 2015054700 W US2015054700 W US 2015054700W WO 2016057798 A1 WO2016057798 A1 WO 2016057798A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
alkyl
compound
certain embodiments
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2015/054700
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Andrew G. Myers
Ian Bass SEIPLE
Ziyang Zhang
Original Assignee
President And Fellows Of Harvard College
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by President And Fellows Of Harvard College filed Critical President And Fellows Of Harvard College
Priority to JP2017519264A priority Critical patent/JP2017531663A/en
Priority to CA2963815A priority patent/CA2963815A1/en
Priority to EP15848340.4A priority patent/EP3211997A4/en
Priority to US15/517,843 priority patent/US10633407B2/en
Priority to CN201580066344.5A priority patent/CN106998685A/en
Publication of WO2016057798A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016057798A1/en
Priority to HK18102636.6A priority patent/HK1242920A1/en
Priority to US16/843,259 priority patent/US11466046B2/en
Priority to US17/872,769 priority patent/US20230109357A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H17/00—Compounds containing heterocyclic radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
    • C07H17/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only oxygen as ring hetero atoms
    • C07H17/08—Hetero rings containing eight or more ring members, e.g. erythromycins
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7048—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having oxygen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. leucoglucosan, hesperidin, erythromycin, nystatin, digitoxin or digoxin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D498/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • Streptococcus pneumonia infections can transmit genes coding for antibiotic resistance both vertically (to their progeny) and horizontally (to neighboring bacteria of different lineages), and as a result antibiotic resistance can evolve quickly, particularly in nosocomial (hospital) settings. See, e.g., Wright, Chem. Commun. (2011) 47:4055–4061. This year, >99,000 people will die in the U.S. from healthcare-associated infections, more than all casualties from car accidents, HIV, and breast cancer combined, creating an estimated burden of up to $45 billion in U.S. healthcare costs. See, e.g., Klevens et al., Public Health Rep (2007) 122:160–166.
  • the macrolides are one of the few major clinically important classes of antibiotics for which the only practical access has been through semi–synthesis, or chemical manipulation of structurally complex fermentation products, in routes as long as 16 steps. See, e.g., Paterson, Tetrahedron (1985) 41:3569–3624; Omura, Ed., Macrolide Antibiotics: Chemistry, Biology, and Practice, Second Edition; Academic Press, 2002.
  • the macrolide class of antibiotics has proven safe and effective in the battle against pathogenic bacteria since the discovery of erythromycin over 60 years ago. See, e.g., Wu et al., Curr. Med. Chem. (2001) 8, 1727–1758.
  • Erythromycin displays a spectrum of antibacterial activity against Gram– positive bacteria similar to that of penicillin but has a lesser propensity to induce allergic interactions, and has been routinely prescribed for upper and lower respiratory tract infections and urogenital infections. See, e.g., Washington et al., Mayo. Clin. Proc. (1985) 60:189–203; Washington et al., Mayo. Clin. Proc. (1985) 60:271–278.
  • erythromycin is known to undergo acid–promoted internal ketalization (cyclization of the C6 and C12 hydroxyl groups onto the C9 ketone) in the gut, which leads to adverse gastrointestinal events.
  • Second–generation macrolide antibiotics clarithromycin and azithromycin addressed issues of acid instability and were prepared semi– synthetically in 4–6 steps from erythromycin, which is readily available through large-scale fermentation. See, e.g., Ma et al., Curr. Med. Chem. (2011) 18:1993–2015; Wu et al., Curr. Pharm. Des. (2000) 6:181–223; Ma et al., Mini–Rev. Med. Chem. (2010) 10:272–286; Asaka et al., Curr. Top. Med. Chem.
  • Azithromycin has been shown to exhibit markedly improved efficacy against Gram–negative organisms, and has a longer half–life and higher tissue distribution than the other macrolide antibiotics, thought to correlate with its 15– membered ring containing a tertiary amine. See, e.g., Ferwerda et al., J. Antimicrob.
  • Ketolides such as telithromycin and solithromycin defeat the efflux mechanism of resistance by replacement of the C3 cladinose sugar with a carbonyl group (hence the name“ketolides”), and are thought to exhibit greatly increased binding by virtue of favorable interactions between the novel aryl–alkyl sidechain and the ribosome.
  • ketolides such as telithromycin and solithromycin have not addressed several of the newest forms of macrolide resistance that have evolved in nosocomial settings, especially ribosome methylation and RNA point mutations.
  • ketolides Described herein are methods and intermediates for making ketolides.
  • This synthetic approach to macrolides, particularly 14-membered ketolides includes the coupling of two components, a western half (A-i) or (A-ii) with an eastern half (B-i) or (B-ii), as depicted in Scheme 1, to provide a compound of Formula (N-1):
  • Z is of the formula z- or (z-ii);
  • each instance of R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , and R 2b is independently hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or wherein R 1a and R 1b or
  • R 2a and R 2b are taken together to form ;
  • a indicates the point of attachment to the carbon substituted by G 1 ;
  • each of R o1 and R o2 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R no is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group;
  • R sa is hydrogen, hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R sa and R 1a or R sa and R 1b are taken together to form a bond
  • R s8 is hydrogen or OR 11 ;
  • L 3 is a group
  • R 4 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • each instance of R 18 and R 19 independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • each instance of R 20 and R 21 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, halogen, carbonyl, or R 20 and R 21 are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl or an oxiranyl ring;
  • each instance of R 5a and R 5b is independently hydrogen, halogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R 6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaralkyl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, or halogen;
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 10 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, and halogen;
  • G 3 is–O–,–S–, or–N(R G1 )–, wherein R G1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
  • G 1 is hydrogen,–OR 12 or–NR 13 R 14 ;
  • R 11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group
  • R 13 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
  • each instance of L C1 and L C2 is independently a bond, or a linking group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene; optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, and combinations thereof;
  • each instance of A 1 is independently a leaving group (LG),–SH,–OH,–NH 2 ,–NH– NH 2 ,–N 3 ,–O–NH 2 ,
  • W is O, S, or NR W1 ;
  • R W1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl; substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl;
  • substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl substituted or unsubstituted aryl; substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or a nitrogen protecting group;
  • R W2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl;
  • optionally substituted alkynyl optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R W2 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclic moiety;
  • R X1 is hydrogen, halogen, or–OR X2 , wherein R X2 is hydrogen; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; or an oxygen protecting group;
  • R 23 is optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
  • each instance of R Z8 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R Z8 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocylyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl ring;
  • A is a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R s1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • G 2 is a group of formula:
  • R 6 , R 10 , R 15 , R 16a , and X G2 are as defined herein;
  • P 1 is hydrogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen, nitrogen, or thiol protecting group; ;
  • LG is a leaving group
  • LG leaving group
  • R P1 , R P2 , and R P3 are as defined herein, to provide various linkages of formula Z, as defined herein.
  • L C1 and L C2 are linker selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted
  • linker comprises a optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, or optionally substituted carbocyclylene group therein, thereby rigidifying the linker moiety.
  • L C1 is a rigidified linker, as described herein, and L C2 is a bond.
  • L C1 and L C2 is independently selected from one of the following formulae: ,
  • macrolides which comprising a non-hydrogen R 1a and/or R 1b group, such as a–CH 3 group are found to be more potent than analogs without such substitution.
  • the combination of a rigidified linker in addition to a non-hydrogen R 1a and/or R 1b group is thus envisioned as providing even more potent analogs.
  • ketolides comprising heteroaryl R 23 groups have been found to be more potent than solithromycin and analogs thereof.
  • the combination of a rigidified L C1 and/or L C2 linker, a non-hydrogen R 1a and/or R 1b group, and a heteroaryl R 23 rou is thus envisioned as rovidin even more otent analogs. Therefore, in certain
  • R 23 is of the
  • R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , and R 2b are as defined herein.
  • R 1a and R 1b are hydrogen; and each of R 2a and R 2b is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R 1a is hydrogen; R 1b is optionally substituted alkyl; and each of R 2a and R 2b is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R 1a and R 1b or R 2a and R 2b are independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • L C1 is a rigidified linker, as described herein, and L C2 is a bond.
  • Z is (z-ii);
  • R no is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group; and
  • R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , and R 2b are as defined herein.
  • R no , R 1a and R 1b are hydrogen and each of R 2a and R 2b is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R no and R 1a are hydrogen;
  • R 1b is optionally substituted alkyl; and each of R 2a and R 2b is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R 2a and R 2b are taken together to form , wherein R o1 and R o2 are as defined herein.
  • L C1 is a rigidified linker, as described herein, and L C2 is a bond.
  • P 1 is hydrogen
  • R 6 is a hydrogen or non-hydrogen group
  • macrocyclization of the compound of Formula (N-1) provides a macrolide of Formula (N-2).
  • Enolization of the macrolide of Formula (N-2) in the presence of a base, followed by addition of a non- hydrogen group R 10 provides a macrolide of Formula (N-3).
  • Formula (N-6) and subgenera thereof as described herein are intended to encompass compounds of Formulae (N-2), (N-4), (N-6a), and (N-7a) and subgenera thereof, wherein R Y1 is–OR 17 , and R Y2 is hydrogen; or R Y1 is halogen, and R Y2 is hydrogen; or R Y1 is halogen, and R Y2 is halogen.
  • Figure 1 depicts exemplary 14–, 15–, and 16–membered macrolide antibiotics used in the United States.
  • Compounds and macrolides described herein can comprise one or more asymmetric centers, and thus can exist in various stereoisomeric forms, e.g., enantiomers and/or diastereomers.
  • the compounds and macrolides described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer.
  • Isomers can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses. See, for example, Jacques et al., Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley).
  • the invention additionally encompasses compounds and macrolides as individual isomers substantially free of other isomers, and alternatively, as mixtures of various isomers.
  • C 1–6 alkyl is intended to encompass, C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 1–6 , C 1–5 , C 1–4 , C 1–3 , C 1–2 , C 2–6 , C 2–5 , C 2–4 , C 2–3 , C 3–6 , C 3–5 , C 3–4 , C 4–6 , C 4–5 , and C 5–6 alkyl.
  • alkyl refers to a radical of a straight–chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 1–10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 1–9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 1–8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 1–7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1–6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 1–5 alkyl”).
  • an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 1–4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 1–3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C 1–2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom (“C 1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2–6 alkyl”).
  • C 1–6 alkyl groups include methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n–propyl (C 3 ), isopropyl (C 3 ), n–butyl (C 4 ), tert–butyl (C 4 ), sec–butyl (C 4 ), iso–butyl (C 4 ), n–pentyl (C 5 ), 3–pentanyl (C 5 ), amyl (C 5 ), neopentyl (C 5 ), 3–methyl–2–butanyl (C 5 ), tertiary amyl (C 5 ), and n–hexyl (C 6 ).
  • Additional examples of alkyl groups include n–heptyl (C 7 ), n–octyl (C 8 ) and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkyl group is
  • the alkyl group is an unsubstituted C 1–10 alkyl (e.g.,–CH 3 ). In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is a substituted C 1–10 alkyl.
  • haloalkyl is a substituted alkyl group as defined herein wherein one or more of the hydrogen atoms are independently replaced by a halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo.
  • a halogen e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo.
  • Perhaloalkyl is a subset of haloalkyl, and refers to an alkyl group wherein all of the hydrogen atoms are independently replaced by a halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo.
  • the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 1–8 haloalkyl”).
  • the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1–6 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 1–4 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 1–3 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C 1–2 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, all of the haloalkyl hydrogen atoms are replaced with fluoro to provide a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • haloalkyl hydrogen atoms are replaced with chloro to provide a“perchloroalkyl” group.
  • haloalkyl groups include—CF 3 ,–CF 2 CF 3 ,–CF 2 CF 2 CF 3 ,–CCl 3 ,–CFCl 2 ,–CF 2 Cl, and the like.
  • heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined herein which further includes at least one heteroatom (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms) selected from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur within (i.e., inserted between adjacent carbon atoms of) and/or placed at one or more terminal position(s) of the parent chain.
  • a heteroalkyl group refers to a saturated group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 or more
  • heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–9 alkyl”).
  • a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–8 alkyl”).
  • a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–7 alkyl”).
  • a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and 1or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain
  • heteroC 1–3 alkyl a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 carbon atom and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC 1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–6 alkyl”).
  • each instance of a heteroalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted heteroalkyl”) or substituted (a“substituted heteroalkyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the heteroalkyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC 1–10 alkyl.
  • the heteroalkyl group is a substituted heteroC 1–10 alkyl.
  • alkenyl refers to a radical of a straight–chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and one or more carbon–carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 double bonds).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 2–9 alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 2–8 alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 2–7 alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2–6 alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 2–5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 2–4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 2–3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C 2 alkenyl”).
  • the one or more carbon–carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2–butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1– butenyl).
  • Examples of C 2–4 alkenyl groups include ethenyl (C 2 ), 1–propenyl (C 3 ), 2–propenyl (C 3 ), 1–butenyl (C 4 ), 2–butenyl (C 4 ), butadienyl (C 4 ), and the like.
  • Examples of C 2–6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C 2–4 alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C 5 ), pentadienyl (C 5 ), hexenyl (C 6 ), and the like.
  • alkenyl examples include heptenyl (C 7 ), octenyl (C 8 ), octatrienyl (C 8 ), and the like.
  • each instance of an alkenyl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted alkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkenyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the alkenyl group is an unsubstituted C 2–10 alkenyl.
  • the alkenyl group is a substituted C 2–10 alkenyl.
  • heteroalkenyl refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein which further includes at least one heteroatom (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms) selected from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur within (i.e., inserted between adjacent carbon atoms of) and/or placed at one or more terminal position(s) of the parent chain.
  • a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–10 alkenyl”).
  • a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–7 alkenyl”).
  • a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2
  • heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–6 alkenyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkenyl group is
  • heteroalkenyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC 2–10 alkenyl.
  • heteroalkenyl group is a substituted heteroC 2–10 alkenyl.
  • “alkynyl” refers to a radical of a straight–chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and one or more carbon–carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 triple bonds) (“C 2–10 alkynyl”).
  • an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 2–9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 2–8 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 2–7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2–6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 2–5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 2–4 alkynyl”).
  • an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 2–3 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C 2 alkynyl”).
  • the one or more carbon–carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2–butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1– butynyl).
  • Examples of C 2–4 alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl (C 2 ), 1– propynyl (C 3 ), 2–propynyl (C 3 ), 1–butynyl (C 4 ), 2–butynyl (C 4 ), and the like.
  • C 2–6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C 2–4 alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C 5 ), hexynyl (C 6 ), and the like. Additional examples of alkynyl include heptynyl (C 7 ), octynyl (C 8 ), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkynyl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted alkynyl”) or substituted (a“substituted alkynyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is an unsubstituted C 2–10 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is a substituted C 2–10 alkynyl.
  • heteroalkynyl refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein which further includes at least one heteroatom (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms) selected from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur within (i.e., inserted between adjacent carbon atoms of) and/or placed at one or more terminal position(s) of the parent chain.
  • a heteroalkynyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–10 alkynyl”).
  • a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–8 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–7 alkynyl”).
  • a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–4 alkynyl”).
  • a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–3 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–6 alkynyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkynyl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted heteroalkynyl”) or substituted (a“substituted heteroalkynyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkynyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC 2–10 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkynyl group is a substituted heteroC 2–10 alkynyl.
  • “carbocyclyl” or“carbocyclic” refers to a radical of a non–aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–14 carbocyclyl”) and zero heteroatoms in the non–aromatic ring system.
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–10 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 9 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–9 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–8 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–7 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 4 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 4–6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 5–6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 5–10 carbocyclyl”). Exemplary C 3–6 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C 3 ),
  • cyclopropenyl C 3
  • cyclobutyl C 4
  • cyclobutenyl C 4
  • cyclopentyl C 5
  • cyclopentenyl C 5
  • cyclohexyl C 6
  • cyclohexenyl C 6
  • cyclohexadienyl C 6
  • Exemplary C 3–8 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C 3–6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C 7 ), cycloheptenyl (C 7 ), cycloheptadienyl (C 7 ), cycloheptatrienyl (C 7 ), cyclooctyl (C 8 ), cyclooctenyl (C 8 ), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (C 7 ), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (C 8 ), and the like.
  • Exemplary C 3–10 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the
  • the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic (“monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or polycyclic (e.g., containing a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic carbocyclyl”) or tricyclic system (“tricyclic carbocyclyl”)) and can be saturated or can contain one or more carbon–carbon double or triple bonds.
  • “Carbocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system.
  • each instance of a carbocyclyl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted carbocyclyl”) or substituted (a“substituted carbocyclyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the carbocyclyl group is an unsubstituted C 3–14 carbocyclyl.
  • the carbocyclyl group is a substituted C 3–14 carbocyclyl.
  • “carbocyclyl” is a monocyclic, saturated carbocyclyl group having from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–14 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–10 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 9 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–9 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–8 cycloalkyl”).
  • a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 4 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 4–6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 5–6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 5–10 cycloalkyl”).
  • C 5–6 cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl (C 5 ) and cyclohexyl (C 5 ).
  • Examples of C 3–6 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C 5–6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C 3 ) and cyclobutyl (C 4 ).
  • Examples of C 3–8 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C 3–6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C 7 ) and cyclooctyl (C 8 ). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an
  • the cycloalkyl group is an unsubstituted C 3–14 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is a substituted C 3–14 cycloalkyl.
  • heterocyclyl or“heterocyclic” refers to a radical of a 3– to 14– membered non–aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“3–14 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
  • a heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic (“monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or polycyclic (e.g., a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”) or tricyclic system (“tricyclic heterocyclyl”)), and can be saturated or can contain one or more carbon– carbon double or triple bonds.
  • Heterocyclyl polycyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.“Heterocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system.
  • each instance of heterocyclyl is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted heterocyclyl”) or substituted (a“substituted heterocyclyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the heterocyclyl group is an unsubstituted 3–14 membered heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is a substituted 3–14 membered heterocyclyl.
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5–10 membered non–aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–10 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5–8 membered non–aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5–6 membered non–aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is
  • the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–6 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl has 1–3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl has 1–2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • Exemplary 3–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azirdinyl, oxiranyl, and thiiranyl.
  • Exemplary 4–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl, oxetanyl and thietanyl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl,
  • Exemplary 5– membered heterocyclyl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxathiolanyl and dithiolanyl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl.
  • heterocyclyl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinanyl.
  • Exemplary 7–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl.
  • Exemplary 8–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azocanyl, oxecanyl and thiocanyl.
  • Exemplary bicyclic heterocyclyl groups include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, tetrahydrobenzothienyl, tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydroindolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, octahydrochromenyl, octahydroisochromenyl,
  • decahydronaphthyridinyl decahydro–1,8–naphthyridinyl, octahydropyrrolo[3,2–b]pyrrole, indolinyl, phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, 1H–benzo[e][1,4]diazepinyl, 1,4,5,7–tetrahydropyrano[3,4–b]pyrrolyl, 5,6–dihydro–4H–furo[3,2–b]pyrrolyl, 6,7–dihydro– 5H–furo[3,2–b]pyranyl, 5,7–dihydro–4H–thieno[2,3–c]pyranyl, 2,3–dihydro–1H– pyrrolo[2,3–b]pyridinyl, 2,3–dihydrofuro[2,3–b]pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7–
  • aryl refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array) having 6–14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system (“C 6–14 aryl”).
  • aromatic ring system e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array
  • an aryl group has 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl).
  • an aryl group has 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 10 aryl”; e.g., naphthyl such as 1–naphthyl and 2–naphthyl).
  • an aryl group has 14 ring carbon atoms (“C 14 aryl”; e.g., anthracyl).“Aryl” also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system.
  • each instance of an aryl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted aryl”) or substituted (a“substituted aryl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the aryl group is an unsubstituted C 6– 14 aryl.
  • the aryl group is a substituted C 6–14 aryl.
  • “Aralkyl” is a subset of“alkyl” and refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an aryl group, as defined herein, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl moiety.
  • An exemplary aralkyl group is–CH 2 -phenyl (benzyl, Bz), wherein the phenyl moiety may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • heteroaryl refers to a radical of a 5–14 membered monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur (“5–14 membered heteroaryl”).
  • the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
  • Heteroaryl polycyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.“Heteroaryl” includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system.
  • Heteroaryl also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused polycyclic (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system.
  • Polycyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like
  • the point of attachment can be on either ring, i.e., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2–indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5–indolyl).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5–10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–10 membered heteroaryl”).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5–8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–8 membered heteroaryl”).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5–6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–6 membered heteroaryl”).
  • the 5–6 membered heteroaryl has 1–3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the 5–6 membered heteroaryl has 1–2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the 5–6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroaryl”) or substituted (a“substituted heteroaryl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the heteroaryl group is an unsubstituted 5–14 membered heteroaryl.
  • the heteroaryl group is a substituted 5–14 membered heteroaryl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, pyrrolyl, furanyl and thiophenyl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing 4 heteroatoms include, without limitation, tetrazolyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, pyridinyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heteroaryl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heteroaryl groups containing 3 or 4 heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively.
  • Exemplary 7–membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azepinyl, oxepinyl, and thiepinyl.
  • Exemplary 5,6– bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzthiazolyl,
  • benzisothiazolyl benzthiadiazolyl, indolizinyl, and purinyl.
  • Exemplary 6,6–bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl.
  • Exemplary tricyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, phenanthridinyl, dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl and phenazinyl.
  • “Heteroaralkyl” is a subset of“alkyl” and refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl moiety.
  • the term“partially unsaturated” refers to a ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond.
  • the term“partially unsaturated” is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aromatic groups (e.g., aryl or heteroaryl moieties) as herein defined.
  • the term“saturated” refers to a ring moiety that does not contain a double or triple bond, i.e., the ring contains all single bonds.
  • alkylene is the divalent moiety of alkyl
  • alkenylene is the divalent moiety of alkenyl
  • alkynylene is the divalent moiety of alkynyl
  • heteroalkylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkyl
  • heteroalkenylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkenyl
  • heteroalkynylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkynyl
  • carbocyclylene is the divalent moiety of carbocyclyl
  • heterocyclylene is the divalent moiety of heterocyclyl
  • arylene is the divalent moiety of aryl
  • heteroarylene is the divalent moiety of heteroaryl.
  • alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups, as defined herein, are, in certain embodiments, optionally substituted.
  • Optionally substituted refers to a group which may be substituted or unsubstituted (e.g.,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” alkyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” alkenyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” alkynyl,“substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroalkyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” heteroalkenyl,“substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroalkynyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” carbocyclyl,“substituted” or “unsubstituted” heterocyclyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” aryl or“substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroaryl group).
  • substituted or unsubstituted e
  • the term“substituted” means that at least one hydrogen present on a group is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction.
  • a“substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position.
  • substituted is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, and includes any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound.
  • the present invention contemplates any and all such combinations in order to arrive at a stable compound.
  • heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
  • Exemplary carbon atom substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen,–CN,– NO 2 ,–N 3 ,–SO 2 H,–SO 3 H,–OH,–OR aa ,–ON(R bb ) 2 ,–N(R bb ) 2 ,–N(R bb ) +
  • R aa is, independently, selected from C 1–10 alkyl, C 1–10 perhaloalkyl, C 2–10 alkenyl, C 2–10 alkynyl, heteroC 1–10 alkyl, heteroC 2–10 alkenyl, heteroC 2–10 alkynyl, C 3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C 6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two R aa groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two R aa groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl,
  • each instance of R cc is, independently, selected from hydrogen, C 1–10 alkyl, C 1–10 perhaloalkyl, C 2–10 alkenyl, C 2–10 alkynyl, heteroC 1–10 alkyl, heteroC 2–10 alkenyl, heteroC 2–10 alkynyl, C 3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C 6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two R cc groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R dd groups;
  • each instance of R dd is, independently, selected from halogen,–CN,–NO 2 ,–N 3 ,– SO 2 H,–SO 3 H,–OH,–OR ee ,–ON(R ff ) 2 ,–N(R ff ) 2 ,–N(R ff ) +
  • each instance of R ee is, independently, selected from C 1–6 alkyl, C 1–6 perhaloalkyl, C 2– 6 alkenyl, C 2–6 alkynyl, heteroC 1–6 alkyl, heteroC 2–6 alkenyl, heteroC 2–6 alkynyl, C 3–10 carbocyclyl, C 6–10 aryl, 3–10 membered heterocyclyl, and 3–10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R gg groups;
  • each instance of R ff is, independently, selected from hydrogen, C 1–6 alkyl, C 1–6 perhaloalkyl, C 2–6 alkenyl, C 2–6 alkynyl, heteroC 1–6 alkyl, heteroC 2–6 alkenyl, heteroC 2–6 alkynyl, C 3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6–10 aryl and 5–10 membered heteroaryl, or two R ff groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R gg groups; and
  • each instance of R gg is, independently, halogen,–CN,–NO 2 ,–N 3 ,–SO 2 H,–SO 3 H,– OH,–OC 1–6 alkyl,–ON(C 1–6 alkyl) 2 ,–N(C 1–6 alkyl) 2 ,–N(C 1–6 alkyl) +
  • halo or“halogen” refers to fluorine (fluoro,–F), chlorine (chloro,–Cl), bromine (bromo,–Br), or iodine (iodo,–I).
  • a“counterion” is a negatively charged group associated with a positively charged quarternary amine in order to maintain electronic neutrality.
  • exemplary counterions include halide ions (e.g., F – , Cl – , Br – , I – ), NO –
  • sulfonate ions e.g., methansulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, p–toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, 10–camphor sulfonate, naphthalene–2–sulfonate, naphthalene–1–sulfonic acid–5–sulfonate, ethan–1–sulfonic acid–2–sulfonate, and the like), and carboxylate ions (e.g., acetate, ethanoate, propanoate, benzoate, glycerate, lactate, tartrate, glycolate, and the like).
  • carboxylate ions e.g., acetate, ethanoate, propanoate, benzoate, glycerate, lactate, tartrate, glycolate, and the like.
  • the term“hydroxyl” or“hydroxy” refers to the group–OH.
  • thiol refers to the group–SH.
  • the term,“amino” refers to the group–NH 2 .
  • the term“substituted amino,” by extension, refers to a monosubstituted amino, a disubstituted amino, or a trisubstituted amino, as defined herein.
  • the“substituted amino” is a monosubstituted amino or a disubstituted amino group.
  • the term“monosubstituted amino” refers to an amino group wherein the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with one hydrogen and one group other than hydrogen, and includes groups selected from–NH(R bb ),–
  • trisubstituted amino refers to an amino group wherein the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with three groups, and includes groups selected from–N(R bb ) 3 and–N(R bb ) +
  • alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined herein substituted by a group of formula–OR aa wherein R aa is as defined herein, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl group.
  • aminoalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined herein substituted by an amino or substituted amino group, as defined herein, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl group.
  • sulfonyl refers to a group selected from–SO 2 N(R bb ) 2 ,– SO 2 R aa , and–SO 2 OR aa , wherein R aa and R bb are as defined herein.
  • sil refers to the group–Si(R aa ) 3 , wherein R aa is as defined herein.
  • Nitrogen atoms can be substituted or unsubstituted as valency permits, and include primary, secondary, tertiary, and quarternary nitrogen atoms.
  • heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R dd groups, and wherein R aa , R bb , R cc and R dd are as defined above.
  • the substituent present on the nitrogen atom is an nitrogen protecting group (also referred to herein as an“amino protecting group”).
  • Nitrogen protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3 rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
  • dithiobenzyloxyacylamino)acetamide 3–(p–hydroxyphenyl)propanamide, 3–(o– nitrophenyl)propanamide, 2–methyl–2–(o–nitrophenoxy)propanamide, 2–methyl–2–(o– phenylazophenoxy)propanamide, 4–chlorobutanamide, 3–methyl–3–nitrobutanamide, o– nitrocinnamide, N–acetylmethionine derivative, o–nitrobenzamide and o–
  • Nitrogen protecting groups such as carbamate groups include, but are not limited to, methyl carbamate, ethyl carbamante, 9–fluorenylmethyl carbamate (Fmoc), 9–(2–sulfo)fluorenylmethyl carbamate, 9–(2,7–dibromo)fluoroenylmethyl carbamate, 2,7–di– t–butyl–[9–(10,10–dioxo–10,10,10,10–tetrahydrothioxanthyl)]methyl carbamate (DBD– Tmoc), 4–methoxyphenacyl carbamate (Phenoc), 2,2,2–trichloroethyl carbamate (Troc), 2– trimethylsilylethyl carbamate (Teoc), 2–phenylethyl carbamate (hZ), 1–(1–adamanty
  • TBOC 1–methyl–1–(4–biphenylyl)ethyl carbamate (Bpoc), 1–(3,5–di–t–butylphenyl)–1– methylethyl carbamate (t–Bumeoc), 2–(2’– and 4’–pyridyl)ethyl carbamate (Pyoc), 2–(N,N– dicyclohexylcarboxamido)ethyl carbamate, t–butyl carbamate (BOC), 1–adamantyl carbamate (Adoc), vinyl carbamate (Voc), allyl carbamate (Alloc), 1–isopropylallyl carbamate (Ipaoc), cinnamyl carbamate (Coc), 4–nitrocinnamyl carbamate (Noc), 8–quinolyl carbamate, N–hydroxypiperidinyl carbamate, alkyldithio carbamate, benz
  • triphenylphosphonioisopropyl carbamate Ppoc
  • 1,1–dimethyl–2–cyanoethyl carbamate 1,1–dimethyl–2–cyanoethyl carbamate
  • m chloro–p–acyloxybenzyl carbamate
  • p (dihydroxyboryl)benzyl carbamate
  • benzisoxazolylmethyl carbamate 2–(trifluoromethyl)–6–chromonylmethyl carbamate (Tcroc), m–nitrophenyl carbamate, 3,5–dimethoxybenzyl carbamate, o–nitrobenzyl carbamate, 3,4–dimethoxy–6–nitrobenzyl carbamate, phenyl(o–nitrophenyl)methyl carbamate, t–amyl carbamate, S–benzyl thiocarbamate, p–cyanobenzyl carbamate, cyclobutyl carbamate, cyclohexyl carbamate, cyclopentyl carbamate, cyclopropylmethyl carbamate, p– decyloxybenzyl carbamate, 2,2–dimethoxyacylvinyl carbamate, o–(N,N–
  • dimethylcarboxamido)benzyl carbamate 1,1–dimethyl–3–(N,N–dimethylcarboxamido)propyl carbamate, 1,1–dimethylpropynyl carbamate, di(2–pyridyl)methyl carbamate, 2– furanylmethyl carbamate, 2–iodoethyl carbamate, isoborynl carbamate, isobutyl carbamate, isonicotinyl carbamate, p–(p’–methoxyphenylazo)benzyl carbamate, 1–methylcyclobutyl carbamate, 1–methylcyclohexyl carbamate, 1–methyl–1–cyclopropylmethyl carbamate, 1– methyl–1–(3,5–dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl carbamate, 1–methyl–1–(p–phenylazophenyl)ethyl carbamate, 1–methyl–1–phenylethy
  • Nitrogen protecting groups such as sulfonamide groups include, but are not limited to, p–toluenesulfonamide (Ts), benzenesulfonamide, 2,3,6,–trimethyl–4– methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr), 2,4,6–trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb), 2,6– dimethyl–4–methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Pme), 2,3,5,6–tetramethyl–4–
  • Ts p–toluenesulfonamide
  • Mtr 2,3,6,–trimethyl–4– methoxybenzenesulfonamide
  • Mtb 2,4,6–trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide
  • Pme 2,3,5,6–tetramethyl–4–
  • methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mte), 4–methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mbs), 2,4,6– trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts), 2,6–dimethoxy–4–methylbenzenesulfonamide (iMds), 2,2,5,7,8–pentamethylchroman–6–sulfonamide (Pmc), methanesulfonamide (Ms), ⁇ – trimethylsilylethanesulfonamide (SES), 9–anthracenesulfonamide, 4–(4’,8’–
  • DMBS dimethoxynaphthylmethylbenzenesulfonamide
  • benzylsulfonamide benzylsulfonamide
  • nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, phenothiazinyl–(10)– acyl derivative, N’–p–toluenesulfonylaminoacyl derivative, N’–phenylaminothioacyl derivative, N–benzoylphenylalanyl derivative, N–acetylmethionine derivative, 4,5–diphenyl– 3–oxazolin–2–one, N–phthalimide, N–dithiasuccinimide (Dts), N–2,3–diphenylmaleimide, N–2,5–dimethylpyrrole, N–1,1,4,4–tetramethyldisilylazacyclopentane adduct (STABASE), 5–substituted 1,3–dimethyl–1,3,5–triazacyclohexan–2–one, 5–substituted 1,3–dibenzyl– 1,3,5–triazacyclohexan–2–one, 1
  • N,N’ isopropylidenediamine, N–p–nitrobenzylideneamine, N–salicylideneamine, N–5–chlorosalicylideneamine, N–(5–chloro–2– hydroxyphenyl)phenylmethyleneamine, N–cyclohexylideneamine, N–(5,5–dimethyl–3–oxo– 1–cyclohexenyl)amine, N–borane derivative, N–diphenylborinic acid derivative, N–
  • benzenesulfenamide o–nitrobenzenesulfenamide (Nps), 2,4–dinitrobenzenesulfenamide, pentachlorobenzenesulfenamide, 2–nitro–4–methoxybenzenesulfenamide,
  • triphenylmethylsulfenamide triphenylmethylsulfenamide
  • 3–nitropyridinesulfenamide Npys
  • the substituent present on an oxygen atom is an oxygen protecting group (also referred to herein as an“hydroxyl protecting group”).
  • Oxygen protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3 rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
  • oxygen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, methoxylmethyl (MOM), methylthiomethyl (MTM), t–butylthiomethyl,
  • MEM methoxyethoxymethyl
  • SEMOR trimethylsilylethoxymethyl
  • THP tetrahydropyranyl
  • DPMS diphenylmethylsilyl
  • TMPS t–butylmethoxyphenylsilyl
  • TMSEC trimethylsilylethyl carbonate
  • Psec phenylsulfonyl ethyl carbonate
  • Peoc triphenylphosphonio ethyl carbonate
  • BOC t–butyl carbonate
  • p–nitrophenyl carbonate benzyl carbonate, p– methoxybenzyl carbonate, 3,4–dimethoxybenzyl carbonate, o–nitrobenzyl carbonate, p– nitrobenzyl carbonate, S–benzyl thiocarbonate, 4–ethoxy–1–napththyl carbonate, methyl dithiocarbonate, 2–iodobenzoate, 4–azidobutyrate, 4–nitro–4–methylpentanoate, o–
  • dimethylphosphinothioyl dimethylphosphinothioyl, alkyl 2,4–dinitrophenylsulfenate, sulfate, methanesulfonate (mesylate), benzylsulfonate, and tosylate (Ts).
  • the substituent present on an sulfur atom is a sulfur protecting group (also referred to as a“thiol protecting group”).
  • Sulfur protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3 rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
  • a“leaving group” is an art–understood term referring to a molecular fragment that departs with a pair of electrons in heterolytic bond cleavage, wherein the molecular fragment is an anion or neutral molecule.
  • a leaving group can be an atom or a group capable of being displaced by a nucleophile. See, for example, Smith, March Advanced Organic Chemistry 6th ed. (501–502).
  • the leaving group is a halogen.
  • the leaving group is I.
  • phrase“at least one instance” refers to 1, 2, 3, 4, or more instances, but also encompasses a range, e.g., for example, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 3, or from 3 to 4 instances, inclusive.
  • A“non-hydrogen group” refers to any group that is defined for a particular variable that is not hydrogen.
  • A“carbohydrate group” or a“carbohydrate” refers to a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide (e.g., a disaccharide or oligosaccharide).
  • exemplary monosaccharides include, but are not limited to, natural sugars, such as allose, altrose, glucose, mannose, gulose, idose, galactose, talose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, and lyxose.
  • Disaccharides are two joined monosaccharides.
  • Exemplary disaccharides include, but are not limited to, sucrose, maltose, cellobiose, and lactose.
  • an oligosaccharide includes between three and ten monosaccharide units (e.g., raffinose, stachyose).
  • the carbohydrate group may be a natural sugar or a modified sugar.
  • modified sugars include, but are not limited to, sugars where the hydroxyl group is replaced with an amino group and/or alkyl group (e.g., such as desosamine), 2 ⁇ -deoxyribose wherein a hydroxyl group is removed, 2 ⁇ -fluororibose wherein a hydroxyl group is replace with a fluorine, or N-acetylglucosamine, or a nitrogen- containing form of glucose (e.g., 2 ⁇ -fluororibose, deoxyribose, and hexose), and the like.
  • Various carbohydrates are further described below and herein. Carbohydrates may exist in many different forms, for example, conformers, cyclic forms, acyclic forms
  • a nucleophile refers to a chemical species that donates an electron pair to an electrophile to form a chemical bond in relation to a reaction. All molecules or ions with a free pair of electrons or at least one pi bond can act as nucleophiles.
  • the nucleophile can be a compound or an atom.
  • a nucleophile is of formula X n1 -R 23 , M-R 23 , or M s (X n2 ) t , wherein M is a metal (e.g., Li, Na, or K), or a metal complex (e.g.
  • X n1 is -OR xn , -SR xn , or -N(R xn ) 2
  • X n2 is a halogen, CN, N 3 , -OR xn , - SR xn , -N(R xn ) 2
  • each instance of R xn is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl
  • R 23 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl
  • s is 1,
  • a metal complex refers to a metal chelated with ligands such as organic ompounds, anions such as halides, hydroxyls, or carboxylates.
  • the nucleophile is X n1 -R 23 (e.g. R 23 -OH; R 23 -SH, R 23 - NH 2 (e.g., NH 3 )).
  • nucleophile is M-R 23 (e.g., Li-alkyl).
  • nucleophile is M s (X n2 ) t (e.g. NaCN, NaN 3 , NaNH 2 , LiOR xn , NaOR xn ).
  • salt refers to any and all salts, and encompasses pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, Berge et al., describes pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66:1–19.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the macrolides of this invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid
  • organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2–hydroxy–ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2– naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pec
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (C 1–4 alkyl) 4 salts.
  • Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
  • Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate, and aryl sulfonate.
  • solvate refers to forms of the compound that are associated with a solvent, usually by a solvolysis reaction. This physical association may include hydrogen bonding.
  • solvents include water, methanol, ethanol, acetic acid, DMSO, THF, diethyl ether, and the like.
  • the compounds as described herein may be prepared, e.g., in crystalline form, and may be solvated. Suitable solvates include pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and further include both stoichiometric solvates and non-stoichiometric solvates.
  • the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example, when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of a crystalline solid.
  • “Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolable solvates.
  • Representative solvates include hydrates, ethanolates, and methanolates.
  • hydrate refers to a compound which is associated with water.
  • the number of the water molecules contained in a hydrate of a compound is in a definite ratio to the number of the compound molecules in the hydrate. Therefore, a hydrate of a compound may be represented, for example, by the general formula R ⁇ x H 2 O, wherein R is the compound, and x is a number greater than 0.
  • a given compound may form more than one type of hydrates, including, e.g., monohydrates (x is 1), lower hydrates (x is a number greater than 0 and smaller than 1, e.g., hemihydrates (R ⁇ 0.5 H 2 O)), and polyhydrates (x is a number greater than 1, e.g., dihydrates (R ⁇ 2 H 2 O) and hexahydrates (R ⁇ 6 H 2 O)).
  • monohydrates x is 1
  • lower hydrates x is a number greater than 0 and smaller than 1, e.g., hemihydrates (R ⁇ 0.5 H 2 O)
  • polyhydrates x is a number greater than 1, e.g., dihydrates (R ⁇ 2 H 2 O) and hexahydrates (R ⁇ 6 H 2 O)
  • the term“tautomer” includes two or more interconvertable forms resulting from at least one formal migration of a hydrogen atom and at least one change in valency (e.g., a single bond to a double bond, a triple bond to a double bond, or vice versa).
  • the exact ratio of the tautomers depends on several factors, including temperature, solvent, and pH. Tautomerizations (i.e., the reaction providing a tautomeric pair) may be catalyzed by acid or base.
  • Exemplary tautomerizations include keto–to–enol; amide–to–imide; lactam–to– lactim; enamine–to–imine; and enamine–to–(a different) enamine tautomerizations.
  • Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed“diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed“enantiomers”.
  • a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible.
  • An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively).
  • a chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a“racemic mixture”.
  • polymorphs refers to a crystalline form of a compound (or a salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof) in a particular crystal packing arrangement. All polymorphs have the same elemental composition. Different crystalline forms usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability, and/or solubility. Recrystallization solvent, rate of
  • prodrugs refer to compounds, including derivatives of the compounds of Formula (I), which have cleavable groups and become by solvolysis or under physiological conditions the compounds as described herein which are pharmaceutically active in vivo. Such examples include, but are not limited to, choline ester derivatives and the like, N- alkylmorpholine esters and the like.
  • Prodrugs include acid derivatives well known to practitioners of the art, such as, for example, esters prepared by reaction of the parent acid with a suitable alcohol, or amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with a substituted or unsubstituted amine, or acid anhydrides, or mixed anhydrides.
  • Esteers prepared by reaction of the parent acid with a suitable alcohol or amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with a substituted or unsubstituted amine, or acid anhydrides, or mixed anhydrides.
  • Simple aliphatic or aromatic esters, amides, and anhydrides derived from acidic groups pendant on the compounds of this invention are particular prodrugs. In some cases it is desirable to prepare double ester type prodrugs such as
  • (acyloxy)alkyl esters or ((alkoxycarbonyl)oxy)alkylesters C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, aryl, C 7 -C 12 substituted aryl, and C 7 -C 12 arylalkyl esters of the compounds as described herein may be preferred in certain instances.
  • isotopes refers to variants of a particular chemical element such that, while all isotopes of a given element share the same number of protons in each atom of the element, those isotopes differ in the number of neutrons.
  • A“subject” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g, infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle–aged adult or senior adult)) and/or other non–human animals, for example mammals [e.g., primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys); commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, cats, and/or dogs], birds (e.g., commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, and/or turkeys), reptiles, amphibians, and fish.
  • the non–human animal is a mammal.
  • the non–human animal may be a male or female and at any stage of development.
  • a non–human animal may be a transgenic animal.
  • the terms“treat,”“treating” and “treatment” contemplate an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from the specified infectious disease or inflammatory condition, which reduces the severity of the infectious disease or inflammatory condition, or retards or slows the progression of the infectious disease or inflammatory condition (“therapeutic treatment”), and also contemplates an action that occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the specified infectious disease or inflammatory condition (“prophylactic treatment”).
  • the“effective amount” of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired biological response.
  • the effective amount of a compound of the invention may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the disease being treated, the mode of administration, and the age, health, and condition of the subject.
  • An effective amount encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
  • a“therapeutically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of an infectious disease or inflammatory condition, or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the infectious disease or inflammatory condition.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the infectious disease or inflammatory condition.
  • the term“therapeutically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of infectious disease or inflammatory condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
  • a“prophylactically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to prevent an infectious disease or inflammatory condition, or one or more symptoms associated with the infectious disease or inflammatory condition, or prevent its recurrence.
  • a prophylactically effective amount of a compound means an amount of a therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other agents, which provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of the infectious disease or inflammatory condition.
  • the term“prophylactically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall prophylaxis or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of another prophylactic agent.
  • the present invention is, in part, directed to ketolides of the formulae below, constructed from the coupling of an eastern half and a western half, followed by macrocyclization and optionally further synthetic manipulation:
  • Z is of the formula z- or (z-ii);
  • each instance of R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , and R 2b is independently hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or wherein R 1a and R 1b or R 2a and R 2b are taken together to form ;
  • a indicates the point of attachment to the carbon substituted by G1;
  • each of R o1 and R o2 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R no is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group;
  • R sa is hydrogen, hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R sa and R 1a or R sa and R 1b are taken together to form a bond
  • R s8 is hydrogen or OR 11 ;
  • L 3 is a group
  • R 4 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • each instance of R 18 and R 19 independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • each instance of R 20 and R 21 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, halogen, carbonyl, or R 20 and R 21 are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl or an oxiranyl ring;
  • each instance of R 5a and R 5b is independently hydrogen, halogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R 6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaralkyl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, or halogen;
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 10 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, and halogen;
  • G 3 is–O–,–S–, or–N(R G1 )–, wherein R G1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
  • G 1 is hydrogen,–OR 12 or–NR 13 R 14 ;
  • R 11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group
  • R 13 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
  • R 13 and R 14 are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • each instance of L C1 and L C2 is independently a bond, or a linking group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene; optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, and combinations thereof;
  • each instance of A 1 is independently a leaving group (LG),–SH,–OH,–NH 2 ,–NH– NH 2 ,–N 3 ,–O–NH 2 ,
  • Q is—NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–,–O–;
  • W is O, S, or NR W1 ;
  • R W1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl; substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl;
  • substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl substituted or unsubstituted aryl; substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or a nitrogen protecting group;
  • R W2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl;
  • optionally substituted alkynyl optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R W2 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclic moiety;
  • R X1 is hydrogen, halogen, or–OR X2 , wherein R X2 is hydrogen; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; or an oxygen protecting group;
  • R 23 is optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
  • each instance of R Z8 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R Z8 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocylyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl ring;
  • A is a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R s1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • R s1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • P 1 is hydrogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen, nitrogen, or thiol protecting group;
  • G 2 is a group of formula:
  • each instance of X G2 is–OR 15 ,–SR 15 , or–N(R 15 ) 2 ;
  • each instance of R 15 is independently silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R 15 groups are taken together to form an optionally substituted heteroaryl or heterocyclic ring; and
  • each instance of R 16a is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • any formulae as described herein are also meant to include a salt, solvate, hydrate, polymorph, co-crystal, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopically labeled derivative, and prodrug thereof.
  • the provided macrolide is a salt of any of the formulae as described herein.
  • the provided compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the formulae as described herein.
  • the provided compound is a solvate of any of the formulae as described herein.
  • the provided compound is a hydrate of any of the formulae as described herein.
  • the provided compound is a polymorph of any of the formulae as described herein.
  • the provided compound is a co- crystal of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a tautomer of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a stereoisomer of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is of an isotopically labeled form of any of the formulae as described herein. For example, compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, replacement of 19 F with 18 F, or the replacement of a carbon by a 13 C- or 14 C-enriched carbon are within the scope of the disclosure. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is of a deuterated labeled form of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a prodrug of any of the formulae as described herein.
  • the macrolide is prepared from macrocyclization (e.g., thermally induced macrocyclization) of the coupled precursor of the formula below, optionally followed by further synthetic manipulation, as described herein:
  • macrolides of the present invention are prepared by coupling of a western half (A-i) or (A-ii) with an eastern half (B-i) or (B-ii) to provide a compound of Formula (N-1), as depicted in Scheme 1.
  • Scheme 8a and 8b depict certain specific embodiments of this coupling and macrocyclization steps to provide compounds falling with the scope of Formula (N-1).
  • the hydromagnesiation reaction is carried out in the presence of an organic base such as a Grignard reagent.
  • an organic base such as a Grignard reagent.
  • more than one Grignard reagents are present.
  • the Grignard reagent is of the formula R gr -Mg-X gr , wherein X gr is halogen; and R gr is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • R gr is optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R gr is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R gr is branched alkyl (e.g., iso-propyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl). In certain embodiments, R gr is optionally substituted carbocyclyl (e.g., cyclcopentyl). In certain embodiments, the Grignard reagent is iso-butyl-MgCl.
  • the hydromagnesiation reaction is carried out in the presence of a catalyst.
  • the catalyst is a Ti catalyst.
  • the Ti catalyst is Cp 2 TiCl 2 .
  • the hydromagnesiation yields a compound of Formula (N-1), wherein Z is of the formula:
  • R sa and R 1a or R sa and R 1b are joined to form a bond; and R no , R 2b , and R 2a are as defined herein.
  • LG is a leaving group capable of being displaced by a nucleophile as defined herein.
  • the LG is a halide.
  • the LG is I.
  • the LG is a Br.
  • R P1 is independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocycyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R P1 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R P1 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • R P2 is independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocycyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R P2 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R P2 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • R P3 is independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocycyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R P3 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R P3 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • the double bond of the above recited formula such as Formula (N-1-b) is in the cis-configuration. In certain embodiments, the double bond of the above recited formula such as Formula (N-1-b) is in the trans-configuration.
  • R 6 is a hydrogen or non-hydrogen group, macrocyclization of the compound of Formula (N-1), e.g., wherein P 1 is hydrogen, provides a macrolide of Formula (N-2).
  • Enolization of the macrolide of Formula (N-2), followed by addition of a non-hydrogen group R 10 e.g., with a base and an R 10 alkylating agent, e.g., R 10 -LG, or with a halogenating agent if R 10 is halogen
  • R 10 e.g., with a base and an R 10 alkylating agent, e.g., R 10 -LG, or with a halogenating agent if R 10 is halogen
  • n G 2 is a group of formula:
  • each of R 6 and R 10 is hydrogen or a non-hydrogen group
  • the C3 ketone of Formula (N-2) or (N-3), or (N-4) or (N-5) (e.g., hydroxyl at C3, wherein R 17 is hydrogen)
  • an electrophilic halogenating agent e.g., Deoxo-Fluor
  • geminal dihalides such as Formula (N-6), or monohalides such as Formula (N-7), respectively, wherein each instance of X is independently a halogen (e.g., fluorine, bromine, iodine).
  • R 3 or R 4 enable derivitization into novel macrolides as demonstrated in Schemes 16A-16B and 17A-17B.
  • a variety of groups, such as heteroaryl or aryl moieties may be introduced through a transition metal catalyzed cross coupling (e.g., Heck reaction) or through an olefin metathesis reaction (e.g., cross methathesis using a Grubbs or Schrock metal carbene catalyst) leading to derivatives such as derivatives of Formula (N-9) or (N-15).
  • olefin e.g. hydrogenation
  • further structural diversity e.g. N-10a-b, N-16a-b.
  • the olefin functionality can be oxidatively cleaved to produce a carbonyl functionality (N-11a-b or N- 17a-b) that may be further modified by transformations such as reduction, nucleophilic additions (N-13a-b or N-19a-b), or reductive amination (N-12a-b or N-18a-b), wherein R 23 is as defined herein; each instance of R 22 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl and R 24 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl.
  • R 22 is .
  • R 22 is–CH 22
  • R is .
  • R 22 is . Scheme 18A.
  • nucleophilic R 23 species include, but are not limited to X n1 -R 23 , M-R 23 , or M s (X n2 ) t , wherein each instance of M is
  • X n1 is - OR xn , -SR xn , or -N(R xn ) 2 ; each instanc of X n2 is independently halogen, CN, N 3 , -OR xn , -SR xn , -N(R xn ) 2 ; each instance of R xn is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; R 23 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; R 23 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkeny
  • a metal complex refers to a metal coordination complex having a central metal atom having one or more bound ligands (e.g. ion such as halide; or molecule (functional group) such as carboxylate) to form a coordination complex.
  • the bonding between metal and ligand generally involves formal donation of one or more of the ligand’s electron pairs.
  • the nature of the metal-ligand bonding can range from covalent to ionic.
  • the metal-ligand bond order can range from one to three.
  • the nucleophile is X n1 -R 23 (e.g. R 23 -OH; R 23 -SH, R 23 - NH 2 (e.g. NH 3 )).
  • the nucleophile is M-R 23 (e.g. Li-alkyl). In certain embodiments, the nucleophile is M s (X n2 ) t (e.g. NaCN, NaN 3 , NaNH 2 , LiOR xn , NaOR xn ).
  • R o3 is R 23 , wherein R 23 is as defined herein.
  • R o3 is X n2 , wherein X n2 is as defined herein.
  • the group–L C1 -A 1 may be installed directly by reaction of the amine with a compound of formula LG–L C1 -A 1 . Such reactions are also contemplated wherein G 1 is –OH.
  • L 3 is a group of formula (L 3 -i), wherein R 3 is hydrogen (referred to as (L 3 -ia))
  • the group–L C1 -A 1 may be installed directly from (L 3 -ia) to provide (L 3 -ic) by reaction of the hydroxyl group with a compound of formula LG–L C1 -A 1 .
  • A may be any group, e.g., for example, a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • a group of formula (L C1 -iii) may be installed by reaction of the group -OR 12 , -NR 13 R 14 , and/or -OR 3 , wherein R 12 , R 14 , and/or R 3 are hydrogen, with a compound of formula (L C1 -vii), e.g., by nucleophilic displacement, to provide a group wherein R 12 , R 14 , and/or R 3 is of formula (L C1 -iii). See, e.g., Scheme 28.
  • reaction of the double bond with an epoxidizing reagent to provide a group (L 3 -iii) wherein R 20 and R 21 are joined to form an oxiranyl ring
  • reaction of the double bond with a dihydroxylation reagent e.g., OsO 4
  • a dihydroxylation reagent e.g., OsO 4
  • the above recited Z linkage may be formed via Wittig or Horner Emmons reaction between an aldehyde and a ylide or phosphonate ester to form an ⁇ , ⁇ unsaturated keto linked intermediate. See, e.g., Schemes 30 and 31.
  • the ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated ketone is of the trans- configuration.
  • the ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated ketone is of the cis-configuration.
  • the isocyanate reacts with the free hydroxyl group and–NHR 14 undergoes the conjugate addition reaction in a single step.
  • the intermediate acyclic carbamate is isolated.
  • base is added to the isolated acyclic carbamate to promote the conjugate addition reaction.
  • Scheme 32 depicts various synthetic modifications which are contemplated and further described in greater details elsewhere.
  • the carbon alpha to the ketone moiety so installed may be monosubstituted (e.g., wherein R 1a is hydrogen and R 1b is a non-hydrogen) or di-substituted (i.e., wherein both R 1a and R 1b are non-hydrogen groups).
  • R Y1 and R Y2 are halogen (e.g., fluoro)
  • R Y1 and R Y2 are halogen (e.g., fluoro)
  • R Y1 is–OR 17 and R Y2 is hydrogen
  • Scheme 33a depicts additional functionalization of ketolides prepared by the methods described herein via an enolate or trapped enolate, wherein PG is an oxygen protecting group as defined herein.
  • the trapped enolate is trapped as a protected enol ether using a reagent of formula LG–PG wherein LG is leaving group and PG is protecting group as defined herein.
  • either the protected enol ether or the enolate can be utilized to carry out an aldol condensation reaction with aldehydes of formula R 23 –CHO.
  • the protected enol ether can be contacted with iminium salts under suitable conditions to afford amino substituted products. Amines produced via this method can be eliminated to provide exocyclic alkenes.
  • Scheme 33b depicts a scheme to synthesize compounds of Formula (N-1d).
  • Scheme 33c depicts a scheme to synthesize macrolides from compounds of Formulae (N-1d) and (N-1d-a).
  • macrocyclization can be performed after the formation of the cyclic carbamate of (N-1e) and subsequent elaboration at the C-10 positoon.
  • formation of the cyclic carbamate and elaboration at C-10 can be performed after macrocyclization (i.e., aftet the macrocyclic ring has been formed).
  • G 1 is hydrogen,–OR 12 or–NR 13 R 14 .
  • G 1 is hydrogen
  • G 1 is–OR 12 and R 11 and R 12 are not joined to form a cyclic carbonate.
  • R 11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group
  • R 12 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group, or a group of formula: , as defined herein.
  • R 12 is optionally substituted with a non-hydrogen group of formula R 23 as defined herein.
  • G 1 is–NR 13 R 14 , and R 11 and R 13 are not joined to form a cyclic carbamate.
  • R 11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group
  • R 13 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group.
  • R 13 is optionally substituted with a non-hydrogen group of formula R 23 as defined herein.
  • R 14 is optionally substituted with a non-hydrogen group of formula R 23 as defined herein.
  • G 1 is–NR 13 R 14
  • R 13 and R 14 are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring system formed from the joining of R 13 and R 14 is optionally substituted with a non-hydrogen group of formula R 23 as defined herein.
  • each instance of R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , and R 2b is independently hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or wherein R 1a and , wherein each of R o1 and R o2 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl .
  • the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b is attached is a
  • the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration
  • R 1a and R 1b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R 1a and R 1b are hydrogen.
  • R 1a and R 1b are halogen; e.g.–F, -Cl, -Br, or I. In certain embodiments, both R 1a and R 1b are halogen; e.g.–F, -Cl, -Br, or I.
  • At least one of R 1a and R 1b is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 1a and R 1b is a carboxylic acid. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 1a and R 1b is a ketone. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 1a and R 1b is an aldehyde (-CHO).
  • At least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl optionally substituted C 1–2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkyl.
  • at least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is aboutCH 3 .
  • both instances of R 1a and R 1b are–CH 3 .
  • At least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is alkyl substituted with one or more halogen atoms, e.g., optionally substituted haloalkyl; e.g., -CF 3 , -CF 2 CF 3 , or -CF 2 H. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 1a and R 1b is–CH 2 CHO.
  • At least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5– 6 alkenyl.
  • at least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is vinyl, allyl, or prenyl.
  • At least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C 5– 6 alkynyl.
  • At least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 3–6 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 3–
  • R 1a and R 1b are optionally substituted cyclopropyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is optionally substituted cyclobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is unsubstituted cyclobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is optionally substituted cyclopentyl.
  • At least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is unsubstituted cyclopentyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is optionally substituted cyclohexyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is unsubstituted cyclohexyl.
  • At least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is optionally substituted heterocylyl, e.g., e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
  • At least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
  • At least one instance of R 1a and R 1b is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
  • R o1 and R o2 are as defined herein.
  • each of R o1 and R o2 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R o1 and R o2 are hydrogen.
  • R o1 is hydrogen and R o2 is optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R o1 is hydrogen and R o2 is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R o1 is hydrogen and R o2 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl). In certain embodiments, R o1 is hydrogen and R o2 is substituted C 1-6 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl). In certain embodiments, R o2 is hydrogen and R o1 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R o2 is hydrogen and R o1 is optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R o2 is hydrogen and R o1 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl). In certain embodiments, R o2 is hydrogen and R o1 is substituted C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 1a and R 1b can be
  • R 1a is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments,
  • R 1a is optionally substituted alkyl of the formula , wherein R o1 -R o3 are as defined
  • R 1a is optionally substituted alkyl of the formula , wherein R o1 -R o3 are as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 1a is optionally substituted
  • R 1b is R o4 , wherein R o4 is as defined herein.
  • R o1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • R o1 is hydrogen.
  • R o1 is halogen (e.g. Br or I).
  • R o1 is optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R o1 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl, or n- propyl).
  • R o2 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • R o2 is hydrogen.
  • R o2 is halogen (e.g. Br or I).
  • R o2 is optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R o2 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl, or n- propyl).
  • R o3 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, -OR n1 , -SR n1 , or -N(R n1 ) 2 ; and each instance of R n1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen; or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur; or a nitrogen protecting group when attached to nitrogen.
  • R o3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R o3 is halogen (e.g. Br or I). In certain embodiments, R o3 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R o1 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl, or n-propyl). In certain embodiments, R o3 is -OR n1 , wherein R n1 is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R o3 is -OR n1 , wherein R n1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or an oxygen protecting group. In certain
  • R o3 is -SR n1 , wherein R n1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or an sulfur protecting group.
  • R o3 is–N(R n1 ) 2 , wherein each instance of R n1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group.
  • R o4 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R o4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R o4 is halogen (e.g. Br or I). In certain embodiments, R o4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R o4 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g.
  • R o3 is hydrogen, halogen, or optionally substituted alkyl; and R o4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R o3 and R o4 are hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
  • R o3 is halogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and R o4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R o3 is optionally substituted alkyl; and R o4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
  • R o3 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl); and R o4 is hydrogen.
  • R o3 is hydrogen, halogen, or optionally substituted alkyl; and R o4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R o3 is hydrogen and R o4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R o3 is halogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and R o4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R o3 is optionally substituted alkyl; and R o4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R o3 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl); and R o4 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • R o3 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl); and R o4 is unsubstituted alkyl.
  • R o1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl
  • R o2 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl
  • R o3 is hydrogen, halogen, or optionally substituted alkyl
  • R o4 is hydrogen.
  • R o1 , R o2 , R o3 and R o4 are hydrogen.
  • the carbon to which R 2a and R 2b is attached is a
  • the carbon to which R 2a and R 2b is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration.
  • R 2a and R 2b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R 2a and R 2b are hydrogen.
  • R 2a and R 2b are halogen; e.g.–F, -Cl, -Br, or I. In certain embodiments, both R 2a and R 2b are halogen; e.g.–F, -Cl, -Br, or I.
  • At least one of R 2a and R 2b is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 2a and R 2b is a carboxylic acid. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 2a and R 2b is a ketone. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 2a and R 2b is an aldehyde (-CHO).
  • At least one instance of R 2a and R 2b is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl optionally substituted C 1–2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkyl.
  • at least one instance of R 2a and R 2b is aboutCH 3 .
  • both instances of R 2a and R 2b are–CH 3 .
  • At least one instance of R 2a and R 2b is alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, e.g., optionally substituted haloalkyl; e.g., -CF 3 , -CF 2 CF 3 , or -CF 2 H.
  • at least one of R 2a and R 2b is–CH 2 CHO.
  • At least one instance of R 2a and R 2b is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5– 6 alkenyl.
  • at least one instance of R 2a and R 2b is vinyl, allyl, or prenyl.
  • At least one instance of R 2a and R 2b is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C 5– 6 alkynyl.
  • At least one instance of R 2a and R 2b is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 3–6 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 3– 4 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 carbocyclyl.
  • At least one instance of R 2a and R 2b is optionally substituted heterocylyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3– 4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
  • At least one instance of R 2a and R 2b is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
  • At least one instance of R 2a and R 2b is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
  • R 2a and R 2b are taken together to form .
  • R 4 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl; each instance of R 18 and R 19 independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
  • each instance of R 20 and R 21 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, halogen, carbonyl, or R 20 and R 21 are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl or an oxiranyl ring.
  • the carbon to which R 3 is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R 3 is attached is a
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 3 is optionally substituted alkyl; e.g., optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl optionally substituted C 1–2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkyl, or an optionally substituted C 5–6 alkyl.
  • R 3 is–CH 3 .
  • R 3 is–CH 2 CHO.
  • R 3 is–CH 2 N(R 22 ) 2 wherein each instance of R 22 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R 3 is–CH 2 NH(R 22 ).
  • R 3 is–CH 2 NH 2 . In certain embodiments, R 3 is–CH 2 CH(OH)R 24 wherein R 24 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is–CH 2 CH 2 OH. In certain embodiments, R 3 is–CH 2 CH 2 R 23 wherein R 23 is as defined herein.
  • R 3 is optionally substituted alkenyl; e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkenyl.
  • optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkenyl.
  • R 3 is vinyl, allyl, or prenyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is optionally substituted allyl, e.g., substituted allyl, e.g., wherein R 23 is as defined herein, or unsubstituted allyl .
  • R 3 is optionally substituted vinyl, e.g., d vinyl, e.g., wherein R 23 is as defined herein, or unsubstituted vinyl [00186]
  • R 3 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkynyl.
  • R 3 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl; e.g., optionally substituted C 3–6 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 4– 5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 carbocyclyl.
  • R 3 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
  • R 3 is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R 3 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
  • R 3 is or a group of formula:
  • L C1 , LG, A 1 , A, L C2 , and R 23 are as defined herein.
  • the carbon to which R 4 is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R 4 is attached is a
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl optionally substituted C 1–2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 5– 6 alkyl.
  • R 4 is–CH 3 .
  • R 4 is–CH 2 CHO.
  • R 4 is–CH 2 N(R 22 ) 2 wherein each instance of R 22 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R 4 is–CH 2 NH(R 22 ).
  • R 4 is–CH 2 NH 2 . In certain embodiments, R 4 is–CH 2 CH(OH)R 24 wherein R 24 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R 4 is–CH 2 CH 2 OH. In certain embodiments, R 4 is–CH 2 CH 2 R 23 wherein R 23 is as defined herein.
  • R 4 is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkenyl.
  • R 4 is optionally substituted allyl, e.g., substituted allyl, e.g., wherein R 23 is as defined herein, or unsubstituted allyl.
  • R 4 is optionally substituted vinyl, e.g., substituted vinyl, e.g., wherein R 23 is
  • R 4 is optionally substituted C 1–3 alkyl and R 21 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 is–CH 2 CHO,–CH 2 N(R 22 ) 2 ,–CH 2 CH(OH)R 24 , or–CH 2 CH 2 R 23 and R 21 is hydrogen.
  • R 4 is optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, and R 21 is hydrogen.
  • R 4 is
  • R 21 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkynyl.
  • R 4 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 3–6 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 4– 5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 carbocyclyl.
  • R 4 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
  • R 4 is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R 4 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
  • each instance of R 18 and R 19 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., hydrogen or–CH 3 .
  • the carbon to which R 18 and R 19 are attached is a stereocenter in the (R) configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R 18 and R 19 are attached is a stereocenter in the (S) configuration.
  • each instance of R 20 and R 21 is independently hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, halogen, or R 20 and R 21 are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl or an oxiranyl ring.
  • R 20 and R 21 are syn to each other.
  • R 20 and R 21 are anti to each other.
  • L 3 is: .
  • L 3 is:
  • L C1 and A 1 are as defined herein.
  • L 3 is of the formula:
  • each instance of R 5a and R 5b is independently hydrogen, halogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
  • one instance of R 5a and R 5b is hydrogen, and the other of R 5a and R 5b is a non-hydrogen group. In certain embodiments, each instance of R 5a and R 5b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, each instance of R 5a and R 5b is a non-hydrogen group, e.g., halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl. [00210] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R 5a and R 5b is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R 5a and R 5b is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration.
  • At least one instance of R 5a and R 5b is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1–2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkyl optionally substituted C 3–4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkyl.
  • at least one instance of R 5a and R 5b is aboutCH 3 .
  • both instances of R 5a and R 5b are–CH 3 .
  • At least one instance of R 5a and R 5b is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 3–6 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 3–
  • At least one instance of R 5a and R 5b is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
  • At least one instance of R 5a and R 5b is halogen, e.g., bromo, iodo, chloro, or fluoro. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R 5a and R 5b is fluoro. In certain embodiments, both instances of R 5a and R 5b are fluoro. In certain embodiments, one of R 5a and R 5b is hydrogen and the other of R 5a and R 5b is fluoro.
  • At least one instance of R 5a and R 5b is silyl.
  • Groups R 6 and R 10 are silyl.
  • R 6 and/or R 10 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaralkyl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, or halogen.
  • R 6 and/or R 10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 6 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 6 is hydrogen, and R 10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both of R 6 and R 10 are non-hydrogen groups. [00218] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R 6 and R 10 is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R 6 and R 10 is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is optionally substituted alkyl; e.g., optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl optionally substituted C 1–2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkyl.
  • at least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is–CH 3 .
  • at least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is–CH 3 .
  • at least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is–CH 2 CN.
  • R 32 is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g. C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 32 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 32 is methyl, ethyl, or propyl. In certain embodiments, R 32 is substituted C 1-6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 32 is hydrogen.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5– 6 alkenyl.
  • at least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is substituted or unsubstituted allyl.
  • at least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is substituted or unsubstituted vinyl.
  • Such groups are contemplated after the macrocyclization step, converted, for example, from the enolate of the macrolide wherein R 6 and/or R 10 is hydrogen.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C 5– 6 alkynyl.
  • Such groups are contemplated after the macrocyclization step, converted, for example, from the enolate of the macrolide wherein R 6 and/or R 10 is hydrogen.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 3–6 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 3–
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is optionally substituted aryl; e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is optionally substituted aralkyl; e.g., optionally substituted benzyl.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is optionally substituted heteroaralkyl; e.g., optionally substituted pyrazolylalkyl, imidazolylalkyl, thiazolylalkyl, oxazolylalkyl, pyridinylalkyl, pyrimidinylalkyl, or pyrazinylalkyl.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, or substituted amino.
  • Such groups are contemplated after the macrocyclization step, converted, for example, from wherein R 6 and/or R 10 is a halogen.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is carbonyl, e.g., acetyl.
  • R 6 and R 10 are silyl.
  • R 6 is silyl prior to macrocyclization, but is removed after the macrolide is formed and replaced with, for example, hydrogen.
  • At least one instance of R 6 and R 10 is halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo.
  • Groups R 7 and R 8 are halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo.
  • R 7 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • R 7 is hydrogen. However, in certain embodiments, R 7 is a non-hydrogen group, and the the carbon to which R 7 is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)- configuration. In certain embodiments, R 7 is a non-hydrogen group, and the carbon to which R 7 is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration.
  • R 7 is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl optionally substituted C 1–2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 5– 6 alkyl.
  • R 7 is–CH 3 or–CH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 7 is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkenyl.
  • optionally substituted alkenyl e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkenyl.
  • R 7 is vinyl, allyl, or prenyl.
  • R 7 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkynyl.
  • R 7 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 3–6 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 4– 5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 carbocyclyl.
  • R 7 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
  • R 7 is optionally substituted aryl; e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R 7 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
  • R 8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • R 8 is hydrogen
  • R 8 is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1–2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 5– 6 alkyl.
  • R 8 is–CH 3 or–CH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 8 is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkenyl.
  • optionally substituted alkenyl e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkenyl.
  • R 8 is vinyl, allyl, or prenyl [00245]
  • R 8 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkynyl.
  • R 8 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 3–6 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 4– 5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 carbocyclyl.
  • R 8 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
  • R 8 is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R 8 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
  • Groups R 9 and R 17 , R Y1 , R Y2 are optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
  • R Y1 is–OR 17 and R Y2 is hydrogen.
  • R Y1 is halogen (e.g., fluoro) and R Y2 is hydrogen.
  • R Y1 is halogen (e.g., fluoro) and R Y2 is halogen (e.g., fluoro).
  • the carbon to which R Z8 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
  • the carbon to which R 17 is attached is of the (R)- configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R 17 is attached is of the (S)- configuration.
  • R 9 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 17 is hydrogen.
  • R 9 and/or R 17 are each independently optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1–2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkyl, e.g., -CH 3 .
  • R 9 is , where R S1 , R S2a , R S2b , R S3a , and
  • R 9 and/or R 17 are each independently optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C 2–6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2– 3 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3–4 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 5–6 alkenyl.
  • R 9 and/or R 17 are each independently optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C 2–6 alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2– 3 alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3–4 alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–5 alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 5–6 alkynyl.
  • alkynyl e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C 2–6 alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2– 3 alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3–4 alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–5 alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 5–6 alkynyl.
  • R 9 and/or R 17 are each independently optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C 3–6 carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3–4 carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–5 carbocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 5–6 carbocyclyl.
  • R 9 and/or R 17 are each independently optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
  • R 9 and/or R 17 are each independently optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R 9 and/or R 17 are each independently optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
  • R 9 and/or R 17 are each independently an oxygen protecting group.
  • R 9 and/or R 17 are each independently a carbohydrate.
  • R 9 and/or R 17 is a group of Formula (s–1), which encompasses carbohydrates, but also encompasses optionally substituted heterocylyl:
  • each of R S1 , R S2a , R S2b , R S3a , R S3b , R S4a , R S4b , R S5a , and R S5b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–OR SO ,–N(R SN ) 2 , or wherein R S2a or R S2b may be taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring;
  • each instance of R SO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group;
  • each instance of R SN is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group; or optionally two R SN are taken with the intervening atoms to form a heterocyclic ring.
  • each instance of R S1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–OR SO , or–N(R SN ) 2 .
  • R S1 is hydrogen
  • R S1 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is isopropyl, isobutyl, or isoamyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is isobutyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is tert–butyl.
  • R S1 is–OR SO , wherein R SO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group.
  • R S1 is–OH.
  • R S1 is–OR SO , wherein R SO is optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R S1 is–O– methyl,–O–ethyl, or–O–propyl.
  • R S1 is optionally substituted–O– alkyl–aryl.
  • R S1 is–O–Bz.
  • R S1 is optionally substituted–O–alkyl–heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is optionally substituted–O– alkenyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is optionally substituted–O–alkenyl–heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–OR SO , wherein R SO is In certain embodiments, R S1 is–OR SO , wherein R SO is . In certain embodiments, R S1 is–OR SO ,
  • R SO is a compound selected from the group consisting of: R S1 and R S1 , wherein R SO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–OR SO , wherein R SO is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–OR SO , wherein R SO is acetyl. In certain
  • R S1 is–OR SO , wherein R SO is optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
  • R S1 is–N(R SN ) 2 . In some embodiments, R S1 is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is the same. In some embodiments, R S1 is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is different.
  • R S1 is–NH 2 .
  • R S1 is–NHR SN . In certain embodiments, R S1 is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–NH–benzyl. [00278] In certain embodiments, R S1 is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is a nitrogen protecting group. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–NHFmoc. In certain embodiment, R S1 is–NHBoc.
  • R S1 is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–N(CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–N(CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • R S1 is–N(CH 2 CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–N(CH 2 CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R S1 is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isoamyl, and benzyl.
  • R S1 is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein two R SN groups are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
  • R S1 is of the formula:
  • R sq is as defined herein, and sn is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • each instance of R S2a and R S2b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–OR SO , or–N(R SN ) 2 .
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is hydrogen.
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is unsubstituted C 1– 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is isopropyl, isobutyl, or isoamyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is isobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is tert–butyl.
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group.
  • at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–OH.
  • at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is optionally substituted alkyl.
  • at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–O–methyl,–O–ethyl, or–O–propyl.
  • at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is optionally substituted–O–alkyl–aryl.
  • at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–O–Bz.
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–O–alkyl–heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is optionally substituted–O–alkenyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is optionally substituted–O– alkenyl–heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is wherein Aryl is an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is , wherein Heteroaryl is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is . In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is– OR SO , wherein R SO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is acetyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is optionally substituted
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–N(R SN ) 2 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is the same. In some embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is different.
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–NH 2 .
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–NHR SN . In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is– NHR SN , wherein R SN is unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is substituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–NH–benzyl. [00288] In certain embodiment, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is a nitrogen protecting group. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–NHFmoc. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–NHBoc.
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–N(CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–N(CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is– N(CH 2 CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–N(CH 2 CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isoamyl, and benzyl.
  • At least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein two R SN groups are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
  • at least one instance of R S2a and R S2b is of the formula:
  • R sq is as defined herein, and sn is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • each instance of R S3a and R S3b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–OR SO , or–N(R SN ) 2 .
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is hydrogen.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is unsubstituted C 1– 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is isopropyl, isobutyl, or isoamyl.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is isobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is tert–butyl. [00294] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–OH.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–O–methyl, –O–ethyl, or–O–propyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is optionally substituted–O–alkyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b –O–Bz. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is aboutO–alkyl– heteroaryl.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is optionally substituted–O–alkenyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is optionally substituted–O–alkenyl–heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is wherein Aryl is an optionally substituted aryl group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is– OR SO , wherein R SO is wherein Heteroaryl is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group.
  • At least one instance of R and R S3b is–OR SO , In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is carbonyl. In certain embodiments,
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is acetyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–N(R SN ) 2 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is the same. In some embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is different.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–NH 2 .
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–NHR SN . In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is– NHR SN , wherein R SN is unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is aboutNH–benzyl.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is a nitrogen protecting group. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–NHFmoc. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–NHBoc.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–N(CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is– N(CH 2 CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–N(CH 2 CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isoamyl, and benzyl.
  • At least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein two R SN groups are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
  • at least one instance of R S3a and R S3b is of the formula:
  • R sq is as defined herein, and sn is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring.
  • R S2a is taken together with R S3a to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring.
  • R S2b is taken together with R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring.
  • R S2a is taken together with R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring.
  • R S2b is taken together with R S3a to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring.
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused pyrrolidine. In certain embodiments, R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperidine. In certain embodiments, R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperazine.
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused morpholine. In certain embodiments, R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused morpholinone.
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused pyrrolidine; and R SN is methyl.
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperidine; and R SN is methyl.
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperidinone; and R SN is methyl.
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperazine; and R SN is methyl.
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperazinone; and R SN is methyl.
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused morpholine; and R SN is methyl.
  • R S2a or R S2b is taken together with R S3a or R S3b to form an optionally substituted fused morpholinone; and R SN is methyl.
  • R S2a is taken together with R S3a to form
  • R S2a is taken together with R S3a to form
  • R S2a is taken together with R S3a to form
  • R S2a is taken together with R S3a to form
  • R S2a is taken together with R S3a to form
  • R SN is methyl
  • R S2a is taken together with R S3a to form
  • R S2a is taken together with R S3a to form
  • R S2a is taken together with R S3a to form
  • R SN is methyl
  • each instance of R S4a and R S4b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–OR SO , or–N(R SN ) 2 .
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is hydrogen.
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is unsubstituted C 1– 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is isopropyl, isobutyl, or isoamyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is isobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is tert–butyl.
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group.
  • R SO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group.
  • at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–OH.
  • at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is optionally substituted alkyl.
  • at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–O–methyl, –O–ethyl, or–O–propyl.
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is optionally substituted–O–alkyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a n R S4b i– –Bz In r in m im n l one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–OR SO , optionally substituted aryl group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is wherein Heteroaryl is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group. In ast one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is .
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is– OR SO , wherein R SO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is acetyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is optionally substituted
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(R SN ) 2 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is the same. In some embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is different.
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–NH 2 .
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–NHR SN . In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is– NHR SN , wherein R SN is unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–NH–benzyl.
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is a nitrogen protecting group. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–NHFmoc. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–NHBoc.
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is– N(CH 2 CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(CH 2 CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isoamyl, and benzyl.
  • At least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein two R SN groups are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
  • at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is of the formula:
  • R sq is as defined herein, and sn is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • each instance of R S5a and R S5b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–OR SO , or–N(R SN ) 2 .
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is hydrogen.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is unsubstituted C 1– 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is isopropyl, isobutyl, or isoamyl.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is isobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is tert–butyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is alkoxyalkyl, e.g. -CH 2 OMe, -CH 2 OEt, or -CH 2 OBn. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is - CH 2 OH. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is -CH 2 OBz.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is -CH 2 OPG, wherein PG is an oxygen protecting group.
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is aminoalkyl, e.g. -CH 2 NHMe, -CH 2 NMe 2 , or -CH 2 NHBn.
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is -CH 2 NH 2 .
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is -CH 2 NHPG, wherein PG is an nitrogen protecting group.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group.
  • R SO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group.
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–OH.
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is optionally substituted alkyl.
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–O–methyl, –O–ethyl, or–O–propyl.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is optionally substituted–O–alkyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–O–Bz. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is wherein Aryl is an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • R SO is herein Heteroaryl is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group.
  • R SO is .
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is– OR SO , wherein R SO is an oxygen protecting group.
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is carbonyl.
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is acetyl.
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–OR SO , wherein R SO is optionally substituted
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–N(R SN ) 2 . In some embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is the same. In some embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is different.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–NH 2 .
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–NHR SN . In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is– NHR SN , wherein R SN is unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiment, at least one instance R S5a and R S5b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–NH–benzyl.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–NHR SN , wherein R SN is a nitrogen protecting group.
  • at least one instance of R S4a and R S4b is–NHFmoc.
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–NHBoc.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–N(CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–N(CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is– N(CH 2 CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–N(CH 2 CH 3 )R SN , wherein each R SN is independently unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein each R SN is independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isoamyl, and benzyl.
  • At least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is–N(R SN ) 2 , wherein two R SN groups are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
  • at least one instance of R S5a and R S5b is of the formula:
  • R sq is as defined herein, and sn is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • each instance R sq is independently halogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–OR SO1 , or–N(R SN1 ) 2 , wherein R SO1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or an oxygen protecting group; and R SN1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group; or optionally two R SN1 are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
  • each instance of R SO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, carbonyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group.
  • Heteroar l is an o tionally substituted heteroaryl group.
  • R SO is In certain embodiments, R SO is an oxygen protecting group.
  • each instance of R SN is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or a nitrogen protecting group; or optionally two R SN are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
  • R SN is hydrogen.
  • R SN is optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R SN is optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl.
  • R SN is methyl, ethyl, or propyl.
  • R SN is substituted aralkyl, e.g., optionally substituted benzyl (Bn).
  • R SN is optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
  • R SN is carbonyl.
  • R SN is carbonyl.
  • R SN is carbonyl.
  • R SN is–
  • R 9 and/or R 17 is of Formula (s–2):
  • R 9 and/or R 17 is of Formula (s–2a):
  • R 9 and/or R 17 is of one of the following formulae:
  • R 9 and/or R 17 is of Formula (s–2b):
  • R and/or R is of Formula (s–3):
  • R 9 and/or R 17 is of Formula (s–3a):
  • R SO is of the formula:
  • R SO is of the formula:
  • R SO is of the formula:
  • R 9 and/or R 17 is one of the followin formulae:
  • R 12 , R 14 , and/or R 3 is a group of Formula (L C1 -i), wherein LG is a leaving group as defined herein.
  • nucleophilic displacement of the leaving group provides a group of Formula (L C1 -ii). See Scheme A1. It is generally understood that A 1 is a group which is reactive with A 2 of a compound of Formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 , and reaction between the two halves provides a group of Formula (L C1 -iii). See, Scheme A1.
  • the coupling reaction from (L C1 -ii) to (L C1 -iii) comprises a reaction typically referred to as“click chemistry.”
  • Click chemistry is a chemical approach introduced by Sharpless in 2001 and describes chemistry tailored to generate substances quickly and reliably by joining small units together. See, e.g., Kolb, Finn and Sharpless Angewandte Chemie International Edition (2001) 40: 2004–2021; Evans, Australian Journal of Chemistry (2007) 60: 384–395).
  • Exemplary coupling reactions include, but are not limited to, formation of esters, thioesters, amides (e.g., such as peptide coupling) from activated acids or acyl halides; nucleophilic displacement reactions (e.g., such as nucleophilic displacement of a halide or ring opening of strained ring systems); azide–alkyne Huisgon cycloaddition; thiol–yne addition; imine formation; and Michael additions (e.g., maleimide addition).
  • nucleophilic displacement reactions e.g., such as nucleophilic displacement of a halide or ring opening of strained ring systems
  • azide–alkyne Huisgon cycloaddition thiol–yne addition
  • imine formation e.g., maleimide addition
  • a 1 should be complimentary and reactive with the group A 2 in order to form the group (L C1 -iii).
  • the group A 1 must be a electrophilic group.
  • the group A 2 of A 2 –L C2 –R 23 is an electrophilic group, the group A 1 must be a nucleophilic group. While A 1 and A 2 are defined the same in the present invention, it is thus understood that such groups are paired complements.
  • R X1 is hydrogen, a leaving group, or–OR X2 , wherein R X2 is hydrogen; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; an oxygen protecting group;
  • W is O, S, or NR W1 ;
  • R W1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl;
  • R W2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl;
  • optionally substituted alkynyl optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R W2 groups are joined to form a optionally substituted cyclic moiety.
  • a 2 is–SH. In certain embodiments, A 1 is–SH. [00356] In certain embodiments, A 2 is–OH. In certain embodiments, A 1 is–OH.
  • a 2 is–NH 2 . In certain embodiments, A 1 is–NH 2 .
  • a 2 is–NH–NH 2 .
  • a 1 is–NH–NH 2 .
  • a 2 is–O–NH 2 .
  • a 1 is–O–NH 2 .
  • a 2 is–N 3 . In certain embodiments, A 1 is–N 3 .
  • a 2 is a leaving group, e.g.,–Cl,–Br, or–I.
  • a 1 is a leaving group, e.g.,–Cl,–Br, or–I.
  • a 2 is an oxiranyl, thiorenyl, or azirdinyl group of formula:
  • W is O, S, or NR W1 .
  • W is O.
  • W is S.
  • W is NR W1 .
  • a 1 is an oxiranyl, thiorenyl, or azirdinyl group of formula: ,
  • W is O, S, or NR W1 .
  • W is O.
  • W is S.
  • W is NR W1 .
  • a 1 or A 2 is ethynyl: [00372] In certain embodiments, A 1 or A 2 is ethenyl or propenyl:
  • a 1 or A 2 is an ⁇ , ⁇ –unsaturated carbonyl: .
  • a 1 or A 2 is a maleimide group:
  • a 1 or A 2 is a group:
  • R W2 is alkyl, e.g., methyl.
  • a 1 or A 2 is a group:
  • a 1 or A 2 react together to form a group A, wherein A is a group of the formula: –NH–,–NH–NH–,–NH–O–,–O–NH–,–S–,–O–, ,
  • Q is—NH–,–NH–NH–,–O—NH–,–NH–O–, etcS–, or–O—;
  • W is O, S, or NR W1 ;
  • R W1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; or a nitrogen protecting group; and
  • R W2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R W2 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclic moiety.
  • A is–NH–.
  • A is–NH–NH–.
  • A is–S–.
  • A is–O–. [00382] In certain embodiments, A .
  • a herein Q is–NH–,– NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–,–O–.
  • Q is —NH–
  • A is an amide group of the formula:
  • A is an amide hydrazide group of the formula:
  • A is an ester group of the formula: .
  • A is: or In certain embodiments, R W2 is alkyl, e.g., methyl.
  • A is: o .
  • R W2 is alkyl, e.g., methyl.
  • R W1 is hydrogen.
  • R W2 is alkyl, e.g., methyl.
  • A is: ,
  • W is O, S, or NR W1
  • R W1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or an amino protecting group
  • Q is—NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–, or–O–.
  • W is O.
  • W is S.
  • W is NR W1 .
  • Q is–NH–.
  • Q is–NH–NH–.
  • Q is–S–.
  • Q is–O–.
  • Q is—NH–,–NH–NH–,–O—NH–,–NH–O–,–S–, or—O—.
  • Q is—NH–.
  • Q is—NH—NH–.
  • Q is–S–.
  • Q is–O—.
  • A is:
  • Q is—NH–,–NH–NH–,–O—NH–,–NH–O–,–S–, or—O—.
  • Q is—NH–.
  • Q is—NH—NH–.
  • Q is–S–.
  • Q is–O—.
  • A is:
  • Q is–NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–, or–O—.
  • Q is–NH–.
  • Q is–NH–NH–.
  • Q is–S–.
  • Q is–O–.
  • the method comprises coupling a group of formula (L C1 -ii) with a compound of formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 , wherein one of A 1 and A 2 is a leaving group (LG), and the other of A 1 and A 2 is–SH,–OH,–NH 2 , or–NH–NH 2 to provide a group of formula (L C1 -iii) wherein A is, respectively,–S–,–O–,–NH–, or–NH–NH–. See, for example, Scheme A3 and Table A2.
  • the method comprises coupling a group of formula (L C1 -ii) with a compound of formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 , wherein one of A 1 and A 2 is , and the other
  • a 1 and A 2 is–SH,–OH,–NH 2 , or–NH–NH 2 to provide a group of formula (L C1 -iii). See, for example, Scheme A4 and Table A3.
  • the method comprises coupling a group of formula (L C1 -ii) with a compound of formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 , wherein one of A 1 and A 2 is , and the other of A 1 and A 2 is–N 3 to provide a group of formula (L C1 -iii). See, for example, Scheme A5 and Table A4.
  • the method comprises coupling a group of formula (L C1 -ii) with a compound of formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 , wherein one of A 1 and A 2 is and the other of A 1 and A 2 is–SH to provide a group of formula (L C1 -iii). See, for example, Scheme A6 and Table A5.
  • the method comprises coupling a group of formula (L C1 -ii) with a compound of formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 , wherein one of A 1 and A 2 is an aldehyde–CHO or ketone, and the other of A 1 and A 2 is–NH 2, –NH–NH 2 , or–O–NH 2 to provide a group of formula (L C1 -iii). See, for example, Scheme A7 and Table A6. Scheme A7. Imine formation
  • the method comprises coupling a group of formula (L C1 -ii) with a compound of formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 , wherein one of A 1 and A 2 is an ⁇ , ⁇ unsaturated carbonyl, and the other of A 1 and A 2 is–OH,–SH,–NH 2 ,–NHNH 2 , or–O–NH 2 to provide a group of formula (L C1 -iii). See, for example, Scheme A8 and Table A7.
  • the method comprises coupling a group of formula (L C1 -ii) with a compound of formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 , wherein one of A 1 and A 2 is a maleimide group, and the other of A 1 and A 2 is–OH,–SH,–NH 2 ,–NHNH 2 , or–O–NH 2 to provide a group of formula (L C1 -iii). See, for example, Scheme A9 and Table A8.
  • the method comprises coupling (e.g., palladium catalyzed coupling) of a group of formula (L C1 -ii) with a compound of formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 , wherein one of A 1 and A 2 is an propenyl group, and one of A 1 and A 2 is a leaving group, to provide a group of formula (L C1 -iii) upon treatment with a palladium catalyst. See, for example, Table A9.
  • the method comprises coupling a group of formula (L C1 -ii) with a compound of formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 , wherein one of A 1 and A 2 is–SH to provide, upon treatment with an oxidant, a group of formula (L C1 -iii), wherein A is a disulfide bond. See, for example, Scheme A8. Scheme A8. Disulfide formation
  • a 1 is–N 3 and A 2 is , such that the compound of formula A 2 –L C2 –R 23 is of the formula: and A 1 and A 2 –L C2 –R 23 react together to provide a group of formula:
  • a 2 is a leaving group
  • a 1 and A 2 –L C2 –R 23 react together (e.g., via palladium catalysis) to provide a group of formula: .
  • a group of formula (L C1 -iii) may be installed by reaction of the group -OR 12 , -NR 13 R 14 , and/or -OR 3 , wherein R 12 , R 14 , and/or R 3 are hydrogen, with a compound of formula (L C1 -vii), e.g., by nucleophilic displacement, to provide a group wherein R 12 , R 14 , and/or R 3 is of formula (L C1 - iii). See, e.g., Scheme A9.
  • A may be any group as defined above, and further may be any cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., a 5- to 6- membered optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • each instance of Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , and Y 5 is independently CR Y , O, S, N, or NR Y , wherein R Y is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R Y is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • each instance of L C1 and L C2 is independently a bond, or a linking group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene; optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted
  • heteroalkynylene optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted
  • heterocyclylene and combinations thereof.
  • L C1 is a bond. It is generally understood that if L C1 is a bond, then the group -LG, -A 1 , or–A-L C2 -R 23 , as described herein, is directly attached to the parent moiety, e.g., the macrolide or intermediate compounds. Furthermore, in certain embodiments, L C2 is a bond. It is generally understood that if L C2 is a bond, then the group R 23 is directly attached to A, as described herein.
  • L C1 is a linking group.
  • L C2 is a linking group.
  • L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of optionally substituted alkylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C 1–6 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2–6 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 3–6 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–6 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 5–6 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2–5 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2–4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2–3 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 5 alkylene, e.g., substitute
  • L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently an alkylene linking group of the formula–(CH 2 ) n –, wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. [00417] In certain embodiments, L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C 2–6 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 3–6 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–6 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 5–6 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2–5 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2–4 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2–3 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2
  • L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene, wherein L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising an allene moiety.
  • L C1 is a linking group comprising an allene moiety.
  • L C2 is a linking group comprising an allene moiety.
  • L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C 2–6 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 3–6 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–6 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 5–6 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2–5 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2–4 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2–3 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 4 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 5 alkynylene, or
  • L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 1–6 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2– 6 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 3–6 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 4–6 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 5–6 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–5 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–3 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 1 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 3 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 4
  • L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkenylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–6 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 3– 6 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 4–6 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 5–6 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–5 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–4 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–3 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted
  • heteroC 3 alkenylene substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 4 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 5 alkenylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 6 alkenylene.
  • L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkynylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–6 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 3– 6 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 4–6 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 5–6 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–5 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–4 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2–3 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 2 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted
  • heteroC 3 alkynylene substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 4 alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 5 alkynylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroC 6 alkynylene.
  • L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted
  • carbocyclylene e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C 3–6 carbocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–6 carbocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 5–6 carbocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 3–5 carbocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–5 carbocyclylene, or substituted or unsubstituted C 3–4 carbocyclylene.
  • L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted
  • heterocyclylene e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C 3–6 heterocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–6 heterocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 5–6 heterocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 3–5 heterocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 4–
  • L C1 and L C2 are each optionally and independently linking groups of one of the following formulae:
  • L C1 and L C2 are linker selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted
  • linker comprises a optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, or optionally substituted
  • L C1 is a rigidified linker, as described herein, and L C2 is a bond.
  • specific combinations contemplated herein include optionally substituted C 1- 3 alkyl-C 2-4 alkenyl-C 1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-3 alkyl-C 2-4 alkenyl-heteroC 1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroC 1-3 alkyl-C 2-4 alkenyl-C 1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted heteroC 1- 3 alkyl-C 2-4 alkenyl-heteroC 1-3 alkyl, C 1-3 alkyl- C 1-2 alkynyl- C 1-3 alkyl, and C 1-3 alkyl- C 3- 6 carbocyclyl-C 1-3 alkyl.
  • L C1 and L C2 is of one of the following formulae:
  • each of L C1 and L C2 is independently selected from one of the following formulae:
  • L C1 is an optionally substituted alkylene
  • L C2 is a bond
  • L C1 is an optionally substituted alkylene of the formula–(CH 2 ) n –, wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, and L C2 is a bond in groups of formula (L C1 -v) or (L C1 -viii) as described herein.
  • both of L C1 and L C2 are bonds, e.g., both of L C1 and L C2 are bonds in the group of formula (L C1 -vi) as described herein.
  • R 23 may be an acyclic moiety or a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl;
  • R 23 is an acyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; and optionally substituted alkynyl.
  • R 23 is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1–2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2– 3 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkyl.
  • Exemplary R 23 C 1–6 alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, optionally substituted methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n–propyl (C 3 ), isopropyl (C 3 ), n–butyl (C 4 ), tert–butyl (C 4 ), sec–butyl (C 4 ), iso–butyl (C 4 ), n–pentyl (C 5 ), 3–pentanyl (C 5 ), amyl (C 5 ), neopentyl (C 5 ), 3–methyl–2–butanyl (C 5 ), tertiary amyl (C 5 ), and n–hexyl (C 6 ).
  • R 23 is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkenyl.
  • R 23 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 2–6 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 2–3 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 4–5 alkynyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 alkynyl.
  • R 23 is a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • R 23 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C 3–6 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 3–4 carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C 4– 5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C 5–6 carbocyclyl.
  • R 23 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
  • R 23 is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted monocyclic aryl, optionally substituted 5,6-fused bicyclic aryl, or optionally substituted 6,6-fused aryl. In certain embodiments, R 23 is optionally substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R 23 is optionally substituted napthyl.
  • R 23 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted monocyclic heteoaryl or optionally substituted bicyclic heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5–6 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted 5,6 fused-bicyclic heteroaryl, or optionally substituted 6,6 fused-bicyclic heteroaryl.
  • heteroaryl e.g., optionally substituted monocyclic heteoaryl or optionally substituted bicyclic heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5–6 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted 5,6 fused-bicyclic heteroaryl, or optionally substituted 6,6 fused-bicyclic heteroaryl.
  • R 23 is an aryl or heteroaryl ring system of formula:
  • each instance of V 1 , V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , V 5 , V 6 , V 7 , V 8 , and V 9 may independently be O, S, N, NR 23N , C, or CR 23C , as valency permits;
  • R 23N is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or a nitrogen protecting group
  • R 23C is hydrogen, halogen,–CN,–NO 2 ,–N 3 , optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, amino, substituted amino, thiol, substituted thiol, or carbonyl.
  • V 1 is O, S, N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 1 is N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 1 is O. In certain embodiments, V 1 is S.
  • V 2 is O, S, N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 2 is N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 2 is O. In certain embodiments, V 2 is S.
  • V 3 is O, S, N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 3 is N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 3 is O. In certain embodiments, V 3 is S.
  • V 4 is O, S, N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 4 is N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 4 is O. In certain embodiments, V 4 is S.
  • V 5 is O, S, N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 5 is N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 5 is O. In certain embodiments, V 5 is S. [00446] In certain embodiments, V 6 is O, S, N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 6 is N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 6 is O. In certain embodiments, V 6 is S.
  • V 7 is O, S, N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 7 is N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 7 is O. In certain embodiments, V 7 is S.
  • V 8 is O, S, N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 8 is N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 8 is O. In certain embodiments, V 8 is S.
  • V 9 is O, S, N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 9 is N or NR 23N . In certain embodiments, V 9 is O. In certain embodiments, V 9 is S.
  • V 1 , V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , V 5 , V 6 , V 7 , V 8 , and V 9 is selected from the group consisting of N and NR 23N .
  • only one of V 1 , V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , V 5 , V 6 , V 7 , V 8 , and V 9 is O.
  • only one of V 1 , V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , V 5 , V 6 , V 7 , V 8 , and V 9 is S.
  • V 1 , V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , V 5 , V 6 , V 7 , V 8 , and V 9 are independently C or CR 23C as valency permits.
  • V 1 , V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , V 5 , V 6 , V 7 , V 8 , and V 9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N and NR 23N .
  • V 1 , V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , V 5 , V 6 , V 7 , V 8 , and V 9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and NR 23N .
  • V 1 , V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , V 5 , V 6 , V 7 , V 8 , and V 9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of S, N and NR 23N .
  • V 1 , V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , V 5 , V 6 , V 7 , V 8 , and V 9 are independently C or CR 23C as valency permits.
  • V 1 , V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , V 5 , V 6 , V 7 , V 8 , and V 9 are independently C or CR 23C as valency permits.
  • R 23C is hydrogen, halogen,–CN, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, amino, or substituted amino.
  • R 23N is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., -CH 3 ).
  • R 23 is selected from any one of the following aryl or heteroaryl ring systems:
  • R 23C is as defined herein, and x is 0, 1, or 2.
  • R 23 is selected from any one of the following aryl or heteroaryl ring systems:
  • ketolides comprising a heteroaryl R 23 group show improved potency over solithrom cin and analo s thereof. Therefore in certain
  • G 1 is–NR 13 NR 14 , to provide a compound or ketolide of formula:
  • G 1 is–NR 13 NR 14 , and R 13 and R 11 are joined to form a carbamate group to provide a compound or ketolide of formula: , , [00460] In certain embodiments, G 1 is–NR 13 NR 14 , and R 13 and R 11 are joined to form a carbamate group to provide a compound or ketolide having the following stereochemistry:
  • Z is of formula:
  • R 1a is aboutCH 3 ;
  • R 1b is hydrogen;
  • R 2a is– 2b is hydrogen;
  • R 7 is–CH 2 CH 3 ;
  • R 5a is hydrogen
  • R 5b is–CH 3
  • R 18 is hydrogen.
  • R 5a is hydrogen
  • R 5b is–CH 3
  • the L C1 is a rigidified linker as described herein, e.g., selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene; optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted
  • linker comprises a optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, or optionally substituted carbocyclylene group therein, thereby rigidifying the linker moiety, and C2 is a bond.
  • R 23 is of the formula: In
  • R 23 is of the formula:
  • Z is of formula:
  • L C1 is a rigidified linker as described herein; a C2 is a bond. In certain embodiments of any of
  • R 23 is of the formula: . In specific embodiments, R 23 is of
  • Z is of formula:
  • R 5b is–CH 3 ; and R 18 is hydrogen.
  • Z is of 2 CH 3 ; R 8 is–CH 3 ; G 3 is–O–; L 3 is a
  • R 5a is hydrogen
  • R 5b is–CH 3
  • R 18 is hydrogen
  • L C1 is a rigidified linker as described herein
  • L C2 is a bond.
  • R 23 is of the formula: .
  • R 23 is of the formula: .
  • Z is of formula:
  • R 1a is–CH 3 ; R 1b and R sa are joined to form a bond; R 2a is–CH 3 ; and R 2b is hydrogen; R 7 is–
  • Z is of formula: R 1a is hydrogen; R 1b and R sa are joined to form a bond; R 2a is–CH 3 ; and R 2b is hydrogen; R 7
  • L 3 is a group of formula
  • L C1 is a rigidified linker as described herein; and L C2 is a bond.
  • R 23 is of the formula:
  • R 1a and R 1b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R 1a and R 1b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, neither R 1a nor R 1b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R 1a and R 1b is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration. In certain embodiments, R 1a is optionally substituted C 1–6 alkyl; and R 1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 1a is optionally substituted C 1–2 alkyl; and R 1b is hydrogen.

Abstract

Provided herein are methods of preparing new 14-membered ketolides via coupling of an eastern and western half moiety, followed by macrocyclization, and optional functionalization. Intermediates in the synthesis of these ketolides including the eastern and western halves are also provided. Pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treating infectious diseases and inflammatory conditions using these ketolides are also provided.

Description

14-MEMBERED KETOLIDES AND METHODS OF THEIR
PREPARATION AND USE RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The present application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) to U.S. provisional patent application, U.S.S.N.62/061,571, filed October 8, 2014, which is incorporated herein by reference. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Emerging resistance to existing antibiotics is rapidly developing as a crisis of global proportions, especially for Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, and
Streptococcus pneumonia infections. Pathogenic bacteria can transmit genes coding for antibiotic resistance both vertically (to their progeny) and horizontally (to neighboring bacteria of different lineages), and as a result antibiotic resistance can evolve quickly, particularly in nosocomial (hospital) settings. See, e.g., Wright, Chem. Commun. (2011) 47:4055–4061. This year, >99,000 people will die in the U.S. from healthcare-associated infections, more than all casualties from car accidents, HIV, and breast cancer combined, creating an estimated burden of up to $45 billion in U.S. healthcare costs. See, e.g., Klevens et al., Public Health Rep (2007) 122:160–166. The current crisis is exacerbated by the fact that most major pharmaceutical companies have essentially abandoned research in the development of new antibiotics. See, e.g., Projan Curr. Opin. Microbiol. (2003) 6: 427–430. The current rate of introduction of new antibiotics does not adequately address growing resistance, and with the ease of international travel and increasing population densities, the need for innovation in the field has never been higher.
[0003] The macrolides are one of the few major clinically important classes of antibiotics for which the only practical access has been through semi–synthesis, or chemical manipulation of structurally complex fermentation products, in routes as long as 16 steps. See, e.g., Paterson, Tetrahedron (1985) 41:3569–3624; Omura, Ed., Macrolide Antibiotics: Chemistry, Biology, and Practice, Second Edition; Academic Press, 2002. The macrolide class of antibiotics has proven safe and effective in the battle against pathogenic bacteria since the discovery of erythromycin over 60 years ago. See, e.g., Wu et al., Curr. Med. Chem. (2001) 8, 1727–1758. Erythromycin displays a spectrum of antibacterial activity against Gram– positive bacteria similar to that of penicillin but has a lesser propensity to induce allergic interactions, and has been routinely prescribed for upper and lower respiratory tract infections and urogenital infections. See, e.g., Washington et al., Mayo. Clin. Proc. (1985) 60:189–203; Washington et al., Mayo. Clin. Proc. (1985) 60:271–278. However, erythromycin is known to undergo acid–promoted internal ketalization (cyclization of the C6 and C12 hydroxyl groups onto the C9 ketone) in the gut, which leads to adverse gastrointestinal events. See, e.g., Kurath et al., Experientia (1971) 27:362. Second–generation macrolide antibiotics clarithromycin and azithromycin addressed issues of acid instability and were prepared semi– synthetically in 4–6 steps from erythromycin, which is readily available through large-scale fermentation. See, e.g., Ma et al., Curr. Med. Chem. (2011) 18:1993–2015; Wu et al., Curr. Pharm. Des. (2000) 6:181–223; Ma et al., Mini–Rev. Med. Chem. (2010) 10:272–286; Asaka et al., Curr. Top. Med. Chem. (Sharjah, United Arab Emirates) (2003) 3:961–989; Morimoto et al., J. Antibiot. (1990) 43:286–294; Morimoto et al., J. Antibiot. (1984) 37:187–189;
Watanabe et al., J. Antibiot. (1993) 46: 1163–1167; Watanabe et al., J. Antibiot. (1993) 46:647–660; Bright et al., J. Antibiot. (1988) 41: 1029–1047; Djokic et al., J. Antibiot. (1987) 40:1006–1015; Mutak et al., J. Antibiot. (2007) 60: 85–122; and Retsema et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. (1987) 31:1939–1947. Azithromycin has been shown to exhibit markedly improved efficacy against Gram–negative organisms, and has a longer half–life and higher tissue distribution than the other macrolide antibiotics, thought to correlate with its 15– membered ring containing a tertiary amine. See, e.g., Ferwerda et al., J. Antimicrob.
Chemother. (2001) 47:441–446; Girard et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. (1987) 31:1948–1954. The natural product tylosin, a 16–membered macrolide used in veterinary medicine, has been shown by X–ray crystallography to occupy the same binding pocket as erythromycin and azithromycin, suggesting that there is a high tolerance for variability in ring size and composition of the macrocycle.
[0004] The three primary causes of resistance to macrolides in bacterial organisms are ribosome methylation encoded by erm genes, mutations in ribosomal RNA or peptides, and cell efflux mediated by mef and msr genes. See, e.g., Leclercq et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. (1991) 35:1273–1276; Leclercq et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. (1991) 35:1267–1272; Weisblum, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. (1995) 39:577–585; Vester et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. (2001) 45:1–12; Prunier et al., Antimicrob. Agents
Chemother. (2002) 46:3054–3056; Li et al., J. Antimicrob. Chemother. (2011) 66:1983– 1986; Sutcliffe et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. (1996) 40:1817–1824; Wondrack et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. (1996) 40: 992–998. Ketolides such as telithromycin and solithromycin defeat the efflux mechanism of resistance by replacement of the C3 cladinose sugar with a carbonyl group (hence the name“ketolides”), and are thought to exhibit greatly increased binding by virtue of favorable interactions between the novel aryl–alkyl sidechain and the ribosome. See, e.g., Ma et al., Curr. Med. Chem. (2011) 18:1993–2015; Ma et al., Mini–Rev. Med. Chem. (2010) 10:272–286. Despite greatly improved ribosomal binding, ketolides such as telithromycin and solithromycin have not addressed several of the newest forms of macrolide resistance that have evolved in nosocomial settings, especially ribosome methylation and RNA point mutations. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0005] Described herein are methods and intermediates for making ketolides. This synthetic approach to macrolides, particularly 14-membered ketolides, includes the coupling of two components, a western half (A-i) or (A-ii) with an eastern half (B-i) or (B-ii), as depicted in Scheme 1, to provide a compound of Formula (N-1):
Scheme 1.
Figure imgf000005_0001
or salt thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000005_0002
Z is of the formula z- or (z-ii);
each instance of R1a, R1b, R2a, and R2b is independently hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or wherein R1a and R1b or
R2a and R2b are taken together to form
Figure imgf000006_0001
;
a indicates the point of attachment to the carbon substituted by G1;
b indicates the point of attachment to L3;
each of Ro1 and Ro2 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Rno is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group;
Rsa is hydrogen, hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
or Rsa and R1a or Rsa and R1b are taken together to form a bond;
Rs8 is hydrogen or OR11;
L3 is a group
Figure imgf000006_0002
Figure imgf000006_0003
represents a single or double bond;
R3 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -C(=O)RZ8, -C(=O)ORZ8, - C(=O)N(RZ8)2, an oxygen protecting group, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000007_0001
R4 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each instance of R18 and R19 independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each instance of R20 and R21 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, halogen, carbonyl, or R20 and R21 are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl or an oxiranyl ring;
each instance of R5a and R5b is independently hydrogen, halogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
RY1 is–OR17 and RY2 is hydrogen, or RY1 is halogen and RY2 is hydrogen, or RY1 is halogen and RY2 is halogen, or RY1 and RY2 are joined to form an oxo (=O) group;
R6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaralkyl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, or halogen;
R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R9 and R17 are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,–C(=O)RZ8,–C(=O)ORZ8,–C(=O)N(RZ8)2, an oxygen protecting group, or a carbohydrate; R10 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, and halogen;
G3 is–O–,–S–, or–N(RG1)–, wherein RG1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
G1 is hydrogen,–OR12 or–NR13R14;
provided when G1 is–OR12, then R11 and R12 are joined as a group of formula– C(=O)- to provide a cyclic carbonate, or R11 and R12 are not joined, and R11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group, and R12 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000008_0001
or provided when G1 is–NR13R14, then R11 and R13 are joined as a group of formula– C(=O)- to provide a cyclic carbamate, or R11 and R13 are not joined, R11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group, R13 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
R14 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group, - C(=O)RZ8, or -C(=O)ORZ8, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000008_0002
or R13 and R14 are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl; each instance of LC1 and LC2 is independently a bond, or a linking group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene; optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, and combinations thereof;
each instance of A1 is independently a leaving group (LG),–SH,–OH,–NH2,–NH– NH2,–N3,–O–NH2,
,
Figure imgf000009_0001
Figure imgf000010_0001
Q is–NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–,–O–;
W is O, S, or NRW1;
RW1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl; substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl;
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; substituted or unsubstituted aryl; substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or a nitrogen protecting group;
RW2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl;
optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RW2 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclic moiety;
RX1 is hydrogen, halogen, or–ORX2, wherein RX2 is hydrogen; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; or an oxygen protecting group;
R23 is optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each instance of RZ8 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RZ8 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocylyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl ring;
or A is a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Rs1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
G2 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein R6, R10, R15, R16a, and XG2 are as defined herein;
P1 is hydrogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen, nitrogen, or thiol protecting group;
Figure imgf000011_0002
;
LG is a leaving group;
Y2 is–C(=O)-CH=P(RP1)(RP2)(RP3) or–C(=O)-CH2-P(O)(ORP2)(ORP3);
wherein the leaving group (LG), RP1, RP2, and RP3 are as defined herein, to provide various linkages of formula Z, as defined herein.
[0006] As demonstrated herein, macrolides which incorporate rigidifying motifs (e.g., unsaturated or cyclic motifs) into the LC1 or LC2 linker show improved potencies compared with solithromycin (See, e.g., Tables B1-B13). Therefore, in certain embodiments, one or both of LC1 and LC2 is a linker selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted
heterocyclylene, and combinations thereof, provided the linker comprises a optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, or optionally substituted carbocyclylene group therein, thereby rigidifying the linker moiety. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a rigidified linker, as described herein, and LC2 is a bond.
[0007] In certain embodiments, one or both of LC1 and LC2 is independently selected from one of the following formulae: ,
Figure imgf000012_0001
[0008] Furthermore, macrolides which comprising a non-hydrogen R1a and/or R1b group, such as a–CH3 group, are found to be more potent than analogs without such substitution. The combination of a rigidified linker in addition to a non-hydrogen R1a and/or R1b group is thus envisioned as providing even more potent analogs.
[0009] Furthermore, as described herein, ketolides comprising heteroaryl R23 groups have been found to be more potent than solithromycin and analogs thereof. The combination of a rigidified LC1 and/or LC2 linker, a non-hydrogen R1a and/or R1b group, and a heteroaryl R23 rou is thus envisioned as rovidin even more otent analogs. Therefore, in certain
In specific embodiments, R23 is of the
Figure imgf000012_0002
n cer a n em o men s, s (z-i); and R1a, R1b, R2a, and R2b are as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R1a and R1b are hydrogen; and each of R2a and R2b is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R1a is hydrogen; R1b is optionally substituted alkyl; and each of R2a and R2b is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R1a and R1b or R2a and R2b
are taken together to form
Figure imgf000012_0003
, wherein Ro1 and Ro2 are as defined herein. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a rigidified linker, as described herein, and LC2 is a bond.
Figure imgf000013_0001
[0011] In certain embodiments, Z is (z-ii); Rno is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group; and R1a, R1b, R2a, and R2b are as defined herein. In certain embodiments, Rno, R1a and R1b are hydrogen and each of R2a and R2b is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Rno and R1a are hydrogen; R1b is optionally substituted alkyl; and each of R2a and R2b is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R1a and R1b or
R2a and R2b are taken together to form
Figure imgf000013_0002
, wherein Ro1 and Ro2 are as defined herein. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a rigidified linker, as described herein, and LC2 is a bond.
[0012] Furthermore, various macrolides may be accessed from the coupled product of Formula (N-i), depending upon the nature of the group G2, upon macrocyclization, e.g., via thermally induced macrocylization. As depicted in Scheme 2, when G2 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000013_0003
P1 is hydrogen, and R6 is a hydrogen or non-hydrogen group, macrocyclization of the compound of Formula (N-1) provides a macrolide of Formula (N-2). Enolization of the macrolide of Formula (N-2) in the presence of a base, followed by addition of a non- hydrogen group R10, provides a macrolide of Formula (N-3).
Scheme 2.
Figure imgf000013_0004
[0013] Alternatively, as depicted in Scheme 3, when G2 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein P1 is hydrogen, and each of R6 and R10 is independently a hydrogen or non-hydrogen group, macrocyclization of the compound of Formula (N-1) provides a macrolide of Formula (N-3).
Scheme 3.
Figure imgf000014_0002
[0014] Additional functionalization of the macrolide is also contemplated. For example, as depicted in Schemes 4 and 5, reduction of the C3 ketone of macrolides (N-2) and (N-3) to a hydroxyl group, optionally followed by protection or other modification, provides macrolides (N-4) and (N-5), respectively, wherein R17 is as defined herein. Dihalogenation of the C3 ketone of macrolides (N-2) and (N-3), or monohalogenation of macrolides (N-4) and (N-5), providing the products, (N6a/b) and (N7a/b), is further contemplated, wherein X is halogen, e.g., fluoro.
Sche
Figure imgf000015_0001
Scheme 5.
Figure imgf000015_0002
[0015] Formula (N-6) and subgenera thereof as described herein are intended to encompass compounds of Formulae (N-2), (N-4), (N-6a), and (N-7a) and subgenera thereof, wherein RY1 is–OR17, and RY2 is hydrogen; or RY1 is halogen, and RY2 is hydrogen; or RY1 is halogen, and RY2 is halogen. Likewise, Formula (N-7) and subgenera thereof are intended to encompass compounds of Formula (N-3), (N-5), (N-6b), and (N-7b), wherein RY1 is–OR17, and RY2 is hydrogen; or RY1 is halogen and RY2 is hydrogen; or RY1 is halogen, and RY2 is halogen; or RY1 and RY2 are joined to form an oxo (=O) group.
Figure imgf000016_0001
[0016] Additional functionalization of the coupled product (N-1) and the macrolides (N-2), (N-3), (N-4), (N-5), (N-6), and (N-7), for example, by addition and synthetic manipulation of a tethered moiety on the eastern and/or western portion of the molecule, and construction of the eastern and western halves, is also described herein.
[0017] Is is generally understood that the synthetic methodologies described herein are both useful in the synthesis of known macrolides, such as those depicted in Figure 1, and in the synthesis and development of new macrolides (e.g., 14-membered ketolides) as described herein. New macrolides synthesized using the inventive methodology, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, are contemplated to be useful in the treatment of various conditions such as, for example, the treatment and/or prevention of infectious diseases, such as bacterial and parasitic infections, and the treatment and/or prevention of inflammatory conditions.
[0018] The details of certain embodiments of the invention are set forth in the Detailed Description of Certain Embodiments, as described below. Other features, objects, and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the Definitions, Examples, Figures, and Claims.
[0019]
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0020] Figure 1 depicts exemplary 14–, 15–, and 16–membered macrolide antibiotics used in the United States. DEFINITIONS
Chemical definitions
[0021] Definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms are described in more detail below. The chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed., inside cover, and specific functional groups are generally defined as described therein. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry, as well as specific functional moieties and reactivity, are described in Organic Chemistry, Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito, 1999; Smith and March March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2001; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, Inc., New York, 1989; and Carruthers, Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.
[0022] Compounds and macrolides described herein can comprise one or more asymmetric centers, and thus can exist in various stereoisomeric forms, e.g., enantiomers and/or diastereomers. For example, the compounds and macrolides described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer. Isomers can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses. See, for example, Jacques et al., Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley
Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen et al., Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977); Eliel, E.L.
Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw–Hill, NY, 1962); and Wilen, S.H. Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p.268 (E.L. Eliel, Ed., Univ. of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, IN 1972). The invention additionally encompasses compounds and macrolides as individual isomers substantially free of other isomers, and alternatively, as mixtures of various isomers.
[0023] When a range of values is listed, it is intended to encompass each value and sub– range within the range. For example“C1–6 alkyl” is intended to encompass, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C1–6, C1–5, C1–4, C1–3, C1–2, C2–6, C2–5, C2–4, C2–3, C3–6, C3–5, C3–4, C4–6, C4–5, and C5–6 alkyl.
[0024] As used herein,“alkyl” refers to a radical of a straight–chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C1–10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 9 carbon atoms (“C1–9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1–8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“C1–7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1–6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C1–5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1–4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C1–3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C1–2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom (“C1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2–6 alkyl”). Examples of C1–6 alkyl groups include methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n–propyl (C3), isopropyl (C3), n–butyl (C4), tert–butyl (C4), sec–butyl (C4), iso–butyl (C4), n–pentyl (C5), 3–pentanyl (C5), amyl (C5), neopentyl (C5), 3–methyl–2–butanyl (C5), tertiary amyl (C5), and n–hexyl (C6). Additional examples of alkyl groups include n–heptyl (C7), n–octyl (C8) and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkyl group is
independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted alkyl”) or substituted (a“substituted alkyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is an unsubstituted C1–10 alkyl (e.g.,–CH3). In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is a substituted C1–10 alkyl.
[0025] As used herein,“haloalkyl” is a substituted alkyl group as defined herein wherein one or more of the hydrogen atoms are independently replaced by a halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo.“Perhaloalkyl” is a subset of haloalkyl, and refers to an alkyl group wherein all of the hydrogen atoms are independently replaced by a halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo. In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1–8 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1–6 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1–4 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C1–3 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C1–2 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, all of the haloalkyl hydrogen atoms are replaced with fluoro to provide a perfluoroalkyl group. In some embodiments, all of the haloalkyl hydrogen atoms are replaced with chloro to provide a“perchloroalkyl” group. Examples of haloalkyl groups include–CF3,–CF2CF3,–CF2CF2CF3,–CCl3,–CFCl2,–CF2Cl, and the like.
[0026] As used herein,“heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group as defined herein which further includes at least one heteroatom (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms) selected from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur within (i.e., inserted between adjacent carbon atoms of) and/or placed at one or more terminal position(s) of the parent chain. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkyl group refers to a saturated group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 or more
heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and 1or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain
(“heteroC1–3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC1–2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 carbon atom and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–6 alkyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted heteroalkyl”) or substituted (a“substituted heteroalkyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC1–10 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a substituted heteroC1–10 alkyl.
[0027] As used herein,“alkenyl” refers to a radical of a straight–chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and one or more carbon–carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 double bonds). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C2–9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C2–8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C2–7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2–6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C2–5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C2–4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C2–3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C2 alkenyl”). The one or more carbon–carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2–butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1– butenyl). Examples of C2–4 alkenyl groups include ethenyl (C2), 1–propenyl (C3), 2–propenyl (C3), 1–butenyl (C4), 2–butenyl (C4), butadienyl (C4), and the like. Examples of C2–6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C2–4 alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C5), pentadienyl (C5), hexenyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkenyl include heptenyl (C7), octenyl (C8), octatrienyl (C8), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkenyl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted alkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkenyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl group is an unsubstituted C2–10 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl group is a substituted C2–10 alkenyl.
[0028] As used herein,“heteroalkenyl” refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein which further includes at least one heteroatom (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms) selected from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur within (i.e., inserted between adjacent carbon atoms of) and/or placed at one or more terminal position(s) of the parent chain. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–10 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2
heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC2–3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–6 alkenyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkenyl group is
independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted heteroalkenyl”) or substituted (a“substituted heteroalkenyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC2–10 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is a substituted heteroC2–10 alkenyl. [0029] As used herein,“alkynyl” refers to a radical of a straight–chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and one or more carbon–carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 triple bonds) (“C2–10 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C2–9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C2–8 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C2–7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2–6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C2–5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C2–4 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C2–3 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C2 alkynyl”). The one or more carbon–carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2–butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1– butynyl). Examples of C2–4 alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl (C2), 1– propynyl (C3), 2–propynyl (C3), 1–butynyl (C4), 2–butynyl (C4), and the like. Examples of C2–6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C2–4 alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C5), hexynyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkynyl include heptynyl (C7), octynyl (C8), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkynyl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted alkynyl”) or substituted (a“substituted alkynyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is an unsubstituted C2–10 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is a substituted C2–10 alkynyl.
[0030] As used herein,“heteroalkynyl” refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein which further includes at least one heteroatom (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms) selected from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur within (i.e., inserted between adjacent carbon atoms of) and/or placed at one or more terminal position(s) of the parent chain. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–10 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–8 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–4 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC2–3 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–6 alkynyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkynyl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted heteroalkynyl”) or substituted (a“substituted heteroalkynyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkynyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC2–10 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkynyl group is a substituted heteroC2–10 alkynyl.
[0031] As used herein,“carbocyclyl” or“carbocyclic” refers to a radical of a non–aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C3–14 carbocyclyl”) and zero heteroatoms in the non–aromatic ring system. In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C3–10 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 9 ring carbon atoms (“C3–9 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C3–8 carbocyclyl”). In some
embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms (“C3–7 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3–6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 4 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C4–6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C5–6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C5–10 carbocyclyl”). Exemplary C3–6 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C3),
cyclopropenyl (C3), cyclobutyl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6), cyclohexenyl (C6), cyclohexadienyl (C6), and the like. Exemplary C3–8 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C3–6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7), cycloheptenyl (C7), cycloheptadienyl (C7), cycloheptatrienyl (C7), cyclooctyl (C8), cyclooctenyl (C8), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (C7), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (C8), and the like. Exemplary C3–10 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the
aforementioned C3–8 carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C9), cyclononenyl (C9), cyclodecyl (C10), cyclodecenyl (C10), octahydro–1H–indenyl (C9), decahydronaphthalenyl (C10), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C10), and the like. As the foregoing examples illustrate, in certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic (“monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or polycyclic (e.g., containing a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic carbocyclyl”) or tricyclic system (“tricyclic carbocyclyl”)) and can be saturated or can contain one or more carbon–carbon double or triple bonds.“Carbocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a carbocyclyl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted carbocyclyl”) or substituted (a“substituted carbocyclyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is an unsubstituted C3–14 carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is a substituted C3–14 carbocyclyl.
[0032] In some embodiments,“carbocyclyl” is a monocyclic, saturated carbocyclyl group having from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C3–14 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C3–10 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 9 ring carbon atoms (“C3–9 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C3–8 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms (“C3–6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3–6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 4 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C4–6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C5–6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C5–10 cycloalkyl”). Examples of C5–6 cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl (C5) and cyclohexyl (C5). Examples of C3–6 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C5–6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C3) and cyclobutyl (C4). Examples of C3–8 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C3–6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7) and cyclooctyl (C8). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an
“unsubstituted cycloalkyl”) or substituted (a“substituted cycloalkyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is an unsubstituted C3–14 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is a substituted C3–14 cycloalkyl.
[0033] As used herein,“heterocyclyl” or“heterocyclic” refers to a radical of a 3– to 14– membered non–aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“3–14 membered heterocyclyl”). In heterocyclyl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits. A heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic (“monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or polycyclic (e.g., a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”) or tricyclic system (“tricyclic heterocyclyl”)), and can be saturated or can contain one or more carbon– carbon double or triple bonds. Heterocyclyl polycyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.“Heterocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of heterocyclyl is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted heterocyclyl”) or substituted (a“substituted heterocyclyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is an unsubstituted 3–14 membered heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is a substituted 3–14 membered heterocyclyl.
[0034] In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5–10 membered non–aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–10 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5–8 membered non–aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–8 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5–6 membered non–aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–6 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl has 1–3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl has 1–2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0035] Exemplary 3–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azirdinyl, oxiranyl, and thiiranyl. Exemplary 4–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl, oxetanyl and thietanyl. Exemplary 5–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl,
dihydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl–2,5–dione. Exemplary 5– membered heterocyclyl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxathiolanyl and dithiolanyl. Exemplary 5–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl. Exemplary 6–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl. Exemplary 6–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl. Exemplary 6–membered
heterocyclyl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinanyl.
Exemplary 7–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl. Exemplary 8–membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azocanyl, oxecanyl and thiocanyl.
Exemplary bicyclic heterocyclyl groups include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, tetrahydrobenzothienyl, tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydroindolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, octahydrochromenyl, octahydroisochromenyl,
decahydronaphthyridinyl, decahydro–1,8–naphthyridinyl, octahydropyrrolo[3,2–b]pyrrole, indolinyl, phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, 1H–benzo[e][1,4]diazepinyl, 1,4,5,7–tetrahydropyrano[3,4–b]pyrrolyl, 5,6–dihydro–4H–furo[3,2–b]pyrrolyl, 6,7–dihydro– 5H–furo[3,2–b]pyranyl, 5,7–dihydro–4H–thieno[2,3–c]pyranyl, 2,3–dihydro–1H– pyrrolo[2,3–b]pyridinyl, 2,3–dihydrofuro[2,3–b]pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7–tetrahydro–1H– pyrrolo[2,3–b]pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7–tetrahydrofuro[3,2–c]pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7–tetrahydro- thieno[3,2–b]pyridinyl, 1,2,3,4–tetrahydro–1,6–naphthyridinyl, and the like.
[0036] As used herein,“aryl” refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array) having 6–14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system (“C6–14 aryl”). In some embodiments, an aryl group has 6 ring carbon atoms (“C6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has 10 ring carbon atoms (“C10 aryl”; e.g., naphthyl such as 1–naphthyl and 2–naphthyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has 14 ring carbon atoms (“C14 aryl”; e.g., anthracyl).“Aryl” also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an aryl group is independently unsubstituted (an“unsubstituted aryl”) or substituted (a“substituted aryl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the aryl group is an unsubstituted C6– 14 aryl. In certain embodiments, the aryl group is a substituted C6–14 aryl.
[0037]“Aralkyl” is a subset of“alkyl” and refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an aryl group, as defined herein, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl moiety. An exemplary aralkyl group is–CH2-phenyl (benzyl, Bz), wherein the phenyl moiety may be substituted or unsubstituted.
[0038] As used herein,“heteroaryl” refers to a radical of a 5–14 membered monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur (“5–14 membered heteroaryl”). In heteroaryl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits. Heteroaryl polycyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.“Heteroaryl” includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system. “Heteroaryl” also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused polycyclic (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system. Polycyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like) the point of attachment can be on either ring, i.e., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2–indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5–indolyl).
[0039] In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5–10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–10 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5–8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–8 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5–6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–6 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, the 5–6 membered heteroaryl has 1–3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5–6 membered heteroaryl has 1–2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5–6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroaryl”) or substituted (a“substituted heteroaryl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is an unsubstituted 5–14 membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is a substituted 5–14 membered heteroaryl.
[0040] Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, pyrrolyl, furanyl and thiophenyl. Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl. Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl. Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing 4 heteroatoms include, without limitation, tetrazolyl. Exemplary 6–membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, pyridinyl. Exemplary 6–membered heteroaryl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl. Exemplary 6–membered heteroaryl groups containing 3 or 4 heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively. Exemplary 7–membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azepinyl, oxepinyl, and thiepinyl. Exemplary 5,6– bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzthiazolyl,
benzisothiazolyl, benzthiadiazolyl, indolizinyl, and purinyl. Exemplary 6,6–bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl. Exemplary tricyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, phenanthridinyl, dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl and phenazinyl.
[0041]“Heteroaralkyl” is a subset of“alkyl” and refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl moiety. [0042] As used herein, the term“partially unsaturated” refers to a ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond. The term“partially unsaturated” is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aromatic groups (e.g., aryl or heteroaryl moieties) as herein defined.
[0043] As used herein, the term“saturated” refers to a ring moiety that does not contain a double or triple bond, i.e., the ring contains all single bonds.
[0044] Affixing the suffix“–ene” to a group indicates the group is a divalent moiety, e.g., alkylene is the divalent moiety of alkyl, alkenylene is the divalent moiety of alkenyl, alkynylene is the divalent moiety of alkynyl, heteroalkylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkyl, heteroalkenylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkynyl, carbocyclylene is the divalent moiety of carbocyclyl, heterocyclylene is the divalent moiety of heterocyclyl, arylene is the divalent moiety of aryl, and heteroarylene is the divalent moiety of heteroaryl.
[0045] As understood from the above, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups, as defined herein, are, in certain embodiments, optionally substituted. Optionally substituted refers to a group which may be substituted or unsubstituted (e.g.,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” alkyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” alkenyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” alkynyl,“substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroalkyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” heteroalkenyl,“substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroalkynyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” carbocyclyl,“substituted” or “unsubstituted” heterocyclyl,“substituted” or“unsubstituted” aryl or“substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroaryl group). In general, the term“substituted” means that at least one hydrogen present on a group is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction. Unless otherwise indicated, a“substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position. The term“substituted” is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, and includes any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound. The present invention contemplates any and all such combinations in order to arrive at a stable compound. For purposes of this invention, heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
[0046] Exemplary carbon atom substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen,–CN,– NO2,–N3,–SO2H,–SO3H,–OH,–ORaa,–ON(Rbb)2,–N(Rbb)2,–N(Rbb) +
3 X–,–N(ORcc)Rbb,– SH,–SRaa,–SSRcc,–C(=O)Raa,–CO2H,–CHO,–C(ORcc)2,–CO2Raa,–OC(=O)Raa,– OCO2Raa,–C(=O)N(Rbb)2,–OC(=O)N(Rbb)2,–NRbbC(=O)Raa,–NRbbCO2Raa,–
NRbbC(=O)N(Rbb)2,–C(=NRbb)Raa,–C(=NRbb)ORaa,–OC(=NRbb)Raa,–OC(=NRbb)ORaa,– C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,–OC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,–NRbbC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,–C(=O)NRbbSO2Raa,– NRbbSO2Raa,–SO2N(Rbb)2,–SO2Raa,–SO2ORaa,–OSO2Raa,–S(=O)Raa,–OS(=O)Raa,– Si(Raa)3,–OSi(Raa)3–C(=S)N(Rbb)2,–C(=O)SRaa,–C(=S)SRaa,–SC(=S)SRaa,–SC(=O)SRaa, –OC(=O)SRaa,–SC(=O)ORaa,–SC(=O)Raa,–P(=O)2Raa,–OP(=O)2Raa,–P(=O)(Raa)2,– OP(=O)(Raa)2,–OP(=O)(ORcc)2,–P(=O)(Raa)2,–OP(=O)(Raa)2,–OP(=O)(ORcc)2,–
NRbbP(=O)(ORcc)2,–P(Rcc)2,–OP(Rcc)2,–B(Raa)2,–B(ORcc)2,–BRaa(ORcc), C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC2–10 alkenyl, heteroC2–10 alkynyl, C3–14 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
or two geminal hydrogens on a carbon atom are replaced with the group =O, =S, =NN(Rbb)2, =NNRbbC(=O)Raa, =NNRbbC(=O)ORaa, =NNRbbS(=O)2Raa, =NRbb, or =NORcc; each instance of Raa is, independently, selected from C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC2–10 alkenyl, heteroC2–10 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two Raa groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rbb is, independently, selected from hydrogen,–OH,–ORaa,– N(Rcc)2,–CN,–C(=O)Raa,–C(=O)N(Rcc)2,–CO2Raa,–SO2Raa,–C(=NRcc)ORaa,–
C(=NRcc)N(Rcc)2,–SO2N(Rcc)2,–SO2Rcc,–SO2ORcc,–SORaa,–C(=S)N(Rcc)2,–C(=O)SRcc,– C(=S)SRcc,–P(=O)2Raa, C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC2–10 alkenyl, heteroC2–10 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rbb groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rcc is, independently, selected from hydrogen, C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC2–10 alkenyl, heteroC2–10 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rcc groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rdd is, independently, selected from halogen,–CN,–NO2,–N3,– SO2H,–SO3H,–OH,–ORee,–ON(Rff)2,–N(Rff)2,–N(Rff) +
3 X–,–N(ORee)Rff,–SH,–SRee,– SSRee,–C(=O)Ree,–CO2H,–CO2Ree,–OC(=O)Ree,–OCO2Ree,–C(=O)N(Rff)2,–
OC(=O)N(Rff)2,–NRffC(=O)Ree,–NRffCO2Ree,–NRffC(=O)N(Rff)2,–C(=NRff)ORee,– OC(=NRff)Ree,–OC(=NRff)ORee,–C(=NRff)N(Rff)2,–OC(=NRff)N(Rff)2,–
NRffC(=NRff)N(Rff)2,–NRffSO2Ree,–SO2N(Rff)2,–SO2Ree,–SO2ORee,–OSO2Ree,–S(=O)Ree, –Si(Ree)3,–OSi(Ree)3,–C(=S)N(Rff)2,–C(=O)SRee,–C(=S)SRee,–SC(=S)SRee,–P(=O)(Ree)2, –OP(=O)(Ree)2,–OP(=O)(ORee)2, C1–6 alkyl, C1–6 perhaloalkyl, C2–6 alkenyl, C2–6 alkynyl, heteroC1–6 alkyl, heteroC2–6 alkenyl, heteroC2–6 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–10 membered heterocyclyl, C6–10 aryl, 5–10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups, or two geminal Rdd substituents can be joined to form =O or =S;
each instance of Ree is, independently, selected from C1–6 alkyl, C1–6 perhaloalkyl, C2– 6 alkenyl, C2–6 alkynyl, heteroC1–6 alkyl, heteroC2–6alkenyl, heteroC2–6 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, C6–10 aryl, 3–10 membered heterocyclyl, and 3–10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups;
each instance of Rff is, independently, selected from hydrogen, C1–6 alkyl, C1–6 perhaloalkyl, C2–6 alkenyl, C2–6 alkynyl, heteroC1–6 alkyl, heteroC2–6 alkenyl, heteroC2–6 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–10 membered heterocyclyl, C6–10 aryl and 5–10 membered heteroaryl, or two Rff groups are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups; and
each instance of Rgg is, independently, halogen,–CN,–NO2,–N3,–SO2H,–SO3H,– OH,–OC1–6 alkyl,–ON(C1–6 alkyl)2,–N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–N(C1–6 alkyl) +
3 X–,–NH(C1–6 alkyl) +
2 X–,–NH2(C1–6 alkyl) +X–,–NH +
3 X–,–N(OC1–6 alkyl)(C1–6 alkyl),–N(OH)(C1–6 alkyl), –NH(OH),–SH,–SC1–6 alkyl,–SS(C1–6 alkyl),–C(=O)(C1–6 alkyl),–CO2H,–CO2(C1–6 alkyl),–OC(=O)(C1–6 alkyl),–OCO2(C1–6 alkyl),–C(=O)NH2,–C(=O)N(C1–6 alkyl)2,– OC(=O)NH(C1–6 alkyl),–NHC(=O)( C1–6 alkyl),–N(C1–6 alkyl)C(=O)( C1–6 alkyl),–
NHCO2(C1–6 alkyl),–NHC(=O)N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–NHC(=O)NH(C1–6 alkyl),–NHC(=O)NH2, –C(=NH)O(C1–6 alkyl),–OC(=NH)(C1–6 alkyl),–OC(=NH)OC1–6 alkyl,–C(=NH)N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–C(=NH)NH(C1–6 alkyl),–C(=NH)NH2, –OC(=NH)N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–
OC(NH)NH(C1–6 alkyl),–OC(NH)NH2,–NHC(NH)N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–NHC(=NH)NH2,– NHSO2(C1–6 alkyl),–SO2N(C1–6 alkyl)2,–SO2NH(C1–6 alkyl),–SO2NH2,–SO2C1–6 alkyl,– SO2OC1–6 alkyl,–OSO2C1–6 alkyl,–SOC1–6 alkyl,–Si(C1–6 alkyl)3,–OSi(C1–6 alkyl)3,– C(=S)N(C1–6 alkyl)2, -C(=S)NH(C1–6 alkyl), -C(=S)NH2,–C(=O)S(C1–6 alkyl),–C(=S)SC1–6 alkyl,–SC(=S)SC1–6 alkyl,–P(=O)2(C1–6 alkyl),–P(=O)(C1–6 alkyl)2,–OP(=O)(C1–6 alkyl)2,– OP(=O)(OC1–6 alkyl)2, C1–6 alkyl, C1–6 perhaloalkyl, C2–6 alkenyl, C2–6 alkynyl, heteroC1–6 alkyl, heteroC2–6 alkenyl, heteroC2–6alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, C6–10 aryl, 3–10 membered heterocyclyl, 5–10 membered heteroaryl; or two geminal Rgg substituents can be joined to form =O or =S; wherein X– is a counterion.
[0047] In certain embodiments, the carbon substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen,–CN,–NO2,–N3,–SO2H,–SO3H,–OH,–ORaa,–N(Rbb)2–SH,–SRaa,–SSRcc,– C(=O)Raa,–CO2H,–CHO,–C(ORcc)2,–CO2Raa,–OC(=O)Raa,–OCO2Raa,–C(=O)N(Rbb)2,– OC(=O)N(Rbb)2,–NRbbC(=O)Raa,–NRbbCO2Raa,–NRbbC(=O)N(Rbb)2,–C(=NRbb)Raa,– C(=NRbb)ORaa,–OC(=NRbb)Raa,–OC(=NRbb)ORaa, NRbbSO2Raa,–SO2N(Rbb)2,–SO2Raa,– SO2ORaa,–OSO2Raa,–S(=O)Raa,–OS(=O)Raa, C1–10 alkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC2–10 alkenyl, heteroC2–10 alkynyl, C3–14 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl; or two geminal hydrogens on a carbon atom are replaced with the group =O, =S, or =NRbb.
[0048] In certain embodiments, the carbon substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen,–CN,–NO2,–OH,–ORaa,–N(Rbb)2,–SH,–SRaa,–C(=O)Raa,–CO2H,–CHO,– CO2Raa,–OC(=O)Raa,–C(=O)N(Rbb)2,–OC(=O)N(Rbb)2,–NRbbC(=O)Raa,–SO2N(Rbb)2,– SO2Raa, C1–6 alkyl, C1–6 perhaloalkyl, C2–6 alkenyl, C2–6 alkynyl, C3–6 carbocyclyl, 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, C6 aryl, and 5–6 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups.
[0049] As used herein, the term“halo” or“halogen” refers to fluorine (fluoro,–F), chlorine (chloro,–Cl), bromine (bromo,–Br), or iodine (iodo,–I).
[0050] As used herein, a“counterion” is a negatively charged group associated with a positively charged quarternary amine in order to maintain electronic neutrality. Exemplary counterions include halide ions (e.g., F–, Cl–, Br–, I–), NO–
3 , ClO–
4 , OH–, H2PO–
4 , HSO– 4 , sulfonate ions (e.g., methansulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, p–toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, 10–camphor sulfonate, naphthalene–2–sulfonate, naphthalene–1–sulfonic acid–5–sulfonate, ethan–1–sulfonic acid–2–sulfonate, and the like), and carboxylate ions (e.g., acetate, ethanoate, propanoate, benzoate, glycerate, lactate, tartrate, glycolate, and the like).
[0051] As used herein, the term“hydroxyl” or“hydroxy” refers to the group–OH. The term “substituted hydroxyl” or“substituted hydroxy,” by extension, refers to a hydroxyl group wherein the oxygen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with a group other than hydrogen, and includes groups selected from–ORaa,–ON(Rbb)2,–OC(=O)SRaa,– OC(=O)Raa,–OCO2Raa,–OC(=O)N(Rbb)2,–OC(=NRbb)Raa,–OC(=NRbb)ORaa,–
OC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,–OS(=O)Raa,–OSO2Raa,–OSi(Raa)3,–OP(Rcc)2,–OP(=O)(Raa)2, and– OP(=O)(ORcc)2,wherein Raa, Rbb, and Rcc are as defined herein.
[0052] As used herein, the term“thiol” or“thio” refers to the group–SH. The term “substituted thiol” or“substituted thio,” by extension, refers to a thiol group wherein the sulfur atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with a group other than hydrogen, and includes groups selected from–SRaa,–S=SRcc,–SC(=S)SRaa,–SC(=O)SRaa,– SC(=O)ORaa, and–SC(=O)Raa, wherein Raa and Rcc are as defined herein.
[0053] As used herein, the term,“amino” refers to the group–NH2. The term“substituted amino,” by extension, refers to a monosubstituted amino, a disubstituted amino, or a trisubstituted amino, as defined herein. In certain embodiments, the“substituted amino” is a monosubstituted amino or a disubstituted amino group.
[0054] As used herein, the term“monosubstituted amino” refers to an amino group wherein the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with one hydrogen and one group other than hydrogen, and includes groups selected from–NH(Rbb),–
NHC(=O)Raa,–NHCO2Raa,–NHC(=O)N(Rbb)2,–NHC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,–NHSO2Raa, and– NHP(=O)(ORcc)2, wherein Raa, Rbb and Rcc are as defined herein, and wherein Rbb of the group–NH(Rbb) is not hydrogen. [0055] As used herein, the term“disubstituted amino” refers to an amino group wherein the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with two groups other than hydrogen, and includes groups selected from–N(Rbb)2,–NRbb C(=O)Raa,–NRbbCO2Raa, –NRbbC(=O)N(Rbb)2,–NRbbC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,–NRbbSO2Raa, and–NRbbP(=O)(ORcc)2, wherein Raa, Rbb, and Rcc are as defined herein, with the proviso that the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is not substituted with hydrogen.
[0056] As used herein, the term“trisubstituted amino” refers to an amino group wherein the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with three groups, and includes groups selected from–N(Rbb)3 and–N(Rbb) +
3 X–, wherein Rbb and X– are as defined herein.
[0057] As used herein, the term“alkoxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl group as defined herein substituted by a group of formula–ORaa wherein Raa is as defined herein, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl group.
[0058] As used herein, the term“aminoalkyl” refers to an alkyl group as defined herein substituted by an amino or substituted amino group, as defined herein, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl group.
[0059] As used herein, the term“sulfonyl” refers to a group selected from–SO2N(Rbb)2,– SO2Raa, and–SO2ORaa, wherein Raa and Rbb are as defined herein.
[0060] As used herein, the term“sulfinyl” refers to the group–S(=O)Raa, wherein Raa is as defined herein.
[0061] As used herein, the term“carbonyl” refers a group wherein the carbon directly attached to the parent molecule is sp2 hybridized, and is substituted with an oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom, e.g., a group selected from ketones (–C(=O)Raa), carboxylic acids (–CO2H), aldehydes (–CHO), esters (–CO2Raa
,–C(=O)SRaa,–C(=S)SRaa), amides (–C(=O)N(Rbb)2,– C(=O)NRbbSO2Raa,–C(=S)N(Rbb)2), and imines (–C(=NRbb)Raa,–C(=NRbb)ORaa),– C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2), wherein Raa and Rbb are as defined herein.
[0062] As used herein, the term“silyl” refers to the group–Si(Raa)3, wherein Raa is as defined herein.
[0063] As used herein, the term“oxo” refers to the group =O, and the term“thiooxo” refers to the group =S.
[0064] Nitrogen atoms can be substituted or unsubstituted as valency permits, and include primary, secondary, tertiary, and quarternary nitrogen atoms. Exemplary nitrogen atom substituents include, but are not limited to, hydrogen,–OH,–ORaa,–N(Rcc)2,–CN,– C(=O)Raa,–C(=O)N(Rcc)2,–CO2Raa,–SO2Raa,–C(=NRbb)Raa,–C(=NRcc)ORaa,– C(=NRcc)N(Rcc)2,–SO2N(Rcc)2,–SO2Rcc,–SO2ORcc,–SORaa,–C(=S)N(Rcc)2,–C(=O)SRcc,– C(=S)SRcc,–P(=O)(Raa)2, C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC2–10 alkenyl, heteroC2–10 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rcc groups attached to an N atom are joined to form a 3–14 membered heterocyclyl or 5–14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups, and wherein Raa, Rbb, Rcc and Rdd are as defined above.
[0065] In certain embodiments, nitrogen substituents are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,–OH,–ORaa,–N(Rcc)2,–C(=O)Raa,–C(=O)N(Rcc)2,–CO2Raa,–SO2Raa, C1–10 alkyl, C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl,
heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups, and wherein Raa, Rbb, Rcc and Rdd are as defined above.
[0066] In certain embodiments, the substituent present on the nitrogen atom is an nitrogen protecting group (also referred to herein as an“amino protecting group”). Nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to,–OH,–ORaa,–N(Rcc)2,–C(=O)Raa,– C(=O)N(Rcc)2,–CO2Raa,–SO2Raa,–C(=NRcc)Raa,–C(=NRcc)ORaa,–C(=NRcc)N(Rcc)2,– SO2N(Rcc)2,–SO2Rcc,–SO2ORcc,–SORaa,–C(=S)N(Rcc)2,–C(=O)SRcc,–C(=S)SRcc, C1–10 alkyl (e.g., aralkyl, heteroaralkyl), C2–10 alkenyl, C2–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC2–10 alkenyl, heteroC2–10 alkynyl, C3–10 carbocyclyl, 3–14 membered heterocyclyl, C6–14 aryl, and 5–14 membered heteroaryl groups, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups, and wherein Raa, Rbb, Rcc and Rdd are as defined herein. Nitrogen protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
[0067] For example, nitrogen protecting groups such as amide groups (e.g.,–C(=O)Raa) include, but are not limited to, formamide, acetamide, chloroacetamide, trichloroacetamide, trifluoroacetamide, phenylacetamide, 3–phenylpropanamide, picolinamide, 3–
pyridylcarboxamide, N–benzoylphenylalanyl derivative, benzamide, p–phenylbenzamide, o– nitophenylacetamide, o–nitrophenoxyacetamide, acetoacetamide, (N’–
dithiobenzyloxyacylamino)acetamide, 3–(p–hydroxyphenyl)propanamide, 3–(o– nitrophenyl)propanamide, 2–methyl–2–(o–nitrophenoxy)propanamide, 2–methyl–2–(o– phenylazophenoxy)propanamide, 4–chlorobutanamide, 3–methyl–3–nitrobutanamide, o– nitrocinnamide, N–acetylmethionine derivative, o–nitrobenzamide and o–
(benzoyloxymethyl)benzamide.
[0068] Nitrogen protecting groups such as carbamate groups (e.g.,–C(=O)ORaa) include, but are not limited to, methyl carbamate, ethyl carbamante, 9–fluorenylmethyl carbamate (Fmoc), 9–(2–sulfo)fluorenylmethyl carbamate, 9–(2,7–dibromo)fluoroenylmethyl carbamate, 2,7–di– t–butyl–[9–(10,10–dioxo–10,10,10,10–tetrahydrothioxanthyl)]methyl carbamate (DBD– Tmoc), 4–methoxyphenacyl carbamate (Phenoc), 2,2,2–trichloroethyl carbamate (Troc), 2– trimethylsilylethyl carbamate (Teoc), 2–phenylethyl carbamate (hZ), 1–(1–adamantyl)–1– methylethyl carbamate (Adpoc), 1,1–dimethyl–2–haloethyl carbamate, 1,1–dimethyl–2,2– dibromoethyl carbamate (DB–t–BOC), 1,1–dimethyl–2,2,2–trichloroethyl carbamate
(TCBOC), 1–methyl–1–(4–biphenylyl)ethyl carbamate (Bpoc), 1–(3,5–di–t–butylphenyl)–1– methylethyl carbamate (t–Bumeoc), 2–(2’– and 4’–pyridyl)ethyl carbamate (Pyoc), 2–(N,N– dicyclohexylcarboxamido)ethyl carbamate, t–butyl carbamate (BOC), 1–adamantyl carbamate (Adoc), vinyl carbamate (Voc), allyl carbamate (Alloc), 1–isopropylallyl carbamate (Ipaoc), cinnamyl carbamate (Coc), 4–nitrocinnamyl carbamate (Noc), 8–quinolyl carbamate, N–hydroxypiperidinyl carbamate, alkyldithio carbamate, benzyl carbamate (Cbz), p–methoxybenzyl carbamate (Moz), p–nitobenzyl carbamate, p–bromobenzyl carbamate, p– chlorobenzyl carbamate, 2,4–dichlorobenzyl carbamate, 4–methylsulfinylbenzyl carbamate (Msz), 9–anthrylmethyl carbamate, diphenylmethyl carbamate, 2–methylthioethyl carbamate, 2–methylsulfonylethyl carbamate, 2–(p–toluenesulfonyl)ethyl carbamate, [2–(1,3– dithianyl)]methyl carbamate (Dmoc), 4–methylthiophenyl carbamate (Mtpc), 2,4–
dimethylthiophenyl carbamate (Bmpc), 2–phosphonioethyl carbamate (Peoc), 2–
triphenylphosphonioisopropyl carbamate (Ppoc), 1,1–dimethyl–2–cyanoethyl carbamate, m– chloro–p–acyloxybenzyl carbamate, p–(dihydroxyboryl)benzyl carbamate, 5–
benzisoxazolylmethyl carbamate, 2–(trifluoromethyl)–6–chromonylmethyl carbamate (Tcroc), m–nitrophenyl carbamate, 3,5–dimethoxybenzyl carbamate, o–nitrobenzyl carbamate, 3,4–dimethoxy–6–nitrobenzyl carbamate, phenyl(o–nitrophenyl)methyl carbamate, t–amyl carbamate, S–benzyl thiocarbamate, p–cyanobenzyl carbamate, cyclobutyl carbamate, cyclohexyl carbamate, cyclopentyl carbamate, cyclopropylmethyl carbamate, p– decyloxybenzyl carbamate, 2,2–dimethoxyacylvinyl carbamate, o–(N,N–
dimethylcarboxamido)benzyl carbamate, 1,1–dimethyl–3–(N,N–dimethylcarboxamido)propyl carbamate, 1,1–dimethylpropynyl carbamate, di(2–pyridyl)methyl carbamate, 2– furanylmethyl carbamate, 2–iodoethyl carbamate, isoborynl carbamate, isobutyl carbamate, isonicotinyl carbamate, p–(p’–methoxyphenylazo)benzyl carbamate, 1–methylcyclobutyl carbamate, 1–methylcyclohexyl carbamate, 1–methyl–1–cyclopropylmethyl carbamate, 1– methyl–1–(3,5–dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl carbamate, 1–methyl–1–(p–phenylazophenyl)ethyl carbamate, 1–methyl–1–phenylethyl carbamate, 1–methyl–1–(4–pyridyl)ethyl carbamate, phenyl carbamate, p–(phenylazo)benzyl carbamate, 2,4,6–tri–t–butylphenyl carbamate, 4– (trimethylammonium)benzyl carbamate, and 2,4,6–trimethylbenzyl carbamate.
[0069] Nitrogen protecting groups such as sulfonamide groups (e.g.,–S(=O)2Raa) include, but are not limited to, p–toluenesulfonamide (Ts), benzenesulfonamide, 2,3,6,–trimethyl–4– methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr), 2,4,6–trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb), 2,6– dimethyl–4–methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Pme), 2,3,5,6–tetramethyl–4–
methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mte), 4–methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mbs), 2,4,6– trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts), 2,6–dimethoxy–4–methylbenzenesulfonamide (iMds), 2,2,5,7,8–pentamethylchroman–6–sulfonamide (Pmc), methanesulfonamide (Ms), β– trimethylsilylethanesulfonamide (SES), 9–anthracenesulfonamide, 4–(4’,8’–
dimethoxynaphthylmethyl)benzenesulfonamide (DNMBS), benzylsulfonamide,
trifluoromethylsulfonamide, and phenacylsulfonamide.
[0070] Other nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, phenothiazinyl–(10)– acyl derivative, N’–p–toluenesulfonylaminoacyl derivative, N’–phenylaminothioacyl derivative, N–benzoylphenylalanyl derivative, N–acetylmethionine derivative, 4,5–diphenyl– 3–oxazolin–2–one, N–phthalimide, N–dithiasuccinimide (Dts), N–2,3–diphenylmaleimide, N–2,5–dimethylpyrrole, N–1,1,4,4–tetramethyldisilylazacyclopentane adduct (STABASE), 5–substituted 1,3–dimethyl–1,3,5–triazacyclohexan–2–one, 5–substituted 1,3–dibenzyl– 1,3,5–triazacyclohexan–2–one, 1–substituted 3,5–dinitro–4–pyridone, N–methylamine, N– allylamine, N–[2–(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methylamine (SEM), N–3–acetoxypropylamine, N– (1–isopropyl–4–nitro–2–oxo–3–pyroolin–3–yl)amine, quaternary ammonium salts, N– benzylamine, N–di(4–methoxyphenyl)methylamine, N–5–dibenzosuberylamine, N– triphenylmethylamine (Tr), N–[(4–methoxyphenyl)diphenylmethyl]amine (MMTr), N–9– phenylfluorenylamine (PhF), N–2,7–dichloro–9–fluorenylmethyleneamine, N–
ferrocenylmethylamino (Fcm), N–2–picolylamino N’–oxide, N–1,1–
dimethylthiomethyleneamine, N–benzylideneamine, N–p–methoxybenzylideneamine, N– diphenylmethyleneamine, N–[(2–pyridyl)mesityl]methyleneamine, N–(N’,N’–
dimethylaminomethylene)amine, N,N’–isopropylidenediamine, N–p–nitrobenzylideneamine, N–salicylideneamine, N–5–chlorosalicylideneamine, N–(5–chloro–2– hydroxyphenyl)phenylmethyleneamine, N–cyclohexylideneamine, N–(5,5–dimethyl–3–oxo– 1–cyclohexenyl)amine, N–borane derivative, N–diphenylborinic acid derivative, N–
[phenyl(pentaacylchromium– or tungsten)acyl]amine, N–copper chelate, N–zinc chelate, N– nitroamine, N–nitrosoamine, amine N–oxide, diphenylphosphinamide (Dpp),
dimethylthiophosphinamide (Mpt), diphenylthiophosphinamide (Ppt), dialkyl
phosphoramidates, dibenzyl phosphoramidate, diphenyl phosphoramidate,
benzenesulfenamide, o–nitrobenzenesulfenamide (Nps), 2,4–dinitrobenzenesulfenamide, pentachlorobenzenesulfenamide, 2–nitro–4–methoxybenzenesulfenamide,
triphenylmethylsulfenamide, and 3–nitropyridinesulfenamide (Npys).
[0071] In certain embodiments, the substituent present on an oxygen atom is an oxygen protecting group (also referred to herein as an“hydroxyl protecting group”). Oxygen protecting groups include, but are not limited to,–Raa,–N(Rbb)2,–C(=O)SRaa,–C(=O)Raa,– CO2Raa,–C(=O)N(Rbb)2,–C(=NRbb)Raa,–C(=NRbb)ORaa,–C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,–S(=O)Raa,– SO2Raa,–Si(Raa)3, and–P(=O)(Raa)2, wherein Raa, Rbb, and Rcc are as defined herein. Oxygen protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
[0072] Exemplary oxygen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, methoxylmethyl (MOM), methylthiomethyl (MTM), t–butylthiomethyl,
(phenyldimethylsilyl)methoxymethyl (SMOM), benzyloxymethyl (BOM), p–
methoxybenzyloxymethyl (PMBM), (4–methoxyphenoxy)methyl (p–AOM), guaiacolmethyl (GUM), t–butoxymethyl, 4–pentenyloxymethyl (POM), siloxymethyl, 2–
methoxyethoxymethyl (MEM), 2,2,2–trichloroethoxymethyl, bis(2–chloroethoxy)methyl, 2– (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEMOR), tetrahydropyranyl (THP), 3–
bromotetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, 1–methoxycyclohexyl, 4–
methoxytetrahydropyranyl (MTHP), 4–methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl, 4–
methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl S,S–dioxide, 1–[(2–chloro–4–methyl)phenyl]–4–
methoxypiperidin–4–yl (CTMP), 1,4–dioxan–2–yl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, 2,3,3a,4,5,6,7,7a–octahydro–7,8,8–trimethyl–4,7–methanobenzofuran–2–yl, 1–ethoxyethyl, 1–(2–chloroethoxy)ethyl, 1–methyl–1–methoxyethyl, 1–methyl–1–benzyloxyethyl, 1– methyl–1–benzyloxy–2–fluoroethyl, 2,2,2–trichloroethyl, 2–trimethylsilylethyl, 2–
(phenylselenyl)ethyl, t–butyl, allyl, p–chlorophenyl, p–methoxyphenyl, 2,4–dinitrophenyl, benzyl (Bn), p–methoxybenzyl, 3,4–dimethoxybenzyl, o–nitrobenzyl, p–nitrobenzyl, p– halobenzyl, 2,6–dichlorobenzyl, p–cyanobenzyl, p–phenylbenzyl, 2–picolyl, 4–picolyl, 3– methyl–2–picolyl N–oxido, diphenylmethyl, p,p’–dinitrobenzhydryl, 5–dibenzosuberyl, triphenylmethyl, α–naphthyldiphenylmethyl, p–methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl, di(p– methoxyphenyl)phenylmethyl, tri(p–methoxyphenyl)methyl, 4–(4’–
bromophenacyloxyphenyl)diphenylmethyl, 4,4′,4″–tris(4,5–
dichlorophthalimidophenyl)methyl, 4,4′,4″–tris(levulinoyloxyphenyl)methyl, 4,4′,4″– tris(benzoyloxyphenyl)methyl, 3–(imidazol–1–yl)bis(4′,4″–dimethoxyphenyl)methyl, 1,1– bis(4–methoxyphenyl)–1′–pyrenylmethyl, 9–anthryl, 9–(9–phenyl)xanthenyl, 9–(9–phenyl– 10–oxo)anthryl, 1,3–benzodithiolan–2–yl, benzisothiazolyl S,S–dioxido, trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS), dimethylisopropylsilyl (IPDMS), diethylisopropylsilyl (DEIPS), dimethylthexylsilyl, t–butyldimethylsilyl (TBDMS), t– butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), tribenzylsilyl, tri–p–xylylsilyl, triphenylsilyl,
diphenylmethylsilyl (DPMS), t–butylmethoxyphenylsilyl (TBMPS), formate,
benzoylformate, acetate, chloroacetate, dichloroacetate, trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, methoxyacetate, triphenylmethoxyacetate, phenoxyacetate, p–chlorophenoxyacetate, 3– phenylpropionate, 4–oxopentanoate (levulinate), 4,4–(ethylenedithio)pentanoate
(levulinoyldithioacetal), pivaloate, adamantoate, crotonate, 4–methoxycrotonate, benzoate, p– phenylbenzoate, 2,4,6–trimethylbenzoate (mesitoate), methyl carbonate, 9–fluorenylmethyl carbonate (Fmoc), ethyl carbonate, 2,2,2–trichloroethyl carbonate (Troc), 2–
(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbonate (TMSEC), 2–(phenylsulfonyl) ethyl carbonate (Psec), 2– (triphenylphosphonio) ethyl carbonate (Peoc), isobutyl carbonate, vinyl carbonate, allyl carbonate, t–butyl carbonate (BOC), p–nitrophenyl carbonate, benzyl carbonate, p– methoxybenzyl carbonate, 3,4–dimethoxybenzyl carbonate, o–nitrobenzyl carbonate, p– nitrobenzyl carbonate, S–benzyl thiocarbonate, 4–ethoxy–1–napththyl carbonate, methyl dithiocarbonate, 2–iodobenzoate, 4–azidobutyrate, 4–nitro–4–methylpentanoate, o–
(dibromomethyl)benzoate, 2–formylbenzenesulfonate, 2–(methylthiomethoxy)ethyl, 4– (methylthiomethoxy)butyrate, 2–(methylthiomethoxymethyl)benzoate, 2,6–dichloro–4– methylphenoxyacetate, 2,6–dichloro–4–(1,1,3,3–tetramethylbutyl)phenoxyacetate, 2,4– bis(1,1–dimethylpropyl)phenoxyacetate, chlorodiphenylacetate, isobutyrate, monosuccinoate, (E)–2–methyl–2–butenoate, o–(methoxyacyl)benzoate, α–naphthoate, nitrate, alkyl
N,N,N’,N’–tetramethylphosphorodiamidate, alkyl N–phenylcarbamate, borate,
dimethylphosphinothioyl, alkyl 2,4–dinitrophenylsulfenate, sulfate, methanesulfonate (mesylate), benzylsulfonate, and tosylate (Ts).
[0073] In certain embodiments, the substituent present on an sulfur atom is a sulfur protecting group (also referred to as a“thiol protecting group”). Sulfur protecting groups include, but are not limited to,–Raa,–N(Rbb)2,–C(=O)SRaa,–C(=O)Raa,–CO2Raa,–
C(=O)N(Rbb)2,–C(=NRbb)Raa,–C(=NRbb)ORaa,–C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2,–S(=O)Raa,–SO2Raa,– Si(Raa)3,–P(Rcc)2,–P(Rcc)3,–P(=O)2Raa,–P(=O)(Raa)2,–P(=O)(ORcc)2,–P(=O)2N(Rbb)2, and– P(=O)(NRbb)2, wherein Raa, Rbb, and Rcc are as defined herein. Sulfur protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
[0074] As used herein, a“leaving group” (LG) is an art–understood term referring to a molecular fragment that departs with a pair of electrons in heterolytic bond cleavage, wherein the molecular fragment is an anion or neutral molecule. As used herein, a leaving group can be an atom or a group capable of being displaced by a nucleophile. See, for example, Smith, March Advanced Organic Chemistry 6th ed. (501–502). Exemplary leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halo (e.g., chloro, bromo, iodo), -ORaa (when the O atom is attached to a carbonyl group, wherein Raa is as defined herein), -O(C=O)RLG, or -O(SO)2RLG (e.g., tosyl, mesyl, besyl), wherein RLG is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In some cases, the leaving group is a halogen. In some embodiments, the leaving group is I.
[0075] As used herein, use of the phrase“at least one instance” refers to 1, 2, 3, 4, or more instances, but also encompasses a range, e.g., for example, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 3, or from 3 to 4 instances, inclusive.
[0076] A“non-hydrogen group” refers to any group that is defined for a particular variable that is not hydrogen.
[0077] A“carbohydrate group” or a“carbohydrate” refers to a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide (e.g., a disaccharide or oligosaccharide). Exemplary monosaccharides include, but are not limited to, natural sugars, such as allose, altrose, glucose, mannose, gulose, idose, galactose, talose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, and lyxose. Disaccharides are two joined monosaccharides. Exemplary disaccharides include, but are not limited to, sucrose, maltose, cellobiose, and lactose. Typically, an oligosaccharide includes between three and ten monosaccharide units (e.g., raffinose, stachyose). The carbohydrate group may be a natural sugar or a modified sugar. Exemplary modified sugars include, but are not limited to, sugars where the hydroxyl group is replaced with an amino group and/or alkyl group (e.g., such as desosamine), 2´-deoxyribose wherein a hydroxyl group is removed, 2´-fluororibose wherein a hydroxyl group is replace with a fluorine, or N-acetylglucosamine, or a nitrogen- containing form of glucose (e.g., 2´-fluororibose, deoxyribose, and hexose), and the like. Various carbohydrates are further described below and herein. Carbohydrates may exist in many different forms, for example, conformers, cyclic forms, acyclic forms, stereoisomers, tautomers, anomers, and isomers.
[0078] As used herein, a nucleophile refers to a chemical species that donates an electron pair to an electrophile to form a chemical bond in relation to a reaction. All molecules or ions with a free pair of electrons or at least one pi bond can act as nucleophiles. The nucleophile can be a compound or an atom. In certain embodiments, a nucleophile is of formula Xn1-R23, M-R23, or Ms(Xn2)t, wherein M is a metal (e.g., Li, Na, or K), or a metal complex (e.g. metal halide such as CuXn, or MgXn2); Xn1 is -ORxn, -SRxn, or -N(Rxn)2; Xn2 is a halogen, CN, N3, -ORxn, - SRxn, -N(Rxn)2; each instance of Rxn is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; R23 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; s is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and t is 1, 2, 3, or 4. As used herein, a metal complex refers to a metal chelated with ligands such as organic ompounds, anions such as halides, hydroxyls, or carboxylates. In certain embodiments, the nucleophile is Xn1-R23 (e.g. R23-OH; R23-SH, R23- NH2 (e.g., NH3)). In certain embodiments, nucleophile is M-R23 (e.g., Li-alkyl). In certain embodiments, nucleophile is Ms(Xn2)t (e.g. NaCN, NaN3, NaNH2, LiORxn, NaORxn).
[0079] These and other exemplary substituents are described in more detail in the Detailed Description, Examples, and claims. The invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the above exemplary listing of substituents. Other definitions
[0080] As used herein, the term“salt” refers to any and all salts, and encompasses pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
[0081] The term“pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, Berge et al., describes pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66:1–19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the macrolides of this invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2–hydroxy–ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2– naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3–phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, p–toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N+(C1–4alkyl)4 salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate, and aryl sulfonate.
[0082] The term“solvate” refers to forms of the compound that are associated with a solvent, usually by a solvolysis reaction. This physical association may include hydrogen bonding. Conventional solvents include water, methanol, ethanol, acetic acid, DMSO, THF, diethyl ether, and the like. The compounds as described herein may be prepared, e.g., in crystalline form, and may be solvated. Suitable solvates include pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and further include both stoichiometric solvates and non-stoichiometric solvates. In certain instances, the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example, when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of a crystalline solid.“Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolable solvates. Representative solvates include hydrates, ethanolates, and methanolates.
[0083] The term“hydrate” refers to a compound which is associated with water. Typically, the number of the water molecules contained in a hydrate of a compound is in a definite ratio to the number of the compound molecules in the hydrate. Therefore, a hydrate of a compound may be represented, for example, by the general formula R⋅x H2O, wherein R is the compound, and x is a number greater than 0. A given compound may form more than one type of hydrates, including, e.g., monohydrates (x is 1), lower hydrates (x is a number greater than 0 and smaller than 1, e.g., hemihydrates (R⋅0.5 H2O)), and polyhydrates (x is a number greater than 1, e.g., dihydrates (R⋅2 H2O) and hexahydrates (R⋅6 H2O)).
[0084] As used herein, the term“tautomer” includes two or more interconvertable forms resulting from at least one formal migration of a hydrogen atom and at least one change in valency (e.g., a single bond to a double bond, a triple bond to a double bond, or vice versa). The exact ratio of the tautomers depends on several factors, including temperature, solvent, and pH. Tautomerizations (i.e., the reaction providing a tautomeric pair) may be catalyzed by acid or base. Exemplary tautomerizations include keto–to–enol; amide–to–imide; lactam–to– lactim; enamine–to–imine; and enamine–to–(a different) enamine tautomerizations.
[0085] It is also to be understood that compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed“isomers”. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed“stereoisomers”.
[0086] Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed“diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed“enantiomers”. When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible. An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively). A chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a“racemic mixture”.
[0087] The term“polymorphs” refers to a crystalline form of a compound (or a salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof) in a particular crystal packing arrangement. All polymorphs have the same elemental composition. Different crystalline forms usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability, and/or solubility. Recrystallization solvent, rate of
crystallization, storage temperature, and other factors may cause one crystal form to dominate. Various polymorphs of a compound can be prepared by crystallization under different conditions. [0088] The term“prodrugs” refer to compounds, including derivatives of the compounds of Formula (I), which have cleavable groups and become by solvolysis or under physiological conditions the compounds as described herein which are pharmaceutically active in vivo. Such examples include, but are not limited to, choline ester derivatives and the like, N- alkylmorpholine esters and the like. Other derivatives of the compounds of this invention have activity in both their acid and acid derivative forms, but in the acid sensitive form often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility, or delayed release in the mammalian organism (see, Bundgard, Design of Prodrugs, pp.7-9, 21-24, Elsevier, Amsterdam 1985). Prodrugs include acid derivatives well known to practitioners of the art, such as, for example, esters prepared by reaction of the parent acid with a suitable alcohol, or amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with a substituted or unsubstituted amine, or acid anhydrides, or mixed anhydrides. Simple aliphatic or aromatic esters, amides, and anhydrides derived from acidic groups pendant on the compounds of this invention are particular prodrugs. In some cases it is desirable to prepare double ester type prodrugs such as
(acyloxy)alkyl esters or ((alkoxycarbonyl)oxy)alkylesters. C1-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C2-C8 alkynyl, aryl, C7-C12 substituted aryl, and C7-C12 arylalkyl esters of the compounds as described herein may be preferred in certain instances.
[0089] The term“isotopes” refers to variants of a particular chemical element such that, while all isotopes of a given element share the same number of protons in each atom of the element, those isotopes differ in the number of neutrons.
[0090] A“subject” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g, infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle–aged adult or senior adult)) and/or other non–human animals, for example mammals [e.g., primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys); commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, cats, and/or dogs], birds (e.g., commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, and/or turkeys), reptiles, amphibians, and fish. In certain embodiments, the non–human animal is a mammal. The non–human animal may be a male or female and at any stage of development. A non–human animal may be a transgenic animal.
[0091]“Disease,”“disorder,” and“condition” are used interchangeably herein.
[0092] As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms“treat,”“treating” and “treatment” contemplate an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from the specified infectious disease or inflammatory condition, which reduces the severity of the infectious disease or inflammatory condition, or retards or slows the progression of the infectious disease or inflammatory condition (“therapeutic treatment”), and also contemplates an action that occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the specified infectious disease or inflammatory condition (“prophylactic treatment”).
[0093] In general, the“effective amount” of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired biological response. As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in this art, the effective amount of a compound of the invention may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the disease being treated, the mode of administration, and the age, health, and condition of the subject. An effective amount encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
[0094] As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a“therapeutically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of an infectious disease or inflammatory condition, or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the infectious disease or inflammatory condition. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the infectious disease or inflammatory condition. The term“therapeutically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of infectious disease or inflammatory condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
[0095] As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a“prophylactically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to prevent an infectious disease or inflammatory condition, or one or more symptoms associated with the infectious disease or inflammatory condition, or prevent its recurrence. A prophylactically effective amount of a compound means an amount of a therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other agents, which provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of the infectious disease or inflammatory condition. The term“prophylactically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall prophylaxis or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of another prophylactic agent. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION
[0096] As generally understood from the present disclosure, the present invention is, in part, directed to ketolides of the formulae below, constructed from the coupling of an eastern half and a western half, followed by macrocyclization and optionally further synthetic manipulation:
Figure imgf000045_0001
or a salt thereof,
Figure imgf000045_0002
Z is of the formula z- or (z-ii);
each instance of R1a, R1b, R2a, and R2b is independently hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or wherein R1a and R1b or R2a and R2b are taken together to form
Figure imgf000046_0001
;
a indicates the point of attachment to the carbon substituted by G1;
b indicates the point of attachment to L3;
each of Ro1 and Ro2 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Rno is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group;
Rsa is hydrogen, hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
or Rsa and R1a or Rsa and R1b are taken together to form a bond;
Rs8 is hydrogen or OR11;
L3 is a group
Figure imgf000046_0002
represents a single or double bond;
Figure imgf000046_0004
R3 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -C(=O)RZ8, -C(=O)ORZ8, - C(=O)N(RZ8)2, an oxygen protecting group, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000046_0003
R4 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each instance of R18 and R19 independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each instance of R20 and R21 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, halogen, carbonyl, or R20 and R21 are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl or an oxiranyl ring;
each instance of R5a and R5b is independently hydrogen, halogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
RY1 is–OR17 and RY2 is hydrogen, or RY1 is halogen and RY2 is hydrogen, or RY1 is halogen and RY2 is halogen, or RY1 and RY2 are joined to form an oxo (=O) group;
R6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaralkyl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, or halogen;
R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R9 and R17 are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,–C(=O)RZ8,–C(=O)ORZ8,–C(=O)N(RZ8)2, an oxygen protecting group, or a carbohydrate;
R10 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, and halogen;
G3 is–O–,–S–, or–N(RG1)–, wherein RG1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
G1 is hydrogen,–OR12 or–NR13R14;
provided when G1 is–OR12, then R11 and R12 are joined as a group of formula– C(=O)- to provide a cyclic carbonate, or R11 and R12 are not joined, and R11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group, and R12 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000048_0002
or provided when G1 is–NR13R14, then R11 and R13 are joined as a group of formula– C(=O)- to provide a cyclic carbamate, or R11 and R13 are not joined, R11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group, R13 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
R14 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group, - C(=O)RZ8, or -C(=O)ORZ8, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000048_0001
or R13 and R14 are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each instance of LC1 and LC2 is independently a bond, or a linking group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene; optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, and combinations thereof;
each instance of A1 is independently a leaving group (LG),–SH,–OH,–NH2,–NH– NH2,–N3,–O–NH2,
,
Figure imgf000049_0001
Q is–NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–,–O–; W is O, S, or NRW1;
RW1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl; substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl;
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; substituted or unsubstituted aryl; substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or a nitrogen protecting group;
RW2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl;
optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RW2 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclic moiety;
RX1 is hydrogen, halogen, or–ORX2, wherein RX2 is hydrogen; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; or an oxygen protecting group;
R23 is optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each instance of RZ8 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RZ8 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocylyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl ring;
or A is a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Rs1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Rs1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Figure imgf000050_0001
Y2 is–C(=O)-CH=P(RP1)(RP2)(RP3) or–C(=O)-CH2-P(O)(ORP2)(ORP3); each of RP1, RP2, and RP3 is independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocycyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
P1 is hydrogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen, nitrogen, or thiol protecting group; and
G2 is a group of formula:
,
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein:
each instance of XG2 is–OR15,–SR15, or–N(R15)2;
each instance of R15 is independently silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R15 groups are taken together to form an optionally substituted heteroaryl or heterocyclic ring; and
each instance of R16a is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[0097] Unless otherwise stated, any formulae as described herein are also meant to include a salt, solvate, hydrate, polymorph, co-crystal, tautomer, stereoisomer, isotopically labeled derivative, and prodrug thereof. In certain embodiments, the provided macrolide is a salt of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a solvate of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a hydrate of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a polymorph of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a co- crystal of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a tautomer of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a stereoisomer of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is of an isotopically labeled form of any of the formulae as described herein. For example, compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, replacement of 19F with 18F, or the replacement of a carbon by a 13C- or 14C-enriched carbon are within the scope of the disclosure. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is of a deuterated labeled form of any of the formulae as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided compound is a prodrug of any of the formulae as described herein.
[0098] In certain embodiments, the macrolide is prepared from macrocyclization (e.g., thermally induced macrocyclization) of the coupled precursor of the formula below, optionally followed by further synthetic manipulation, as described herein:
Figure imgf000052_0001
Coupling and Macrocyclization
[0099] As generally described herein, macrolides of the present invention are prepared by coupling of a western half (A-i) or (A-ii) with an eastern half (B-i) or (B-ii) to provide a compound of Formula (N-1), as depicted in Scheme 1. Scheme 8a and 8b depict certain specific embodiments of this coupling and macrocyclization steps to provide compounds falling with the scope of Formula (N-1).
[00100] As shown in Scheme 8a, when Y1 is
Figure imgf000052_0002
or , R1a is as defined herein, RS1 is hydrogen, and LG is a leaving group; coupling of a compound of Formula (N-1b) and Formula (N-1a) via hydromagnesiation provides a compound of Formula (N-1c).
Scheme 8a.
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000053_0002
[00101] In certain embodiments, the hydromagnesiation reaction is carried out in the presence of an organic base such as a Grignard reagent. In certain embodiments, more than one Grignard reagents are present. In certain embodiments, the Grignard reagent is of the formula Rgr-Mg-Xgr, wherein Xgr is halogen; and Rgr is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, Rgr is optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, Rgr is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Rgr is branched alkyl (e.g., iso-propyl, iso-butyl, or tert-butyl). In certain embodiments, Rgr is optionally substituted carbocyclyl (e.g., cyclcopentyl). In certain embodiments, the Grignard reagent is iso-butyl-MgCl.
[00102] In certain embodimetns, the hydromagnesiation reaction is carried out in the presence of a catalyst. In certain embodiments, the catalyst is a Ti catalyst. In certain embodiments, the Ti catalyst is Cp2TiCl2. [00103] In certain embodiments, the hydromagnesiation yields a compound of Formula (N-1), wherein Z is of the formula:
Figure imgf000054_0001
wherein Rsa and R1a or Rsa and R1b are joined to form a bond; and Rno, R2b, and R2a are as defined herein.
[00104] As generally defined herein, LG is a leaving group capable of being displaced by a nucleophile as defined herein. In certain embodiments, the LG is a halide. In certain embodiments, the LG is I. In certain embodiments, the LG is a Br.
[00105] As shown in Scheme 8b, when Y2 is–C(=O)-CH=P(RP1)(RP2)(RP3) or–C(=O)-CH2- P(O)(ORP2)(ORP3), coupling of Formula (N-1n) and Formula (N-1m) via a Wittig or Horner- Emmons reaction forms the moiety–CH=CH-C(=O)–, and provides a compound of Formula (N-1d).
Scheme 8b.
Figure imgf000054_0002
[00106] As generally defined herein, RP1 is independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocycyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, RP1 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RP1 is unsubstituted alkyl.
[00107] As generally defined herein, RP2 is independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocycyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, RP2 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RP2 is unsubstituted alkyl.
[00108] As generally defined herein, RP3 is independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocycyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, RP3 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RP3 is unsubstituted alkyl.
[00109] In certain embodiments, the double bond of the above recited formula such as Formula (N-1-b) is in the cis-configuration. In certain embodiments, the double bond of the above recited formula such as Formula (N-1-b) is in the trans-configuration.
[00110] Various macrolides may be accessed from these coupled products of Formula (N-1), depending upon the nature of the group G2, upon macrocyclization. For example, as depicted in Scheme 9, when G2 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000055_0001
and R6 is a hydrogen or non-hydrogen group, macrocyclization of the compound of Formula (N-1), e.g., wherein P1 is hydrogen, provides a macrolide of Formula (N-2). Enolization of the macrolide of Formula (N-2), followed by addition of a non-hydrogen group R10 (e.g., with a base and an R10 alkylating agent, e.g., R10-LG, or with a halogenating agent if R10 is halogen), provides a macrolide of Formula (N-3).
Scheme 9.
Figure imgf000056_0001
[00111] Alternatively, as depicted in 1 h n G2 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000056_0002
;
wherein each of R6 and R10 is hydrogen or a non-hydrogen group, macrocyclization of the compound of Formula (N-1), e.g., wherein P1 is hydrogen, provides a macrolide of Formula (N-3). Scheme 10.
Figure imgf000057_0001
[00112] Further functionalization of the macrolide is also contemplated herein. For example, as depicted in Schemes 11 and 12, reduction of the C3 ketone of macrolides (N-2) and (N-3) to a hydroxyl group, optionally followed by protection, provides macrolides (N-4) and (N-5), respectively. Alternatively, the hydroxyl group at C3 can be modified through O-alkylation or acylation as depicted in Schemes 13A-13B, where LG is a leaving group as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R17 is–C(=O)RZ8, wherein RZ8 is optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., optionally substituted aralkyl or optionally substituted heteroaralkyl).
[00113] The ability to readily alter the oxidation state of the oxygen substituent at C3 enables the protection of this position as a carbonyl group while other free hydroxy groups are modified (e.g., by O-alkylation). Therefore, oxidation or reduction of this position at various points along the specific synthetic sequence is contemplated herein.
Figure imgf000058_0001
Scheme 13A.
Figure imgf000059_0001
[00114] Further modification of the ketone or reduced macrolide is also contemplated herein. For example, as depicted in Schemes 14A-14B and 15A-15B, the C3 ketone of Formula (N-2) or (N-3), or (N-4) or (N-5) (e.g., hydroxyl at C3, wherein R17 is hydrogen), can be halogenated with an electrophilic halogenating agent (e.g., Deoxo-Fluor) to give geminal dihalides such as Formula (N-6), or monohalides such as Formula (N-7), respectively, wherein each instance of X is independently a halogen (e.g., fluorine, bromine, iodine).
Scheme 14A.
Scheme 14B.
Figure imgf000060_0001
Scheme 15A.
Scheme 15B.
Figure imgf000061_0001
[00115] Instances wherein either R3 or R4 is allyl enable derivitization into novel macrolides as demonstrated in Schemes 16A-16B and 17A-17B. A variety of groups, such as heteroaryl or aryl moieties, may be introduced through a transition metal catalyzed cross coupling (e.g., Heck reaction) or through an olefin metathesis reaction (e.g., cross methathesis using a Grubbs or Schrock metal carbene catalyst) leading to derivatives such as derivatives of Formula (N-9) or (N-15). Subsequent manipulation of the olefin (e.g. hydrogenation) can be used to access further structural diversity (e.g. N-10a-b, N-16a-b). Alternatively, the olefin functionality can be oxidatively cleaved to produce a carbonyl functionality (N-11a-b or N- 17a-b) that may be further modified by transformations such as reduction, nucleophilic additions (N-13a-b or N-19a-b), or reductive amination (N-12a-b or N-18a-b), wherein R23 is as defined herein; each instance of R22 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl and R24 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl. In
certain embodiments, R22 is–CH2C(=O)OH. In certain embodiments, R22 is
Figure imgf000062_0001
. In
certain embodiments, R22 is
Figure imgf000062_0002
.
S
Figure imgf000062_0003
Figure imgf000063_0001
Scheme 17A.
Figure imgf000063_0002
Scheme 17B.
Figure imgf000064_0001
[00116] Further derivatization may be carried out using the transformations described herein pre- or post-macrocyclization wherein any of R1a, R1b, R2a, or R2b is allyl. While only depicted for macrocycles of Formulae (N-20a)-(N-20b) in Scheme 18A-B, such modifications are contemplated for any macrocycle, wherein at least one of R1a, R1b, R2a, or R2b is allyl. Derivitives wherein a -CH2- moiety in the chain has been removed may be prepared using the precursor wherein any of R1a, R1b, R2a, or R2b is vinyl (Scheme 19A-19B). In certain
embodiments, R22 is–CH 22
2C =O)OH. In certain embodiments, R is . In
Figure imgf000064_0002
certain embodiments, R22 is
Figure imgf000064_0003
. Scheme 18A.
Figure imgf000065_0001
Scheme 19A.
Figure imgf000066_0001
Scheme 19B.
Figure imgf000066_0002
[00117] Further derivatization may be carried out using the transformations described herein pre- or post-macrocyclization when R1a and R1b or R2a and R2b are taken together to form
Figure imgf000067_0001
alpha to an oxo (=O) moiety, wherein Ro1 and Ro2 are as defined herein, and Z is of Formula (z-i-a). Exemplary transformations of Formula (z-i-a) include, but are not limited to, cross-coupling or nucleophilic addition (e.g. conjugated addition).
Scheme 20A.
Figure imgf000067_0002
.
[00118] Conjugate addition reactions using a nucleophile such as an R23 species provide compounds of formula (N-42a) or (N-42b). As used herein, nucleophilic R23 species include, but are not limited to Xn1-R23, M-R23, or Ms(Xn2)t, wherein each instance of M is
independently a metal (e.g., Li, Na, K), or metal complex (e.g. CuXn2, or MgXn2); Xn1 is - ORxn, -SRxn, or -N(Rxn)2; each instanc of Xn2 is independently halogen, CN, N3, -ORxn, -SRxn, -N(Rxn)2; each instance of Rxn is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; R23 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; s is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and t is 1, 2, 3, or 4. As used herein, a metal complex refers to a metal coordination complex having a central metal atom having one or more bound ligands (e.g. ion such as halide; or molecule (functional group) such as carboxylate) to form a coordination complex. The bonding between metal and ligand generally involves formal donation of one or more of the ligand’s electron pairs. The nature of the metal-ligand bonding can range from covalent to ionic. Furthermore, the metal-ligand bond order can range from one to three. In certain embodiments, the nucleophile is Xn1-R23 (e.g. R23-OH; R23-SH, R23- NH2 (e.g. NH3)). In certain embodiments, the nucleophile is M-R23 (e.g. Li-alkyl). In certain embodiments, the nucleophile is Ms(Xn2)t (e.g. NaCN, NaN3, NaNH2, LiORxn, NaORxn).
[00119] In certain embodiments, Ro3 is R23, wherein R23 is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, Ro3 is Xn2, wherein Xn2 is as defined herein.
Scheme 20B.
Figure imgf000068_0001
[00120] In certain embodiments, exemplified conjugated additions are carried out on Formulae (N-41a) and (N-41b) as shown in Schemes 20C-N.
Scheme 20C.
Figure imgf000069_0001
Scheme 20D.
Figure imgf000070_0001
Scheme 20E.
Figure imgf000071_0001
Scheme 20F.
Figure imgf000072_0001
Scheme 20G.
Figure imgf000073_0001
Scheme 20H.
Figure imgf000074_0001
Scheme 20I.
Figure imgf000075_0001
Scheme 20J.
Figure imgf000076_0001
Scheme 20K.
Figure imgf000077_0001
Scheme 20L.
Figure imgf000078_0001
Scheme 20M.
Figure imgf000079_0001
Scheme 20N.
Figure imgf000080_0001
[00121] Further derivatization may be carried out using the transformations described herein pre- or post-macrocyclization when any of R1a, R1b, R2a, and R2b is hydrogen, attached alpha to an oxo (=O) moiety. Base-mediated deprotonation and nucleophilic addition of the enolate to leaving group conjugates of R1a, wherein LG is a leaving group as definied herein and R1a is a non-hydrogen group, provide alpha-functionalized ketolides of Formula (N-44a) or Formula (44-b). Scheme 21A.
Figure imgf000081_0001
Scheme 21B.
Figure imgf000082_0001
[00122] Furthermore, as depicted in Schemes 23-26, wherein G1 is -NHR13, installation of a group of Formula (LC1-i) by reaction of the alcohol with a compound of formula LG-LC1-LG, followed by displacement of the second leaving group with a nucleophilic group A1 to provide a group of Formula (LC1-ii), followed by reaction of the group A1 and with a compound of formula A2-LC2-R23 to install a group of Formula (LC1-iii), is contemplated herein.
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
[00123] Alternatively, the group–LC1-A1 may be installed directly by reaction of the amine with a compound of formula LG–LC1-A1. Such reactions are also contemplated wherein G1 is –OH.
[00124] Additionally, as depicted in Scheme 27, wherein L3 is a group of formula (L3-i), wherein R3 is hydrogen (referred to as (L3-ia)), installation of a group of formula (LC1-i) by reaction of the alcohol with a compound of formula LG-LC1-LG, followed by conversion of (e.g., by nucleophilic displacement or other synthetic manipulation) of the second leaving group with a group A1 to provide a group of formula (LC1-ii), followed by reaction of the group A1 and with a compound of formula A2-LC2-R23 to install a group of formula (LC1-iii), is also contemplated herein.
Figure imgf000086_0002
Sc
Figure imgf000087_0001
[00125] Alternatively, the group–LC1-A1 may be installed directly from (L3-ia) to provide (L3-ic) by reaction of the hydroxyl group with a compound of formula LG–LC1-A1.
[00126] Furthermore, there are many ways of adding a group of formula (LC1-iii) which do not involve reaction of A1 and A2 to form A and thus A may be any group, e.g., for example, a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl. For example, a group of formula (LC1-iii) may be installed by reaction of the group -OR12, -NR13R14, and/or -OR3, wherein R12, R14, and/or R3 are hydrogen, with a compound of formula (LC1-vii), e.g., by nucleophilic displacement, to provide a group wherein R12, R14, and/or R3 is of formula (LC1-iii). See, e.g., Scheme 28.
Scheme 28.
Figure imgf000087_0002
[00127] Furthermore, as depicted in Scheme 28, wherein L3 is a group of formula (L3-i), elimination of the group–OR3 provides an alkenyl moiety, which may be reduced (e.g., by hydrogenation), or be further functionalized with groups R20 and R21, as depicted in Scheme 29. Functionalization of double bonds to provide groups R20 and R21 are known in the art. See, e.g., Organic Chemistry, Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito, 1999; Smith and March March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2001; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, Inc., New York, 1989; and Carruthers, Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987. Non-limiting examples of double bond fuctionalization include:
(i) reaction of the double bond with a cyclopropanting reagent to provide a group (L3- iii) wherein R20 and R21 are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl ring;
(ii) reaction of the double bond with an epoxidizing reagent to provide a group (L3-iii) wherein R20 and R21 are joined to form an oxiranyl ring; (iii) reaction of the double bond with a dihydroxylation reagent (e.g., OsO4), optionally followed by protection of the hydroxyl groups, to provide a group (L3-iii) wherein R20 and R21 are each independently hydroxyl or substituted hydroxyl;
(iv) HX addition to the double bond, wherein X is a halogen or hydroxyl or substituted hydroxyl, to provide a group (L3-iii) wherein one of R20 and R21 is halogen or hydroxyl or substituted hydroxyl, and one of R20 and R21 is hydrogen;
(v) X2 addition to the double bond, wherein X is halogen, to provide a group (L3-iii) wherein R20 and R21 are each independently halogen;
(vi) X2/H2O or X2/alcohol addition to the double bond, wherein X is halogen, to provide a group (L3-iii) wherein one of R20 and R21 is hydroxyl or substituted hydroxyl, and one of R20 and R21 is halogen; and
(viii) oxidative hydroboration of the double bond to provide a group (L3-iii) wherein one of R20 and R21 is hydroxyl or substituted hydroxyl, and one of R20 and R21 is hydrogen. Scheme 29.
Figure imgf000088_0001
[00128] For all of the transformations pertaining to functionalization of the pre-formed macrocycle, incorporation of these groups through such general transformations at steps prior to ring formation is contemplated herein. Such reordering of steps as is appropriate to accomodate particular intermediates or functional groups is understood by those skilled in the art. Synthesizing Ketolides via Wittig or Horner Emmons Reaction
[00129] As generally described herein, alternative methods of preparing the keto (oxo) product wherein Z is of formula:
Figure imgf000088_0002
are further contemplated herein. [00130] For example, the above recited Z linkage may be formed via Wittig or Horner Emmons reaction between an aldehyde and a ylide or phosphonate ester to form an α,β−unsaturated keto linked intermediate. See, e.g., Schemes 30 and 31. In certain embodiments of s Schemes 30 and 31, the α,β-unsaturated ketone is of the trans- configuration. In certain embodiments of s Schemes 30 and 31, the α,β-unsaturated ketone is of the cis-configuration.
[00131] The cyclic carbamate, installed prior to macrocyclization (see, e.g., Scheme 30) or after macrocylization (see, e.g., Scheme 31), may be formed via Michael addition of the amine NH2R14 to the α,β−unsaturated keto moiety, followed by reaction of the attached amino group -NHR14 and vicinal hydroxyl group (i.e., R11 is hydrogen) with reagent LG- C(=O)-LG, wherein each LG is a leaving group as defined herein (e.g., chloro), substituted hydroxyl (e.g., to provide a carbonate ester), substituted thiol, substituted amino (e.g., imidazolyl). In certain embodiments, the free hydroxyl group is first treated with reagent LG-C(=O)-LG, following which an amine of NH2R14 is added, leading to initial formation of an acyclic carbamate prior to conjugate addition of the intermediate–NHR14 group to the unsaturated ketone.
[00132] Alternatively, the cyclic carbamate, installed prior to macrocyclization (see, e.g., Scheme 30) or after macrocylization (see, e.g., Scheme 31), may be formed via reaction of the free hydroxyl group (i.e., R11 is hydrogen) with an isocyanate reagent O=C=N–R14, followed by conjugate addition of the intermediate–NHR14 group to the unsaturated ketone. In certain embodiments, the isocyanate reacts with the free hydroxyl group and–NHR14 undergoes the conjugate addition reaction in a single step. In certain embodiments, the intermediate acyclic carbamate is isolated. In certain embodiments, base is added to the isolated acyclic carbamate to promote the conjugate addition reaction.
Scheme 30.
Figure imgf000090_0001
Scheme 31.
Figure imgf000091_0001
[00133] Scheme 32 depicts various synthetic modifications which are contemplated and further described in greater details elsewhere. For example, after formation of the cyclic carbamate, the carbon alpha to the ketone moiety so installed may be monosubstituted (e.g., wherein R1a is hydrogen and R1b is a non-hydrogen) or di-substituted (i.e., wherein both R1a and R1b are non-hydrogen groups). Synthetic modification of the C3 ketone by
dihalogenation (e.g., wherein each of RY1 and RY2 is halogen (e.g., fluoro)), or by reduction to provide an alcohol wherein RY1 is–OR17 and RY2 is hydrogen, followed by
monohalogenation to provide a product wherein RY1 is halogen (e.g., fluoro) and RY2 is hydrogen is further contemplated. Scheme 32.
Figure imgf000092_0001
[00134] Scheme 33a depicts additional functionalization of ketolides prepared by the methods described herein via an enolate or trapped enolate, wherein PG is an oxygen protecting group as defined herein. In certain embodiments, the trapped enolate is trapped as a protected enol ether using a reagent of formula LG–PG wherein LG is leaving group and PG is protecting group as defined herein. In certain embodiments, either the protected enol ether or the enolate can be utilized to carry out an aldol condensation reaction with aldehydes of formula R23–CHO. Alternatively, the protected enol ether can be contacted with iminium salts under suitable conditions to afford amino substituted products. Amines produced via this method can be eliminated to provide exocyclic alkenes.
Sc
Figure imgf000093_0001
[00135] Scheme 33b depicts a scheme to synthesize compounds of Formula (N-1d). Scheme 33c depicts a scheme to synthesize macrolides from compounds of Formulae (N-1d) and (N-1d-a). As shown in Scheme 33b, macrocyclization can be performed after the formation of the cyclic carbamate of (N-1e) and subsequent elaboration at the C-10 positoon. Alternatively, as shown in Scheme 33c, formation of the cyclic carbamate and elaboration at C-10 can be performed after macrocyclization (i.e., aftet the macrocyclic ring has been formed). Scheme 33b
Figure imgf000094_0001
Scheme 33c
(N-1k)
Figure imgf000094_0002
Group G1 and R11
[00136] As generally defined herein, G1 is hydrogen,–OR12 or–NR13R14.
[00137] In certain embodiments, G1 is hydrogen.
[00138] In certain embodiments, G1 is–OR12, then R11 and R12 are joined as a group of formula–C(=O)- to provide a cyclic carbonate.
[00139] In certain embodiments, G1 is–OR12 and R11 and R12 are not joined to form a cyclic carbonate. In that instance, in certain embodiments, R11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group, and R12 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000095_0001
, as defined herein.
[00140] In certain embodiments, wherein R12 is not hydrogen, R12 is optionally substituted with a non-hydrogen group of formula R23 as defined herein.
[00141] In certain embodiments, G1 is–NR13R14, and R11 and R13 are joined as a group of formula–C(=O)- to provide a cyclic carbamate.
[00142] In certain embodiments, G1 is–NR13R14, and R11 and R13 are not joined to form a cyclic carbamate. In that instance, in certain embodiments, R11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group, R13 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group.
[00143] In certain embodiments, wherein R13 is not hydrogen, R13 is optionally substituted with a non-hydrogen group of formula R23 as defined herein.
[00144] In certain embodiments, wherein G1 is–NR13R14, R14 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group, -C(=O)RZ8, or -C(=O)ORZ8, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000095_0002
as defined herein.
[00145] In certain embodiments, wherein R14 is not hydrogen, R14 is optionally substituted with a non-hydrogen group of formula R23 as defined herein.
[00146] In certain embodiments, wherein G1 is–NR13R14, R13 and R14 are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain
embodiments, the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring system formed from the joining of R13 and R14 is optionally substituted with a non-hydrogen group of formula R23 as defined herein. Groups R1a, R1b, R2a, and R2b
[00147] As generally defined herein, each instance of R1a, R1b, R2a, and R2b is independently hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or wherein R1a and
Figure imgf000096_0001
, wherein each of Ro1 and Ro2 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl .
[00148] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R1a and R1b is attached is a
stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R1a and R1b is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration
[00149] In certain embodiments, at least one of R1a and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R1a and R1b are hydrogen.
[00150] In certain embodiments, at least one of R1a and R1b is halogen; e.g.–F, -Cl, -Br, or I. In certain embodiments, both R1a and R1b are halogen; e.g.–F, -Cl, -Br, or I.
[00151] In certain embodiments, at least one of R1a and R1b is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, at least one of R1a and R1b is a carboxylic acid. In certain embodiments, at least one of R1a and R1b is a ketone. In certain embodiments, at least one of R1a and R1b is an aldehyde (-CHO).
[00152] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C1–6alkyl optionally substituted C1–2alkyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is–CH3. In certain embodiments, both instances of R1a and R1b are–CH3. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is alkyl substituted with one or more halogen atoms, e.g., optionally substituted haloalkyl; e.g., -CF3, -CF2CF3, or -CF2H. In certain embodiments, at least one of R1a and R1b is–CH2CHO.
[00153] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkenyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkenyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkenyl, or optionally substituted C5– 6alkenyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is vinyl, allyl, or prenyl.
[00154] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkynyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkynyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkynyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkynyl, or optionally substituted C5– 6alkynyl.
[00155] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C3–
4carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C4–5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C5–6 carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted cyclopropyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted cyclobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is unsubstituted cyclobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted cyclopentyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is unsubstituted cyclopentyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted cyclohexyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is unsubstituted cyclohexyl.
[00156] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted heterocylyl, e.g., e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
[00157] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
[00158] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R1a and R1b is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
[00159] In certain embodiments, R1a and R1b are taken together to form
Figure imgf000097_0001
, wherein e indicates point of attachment to the carbon linked to G1, and f indicates the point of attachment to the C=O or the carbon substituted by ORno; Ro1 and Ro2 are as defined herein. In certain embodiments, each of Ro1 and Ro2 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro1 and Ro2 are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, Ro1 is hydrogen and Ro2 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro1 is hydrogen and Ro2 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro1 is hydrogen and Ro2 is unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl). In certain embodiments, Ro1 is hydrogen and Ro2 is substituted C1-6 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl). In certain embodiments, Ro2 is hydrogen and Ro1 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro2 is hydrogen and Ro1 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro2 is hydrogen and Ro1 is unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl). In certain embodiments, Ro2 is hydrogen and Ro1 is substituted C1-6 alkyl.
[00160] In certain embodiments, the moiety
Figure imgf000098_0001
by R1a and R1b can be
converted to the formula
Figure imgf000098_0002
a conjugated addition or reduction reaction, wherein Ro1-Ro4 are as defined herein.
[00161] In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R1a is optionally substituted alkyl of the formula
Figure imgf000098_0003
, wherein Ro1-Ro3 are as defined
herein. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted alkyl of the formula
Figure imgf000098_0004
, wherein Ro1-Ro3 are as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted
alkyl of the formula
Figure imgf000098_0005
, wherein Ro1-Ro3 are as defined herein. In certain
embodiments, R1b is Ro4, wherein Ro4 is as defined herein.
[00162] As generally defined herein, Ro1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, Ro1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, Ro1 is halogen (e.g. Br or I). In certain embodiments, Ro1 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro1 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl, or n- propyl).
[00163] As generally defined herein, Ro2 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, Ro2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, Ro2 is halogen (e.g. Br or I). In certain embodiments, Ro2 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro2 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl, or n- propyl).
[00164] As generally defined herein, Ro3 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORn1, -SRn1, or -N(Rn1)2; and each instance of Rn1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen; or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur; or a nitrogen protecting group when attached to nitrogen. In certain embodiments, Ro3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, Ro3 is halogen (e.g. Br or I). In certain embodiments, Ro3 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro1 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl, or n-propyl). In certain embodiments, Ro3 is -ORn1, wherein Rn1 is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, Ro3 is -ORn1, wherein Rn1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or an oxygen protecting group. In certain
embodiments, Ro3 is -SRn1, wherein Rn1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or an sulfur protecting group. In certain embodiments, Ro3 is–N(Rn1)2, wherein each instance of Rn1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group.
[00165] As generally defined herein, Ro4 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, Ro4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, Ro4 is halogen (e.g. Br or I). In certain embodiments, Ro4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro4 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g.
methyl, ethyl, or n-propyl).
[00166] In certain embodiments, Ro3 is hydrogen, halogen, or optionally substituted alkyl; and Ro4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, Ro3 and Ro4 are hydrogen. In certain
embodiments, Ro3 is halogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and Ro4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, Ro3 is optionally substituted alkyl; and Ro4 is hydrogen. In certain
embodiments, Ro3 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl); and Ro4 is hydrogen.
[00167] In certain embodiments, Ro3 is hydrogen, halogen, or optionally substituted alkyl; and Ro4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro3 is hydrogen and Ro4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro3 is halogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and Ro4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro3 is optionally substituted alkyl; and Ro4 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, Ro3 is unsubstituted alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl); and Ro4 is unsubstituted alkyl.
[00168] In certain embodiments, Ro1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; Ro2 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; Ro3 is hydrogen, halogen, or optionally substituted alkyl; and Ro4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, Ro1, Ro2, Ro3 and Ro4 are hydrogen.
[00169] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R2a and R2b is attached is a
stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R2a and R2b is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration.
[00170] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R2a and R2b are hydrogen.
[00171] In certain embodiments, at least one of R2a and R2b is halogen; e.g.–F, -Cl, -Br, or I. In certain embodiments, both R2a and R2b are halogen; e.g.–F, -Cl, -Br, or I.
[00172] In certain embodiments, at least one of R2a and R2b is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, at least one of R2a and R2b is a carboxylic acid. In certain embodiments, at least one of R2a and R2b is a ketone. In certain embodiments, at least one of R2a and R2b is an aldehyde (-CHO).
[00173] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C1–6alkyl optionally substituted C1–2alkyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is–CH3. In certain embodiments, both instances of R2a and R2b are–CH3. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, e.g., optionally substituted haloalkyl; e.g., -CF3, -CF2CF3, or -CF2H. In certain embodiments, at least one of R2a and R2b is–CH2CHO.
[00174] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkenyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkenyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkenyl, or optionally substituted C5– 6alkenyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is vinyl, allyl, or prenyl.
[00175] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkynyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkynyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkynyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkynyl, or optionally substituted C5– 6alkynyl.
[00176] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C3– 4carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C4–5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C5–6 carbocyclyl.
[00177] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is optionally substituted heterocylyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3– 4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
[00178] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
[00179] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R2a and R2b is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
[00180] In certain embodiments, R2a and R2b are taken together to form
Figure imgf000101_0001
. Group L3 and Groups R3, R4, R18, R19, R20, and R21
[00181] As general
Figure imgf000101_0002
represents a single or double bond;
R3 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -C(=O)RZ8, -C(=O)ORZ8, - C(=O)N(RZ8)2, an oxygen protecting group, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000101_0003
R4 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl; each instance of R18 and R19 independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each instance of R20 and R21 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, halogen, carbonyl, or R20 and R21 are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl or an oxiranyl ring.
[00182] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R3 is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R3 is attached is a
stereocenter of the (S)-configuration.
[00183] In certain embodiments, R3 is hydrogen.
[00184] In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted alkyl; e.g., optionally substituted C1–6alkyl optionally substituted C1–2alkyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkyl, or an optionally substituted C5–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH2CHO. In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH2N(R22)2 wherein each instance of R22 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH2NH(R22). In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH2NH2. In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH2CH(OH)R24 wherein R24 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH2CH2OH. In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH2CH2R23 wherein R23 is as defined herein.
[00185] In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted alkenyl; e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkenyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkenyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkenyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkenyl. In certain
embodiments, R3 is vinyl, allyl, or prenyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted allyl, e.g., substituted allyl, e.g.,
Figure imgf000102_0002
wherein R23 is as defined herein, or unsubstituted allyl
Figure imgf000102_0003
. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted vinyl, e.g., d vinyl, e.g.,
Figure imgf000102_0004
wherein R23 is as defined herein, or unsubstituted vinyl
Figure imgf000102_0001
[00186] In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkynyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkynyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkynyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkynyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkynyl.
[00187] In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl; e.g., optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C3–4carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C4– 5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C5–6 carbocyclyl.
[00188] In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
[00189] In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
[00190] In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
[00191] In certain embodiments, R3 is -C(=O)RZ8, -C(=O)ORZ8, -C(=O)N(RZ8)2, or an oxygen protecting group.
[00192] In certain embodiments, R3 is or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000103_0001
wherein LC1, LG, A1, A, LC2, and R23 are as defined herein.
[00193] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R4 is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R4 is attached is a
stereocenter of the (S)-configuration.
[00194] In certain embodiments, R4 is hydrogen.
[00195] In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C1–6alkyl optionally substituted C1–2alkyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkyl, or optionally substituted C5– 6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CHO. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2N(R22)2 wherein each instance of R22 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2NH(R22). In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2NH2. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CH(OH)R24 wherein R24 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CH2OH. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CH2R23 wherein R23 is as defined herein.
[00196] In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkenyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkenyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkenyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted allyl, e.g., substituted allyl, e.g.,
Figure imgf000104_0001
wherein R23 is as defined herein, or unsubstituted allyl In certain embodiments,
Figure imgf000104_0002
R4 is optionally substituted vinyl, e.g., substituted vinyl, e.g., wherein R23 is
Figure imgf000104_0004
as defined herein, or unsubstituted vinyl
Figure imgf000104_0003
.
[00197] Various combinations of R4 and R21 are contemplated herein. For example, in certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1–3alkyl and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH2CHO,–CH2N(R22)2,–CH2CH(OH)R24, or–CH2CH2R23 and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C2–3alkenyl, and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is
Figure imgf000104_0006
Figure imgf000104_0005
and R21 is hydrogen.
[00198] In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkynyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkynyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkynyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkynyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkynyl.
[00199] In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C3–4carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C4– 5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C5–6 carbocyclyl.
[00200] In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
[00201] In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
[00202] In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
[00203] In certain embodiments, each instance of R18 and R19 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., hydrogen or–CH3. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R18 and R19 are attached is a stereocenter in the (R) configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R18 and R19 are attached is a stereocenter in the (S) configuration.
[00204] In certain embodiments, each instance of R20 and R21 is independently hydrogen, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, halogen, or R20 and R21 are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl or an oxiranyl ring. In certain embodiments, R20 and R21 are syn to each other. In certain embodiments, R20 and R21 are anti to each other.
[00205] In certain embodiments, L3 is:
Figure imgf000105_0001
.
[00206] In certain embodiments, L3 is:
Figure imgf000105_0002
,
wherein LC1 and A1 are as defined herein.
[00207] In certain embodiments, L3 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000105_0003
,
wherein LC1, A, LC2, and R23 are as defined herein. Groups R5a and R5b
[00208] As generally defined herein, each instance of R5a and R5b is independently hydrogen, halogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
[00209] In certain embodiments, one instance of R5a and R5b is hydrogen, and the other of R5a and R5b is a non-hydrogen group. In certain embodiments, each instance of R5a and R5b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, each instance of R5a and R5b is a non-hydrogen group, e.g., halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl. [00210] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R5a and R5b is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R5a and R5b is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration.
[00211] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C1–6alkyl, optionally substituted C1–2alkyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkyl optionally substituted C3–4alkyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is–CH3. In certain embodiments, both instances of R5a and R5b are–CH3.
[00212] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C3–
4carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C4–5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C5–6 carbocyclyl.
[00213] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
[00214] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is halogen, e.g., bromo, iodo, chloro, or fluoro. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is fluoro. In certain embodiments, both instances of R5a and R5b are fluoro. In certain embodiments, one of R5a and R5b is hydrogen and the other of R5a and R5b is fluoro.
[00215] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is silyl. Groups R6 and R10
[00216] As generally defined herein, R6 and/or R10 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaralkyl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, or halogen.
[00217] In certain embodiments, R6 and/or R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is hydrogen, and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both of R6 and R10 are non-hydrogen groups. [00218] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R6 and R10 is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R6 and R10 is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration.
[00219] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted alkyl; e.g., optionally substituted C1–6alkyl optionally substituted C1–2alkyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is–CH2CN. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is–CH2C(=O)OR32, wherein R32 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocycyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R32 is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g. C1-6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R32 is unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl. In certain
embodiments, R32 is methyl, ethyl, or propyl. In certain embodiments, R32 is substituted C1-6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R32 is hydrogen.
[00220] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkenyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkenyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkenyl, or optionally substituted C5– 6alkenyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is substituted or unsubstituted allyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is substituted or unsubstituted vinyl. Such groups are contemplated after the macrocyclization step, converted, for example, from the enolate of the macrolide wherein R6 and/or R10 is hydrogen.
[00221] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkynyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkynyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkynyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkynyl, or optionally substituted C5– 6alkynyl. Such groups are contemplated after the macrocyclization step, converted, for example, from the enolate of the macrolide wherein R6 and/or R10 is hydrogen.
[00222] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C3–
4carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C4–5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C5–6 carbocyclyl.
[00223] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
[00224] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted aryl; e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
[00225] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted aralkyl; e.g., optionally substituted benzyl.
[00226] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
[00227] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted heteroaralkyl; e.g., optionally substituted pyrazolylalkyl, imidazolylalkyl, thiazolylalkyl, oxazolylalkyl, pyridinylalkyl, pyrimidinylalkyl, or pyrazinylalkyl.
[00228] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, or substituted amino. Such groups are contemplated after the macrocyclization step, converted, for example, from wherein R6 and/or R10 is a halogen.
[00229] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is carbonyl, e.g., acetyl.
[00230] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is silyl. In certain embodiments, R6 is silyl prior to macrocyclization, but is removed after the macrolide is formed and replaced with, for example, hydrogen.
[00231] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo. Groups R7 and R8
[00232] As generally defined herein, R7 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[00233] In certain embodiments, R7 is hydrogen. However, in certain embodiments, R7 is a non-hydrogen group, and the the carbon to which R7 is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)- configuration. In certain embodiments, R7 is a non-hydrogen group, and the the carbon to which R7 is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration.
[00234] In certain embodiments, R7 is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C1–6alkyl optionally substituted C1–2alkyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkyl, or optionally substituted C5– 6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is–CH3 or–CH2CH3.
[00235] In certain embodiments, R7 is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkenyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkenyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkenyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkenyl. In certain
embodiments, R7 is vinyl, allyl, or prenyl.
[00236] In certain embodiments, R7 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkynyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkynyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkynyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkynyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkynyl.
[00237] In certain embodiments, R7 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C3–4carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C4– 5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C5–6 carbocyclyl.
[00238] In certain embodiments, R7 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
[00239] In certain embodiments, R7 is optionally substituted aryl; e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
[00240] In certain embodiments, R7 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
[00241] As generally defined herein, R8 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[00242] In certain embodiments, R8 is hydrogen.
[00243] In certain embodiments, R8 is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C1–6alkyl, optionally substituted C1–2alkyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkyl, or optionally substituted C5– 6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R8 is–CH3 or–CH2CH3.
[00244] In certain embodiments, R8 is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkenyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkenyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkenyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkenyl. In certain
embodiments, R8 is vinyl, allyl, or prenyl [00245] In certain embodiments, R8 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkynyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkynyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkynyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkynyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkynyl.
[00246] In certain embodiments, R8 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C3–4carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C4– 5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C5–6 carbocyclyl.
[00247] In certain embodiments, R8 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
[00248] In certain embodiments, R8 is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
[00249] In certain embodiments, R8 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl. Groups R9 and R17, RY1, RY2
[00250] As generally defined herein, RY1 is–OR17 and RY2 is hydrogen, or RY1 is halogen and RY2 is hydrogen, or RY1 is halogen and RY2 is halogen, or RY1 and RY2 are joined to form an oxo (=O) group.
[00251] In certain embodiments, RY1 and RY2 are joined to form an oxo (=O) group.
[00252] In certain embodiments, RY1 is–OR17 and RY2 is hydrogen.
[00253] In certain embodments, RY1 is halogen (e.g., fluoro) and RY2 is hydrogen.
[00254] In certain embodments, RY1 is halogen (e.g., fluoro) and RY2 is halogen (e.g., fluoro).
[00255] As generally defined herein, R9 and/or R17 are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,–C(=O)RZ8,–C(=O)ORZ8,–C(=O)N(RZ8)2, an oxygen protecting group, or a carbohydrate, wherein each instance of RZ8 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RZ8 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocylyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl ring. [00256] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R9 is attached is of the (R)- configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R9 is attached is of the (S)- configuration.
[00257] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R17 is attached is of the (R)- configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R17 is attached is of the (S)- configuration.
[00258] In certain embodiments, R9 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R17 is hydrogen.
[00259] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 are each independently optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C1–6alkyl, optionally substituted C1–2alkyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkyl, e.g., -CH3.
[00260] In certain embodiments, R9 is
Figure imgf000111_0001
, where RS1, RS2a, RS2b, RS3a, and
Figure imgf000111_0002
[00261] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 are each independently optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C2–6alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2– 3alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3–4alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C4–5alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C5–6alkenyl.
[00262] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 are each independently optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C2–6alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2– 3alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3–4alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C4–5alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C5–6alkynyl.
[00263] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 are each independently optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C3–6carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3–4carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted C4–5 carbocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C5–6 carbocyclyl. [00264] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 are each independently optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
[00265] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 are each independently optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted phenyl.
[00266] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 are each independently optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5– to 6–membered heteroaryl.
[00267] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 are each independently–C(=O)RZ8,– C(=O)ORZ8, or–C(=O)N(RZ8)2. For example, in certain embodiments, R17 is–C(=O)RZ8, wherein RZ8 is optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R17 is–C(=O)RZ8, wherein RZ8 is optionally substituted aralkyl or optionally substituted heteroaralkyl.
[00268] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 are each independently an oxygen protecting group.
[00269] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 are each independently a carbohydrate.
[00270] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 is a group of Formula (s–1), which encompasses carbohydrates, but also encompasses optionally substituted heterocylyl:
Figure imgf000112_0001
wherein:
each of RS1, RS2a, RS2b, RS3a, RS3b, RS4a, RS4b, RS5a, and RS5b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–ORSO,–N(RSN)2, or wherein RS2a or RS2b may be taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring;
each instance of RSO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group; and
each instance of RSN is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group; or optionally two RSN are taken with the intervening atoms to form a heterocyclic ring. [00271] As generally defined herein, each instance of RS1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–ORSO, or–N(RSN)2.
[00272] In certain embodiments, RS1 is hydrogen.
[00273] In certain embodiments, RS1 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is isopropyl, isobutyl, or isoamyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is isobutyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is tert–butyl.
[00274] In certain embodiments, RS1 is–ORSO, wherein RSO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–OH. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–ORSO, wherein RSO is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–O– methyl,–O–ethyl, or–O–propyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is optionally substituted–O– alkyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–O–Bz. In certain embodiments, RS1 is optionally substituted–O–alkyl–heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is optionally substituted–O– alkenyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is optionally substituted–O–alkenyl–heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–ORSO, wherein RSO is In certain embodiments,
Figure imgf000113_0002
RS1 is–ORSO, wherein RSO is . In certain embodiments, RS1 is–ORSO,
wherein RSO
Figure imgf000113_0001
. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–ORSO, wherein RSO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–ORSO, wherein RSO is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–ORSO, wherein RSO is acetyl. In certain
embodiments, RS1 is–ORSO, wherein RSO is optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
[00275] In certain embodiments, RS1 is–N(RSN)2. In some embodiments, RS1 is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is the same. In some embodiments, RS1 is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is different.
[00276] In certain embodiments, RS1 is–NH2.
[00277] In certain embodiments, RS1 is–NHRSN. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–NH–benzyl. [00278] In certain embodiments, RS1 is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is a nitrogen protecting group. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–NHFmoc. In certain embodiment, RS1 is–NHBoc.
[00279] In certain embodiments, RS1 is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–N(CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–N(CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–N(CH2CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–N(CH2CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS1 is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isoamyl, and benzyl.
[00280] In some embodiments, RS1 is–N(RSN)2, wherein two RSN groups are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring. For example, in certain embodiments, RS1 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000114_0001
, wherein Rsq is as defined herein, and sn is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
[00281] As generally defined above, each instance of RS2a and RS2b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–ORSO, or–N(RSN)2.
[00282] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is hydrogen.
[00283] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is unsubstituted C1– 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is isopropyl, isobutyl, or isoamyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is isobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is tert–butyl.
[00284] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–OH. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–O–methyl,–O–ethyl, or–O–propyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is optionally substituted–O–alkyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–O–Bz. In certain
embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–O–alkyl–heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is optionally substituted–O–alkenyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is optionally substituted–O– alkenyl–heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is
Figure imgf000115_0003
wherein Aryl is an optionally substituted aryl group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is
Figure imgf000115_0001
, wherein Heteroaryl is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is
Figure imgf000115_0002
. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is– ORSO, wherein RSO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is acetyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is optionally substituted
heterocyclyl.
[00285] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–N(RSN)2. In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is the same. In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is different.
[00286] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–NH2.
[00287] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–NHRSN. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is– NHRSN, wherein RSN is unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–NH–benzyl. [00288] In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is a nitrogen protecting group. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–NHFmoc. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–NHBoc.
[00289] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–N(CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–N(CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is– N(CH2CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–N(CH2CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isoamyl, and benzyl.
[00290] In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is–N(RSN)2, wherein two RSN groups are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring. For example, in certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS2a and RS2b is of the formula:
Figure imgf000116_0001
, wherein Rsq is as defined herein, and sn is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
[00291] As generally defined above, each instance of RS3a and RS3b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–ORSO, or–N(RSN)2.
[00292] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is hydrogen.
[00293] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is unsubstituted C1– 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is isopropyl, isobutyl, or isoamyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is isobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is tert–butyl. [00294] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–OH. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–O–methyl, –O–ethyl, or–O–propyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is optionally substituted–O–alkyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b–O–Bz. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–O–alkyl– heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is optionally substituted–O–alkenyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is optionally substituted–O–alkenyl–heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is
Figure imgf000117_0004
wherein Aryl is an optionally substituted aryl group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is– ORSO, wherein RSO is
Figure imgf000117_0003
wherein Heteroaryl is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R
Figure imgf000117_0001
and RS3b is–ORSO,
Figure imgf000117_0002
In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is carbonyl. In certain
embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is acetyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
[00295] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–N(RSN)2. In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is the same. In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is different.
[00296] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–NH2.
[00297] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–NHRSN. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is– NHRSN, wherein RSN is unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–NH–benzyl.
[00298] In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is a nitrogen protecting group. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–NHFmoc. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–NHBoc.
[00299] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–N(CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is– N(CH2CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–N(CH2CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isoamyl, and benzyl.
[00300] In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is–N(RSN)2, wherein two RSN groups are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring. For example, in certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS3a and RS3b is of the formula:
Figure imgf000118_0001
, wherein Rsq is as defined herein, and sn is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
[00301] In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, RS2a is taken together with RS3a to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, RS2b is taken together with RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, RS2a is taken together with RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, RS2b is taken together with RS3a to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring. [00302] In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused pyrrolidine. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperidine. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally
substituted fused piperidinone. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperazine. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused
piperazinone. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused morpholine. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused morpholinone.
[00303] In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused pyrrolidine; and RSN is methyl. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperidine; and RSN is methyl. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperidinone; and RSN is methyl. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperazine; and RSN is methyl. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused piperazinone; and RSN is methyl. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused morpholine; and RSN is methyl. In certain embodiments, RS2a or RS2b is taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused morpholinone; and RSN is methyl.
[00304] In certain embodiments, RS2a is taken together with RS3a to form
Figure imgf000119_0001
[00305] In certain embodiments, RS2a is taken together with RS3a to form
Figure imgf000120_0001
.
[00306] In certain embodiments, RS2a is taken together with RS3a to form
Figure imgf000120_0002
.
[00307] In certain embodiments, RS2a is taken together with RS3a to form
Figure imgf000120_0003
.
[00308] In certain embodiments, RS2a is taken together with RS3a to form
Figure imgf000120_0004
; and RSN is methyl.
[00309] In certain embodiments, RS2a is taken together with RS3a to form
Figure imgf000120_0005
; and RSN is methyl. [00310] In certain embodiments, RS2a is taken together with RS3a to form
Figure imgf000121_0001
[00311] In certain embodiments, RS2a is taken together with RS3a to form
Figure imgf000121_0002
; and RSN is methyl.
[00312] As generally defined above, each instance of RS4a and RS4b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–ORSO, or–N(RSN)2.
[00313] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is hydrogen.
[00314] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is unsubstituted C1– 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is isopropyl, isobutyl, or isoamyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is isobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is tert–butyl.
[00315] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–OH. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–O–methyl, –O–ethyl, or–O–propyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is optionally substituted–O–alkyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a n RS4b i– –Bz In r in m im n l one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–ORSO,
Figure imgf000121_0003
optionally substituted aryl group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is wherein Heteroaryl is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group. In ast one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is
Figure imgf000122_0001
. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is– ORSO, wherein RSO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is acetyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is optionally substituted
heterocyclyl.
[00316] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(RSN)2. In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is the same. In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is different.
[00317] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–NH2.
[00318] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–NHRSN. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is– NHRSN, wherein RSN is unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–NH–benzyl.
[00319] In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is a nitrogen protecting group. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–NHFmoc. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–NHBoc.
[00320] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is– N(CH2CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(CH2CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isoamyl, and benzyl.
[00321] In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–N(RSN)2, wherein two RSN groups are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring. For example, in certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is of the formula:
Figure imgf000123_0001
, wherein Rsq is as defined herein, and sn is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
[00322] As generally defined above, each instance of RS5a and RS5b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–ORSO, or–N(RSN)2.
[00323] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is hydrogen.
[00324] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is unsubstituted C1– 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is isopropyl, isobutyl, or isoamyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is isobutyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is tert–butyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is alkoxyalkyl, e.g. -CH2OMe, -CH2OEt, or -CH2OBn. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is - CH2OH. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is -CH2OBz. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is -CH2OPG, wherein PG is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is aminoalkyl, e.g. -CH2NHMe, -CH2NMe2, or -CH2NHBn. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is -CH2NH2. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is -CH2NHPG, wherein PG is an nitrogen protecting group.
[00325] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–OH. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–O–methyl, –O–ethyl, or–O–propyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is optionally substituted–O–alkyl–aryl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–O–Bz. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is wherein Aryl is an optionally substituted aryl group. In
Figure imgf000124_0002
ast one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is herein Heteroaryl is an optionally substituted heteroaryl group. In ast one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is
Figure imgf000124_0001
. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is– ORSO, wherein RSO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is acetyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–ORSO, wherein RSO is optionally substituted
heterocyclyl.
[00326] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–N(RSN)2. In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is the same. In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is different.
[00327] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–NH2.
[00328] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–NHRSN. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is– NHRSN, wherein RSN is unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiment, at least one instance RS5a and RS5b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–NH–benzyl.
[00329] In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–NHRSN, wherein RSN is a nitrogen protecting group. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS4a and RS4b is–NHFmoc. In certain embodiment, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–NHBoc.
[00330] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–N(CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–N(CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is– N(CH2CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–N(CH2CH3)RSN, wherein each RSN is independently unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–N(RSN)2, wherein each RSN is independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isoamyl, and benzyl.
[00331] In some embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is–N(RSN)2, wherein two RSN groups are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring. For example, in certain embodiments, at least one instance of RS5a and RS5b is of the formula:
Figure imgf000125_0001
, wherein Rsq is as defined herein, and sn is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
[00332] As used herein, each instance Rsq is independently halogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–ORSO1, or–N(RSN1)2, wherein RSO1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or an oxygen protecting group; and RSN1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group; or optionally two RSN1 are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
[00333] As generally defined herein, each instance of RSO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, carbonyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group.
[00334] In certain embodiments, RSO is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RSO is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RSO is optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RSO is methyl, ethyl, or propyl. In certain embodiments, RSO is optionally substituted aralkyl, e.g., optionally substituted benzyl (Bn). In certain embodiments, RSO is optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RSO is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, RSO is–C(=O)CH3 (acetyl, Ac). In certain embodiments, RSO is–C(=O)Ph (benzoyl, Bz). In certain embodiments, RSO is wherein Ar l is an optionally substituted aryl group. In certain em
Figure imgf000126_0001
bodiments, RSO i
wherein Heteroar l is an o tionally substituted heteroaryl group. In certain embodiments,
RSO is In certain embodiments, RSO is an oxygen protecting group.
[00335] As generally defined herein, each instance of RSN is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or a nitrogen protecting group; or optionally two RSN are taken together with the intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, RSN is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RSN is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RSN is optionally substituted C1–6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, RSN is methyl, ethyl, or propyl. In certain embodiments, RSN is substituted aralkyl, e.g., optionally substituted benzyl (Bn). In certain embodiments, RSN is optionally substituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RSN is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, RSN is carbonyl. In certain embodiments, RSN is–
C(=O)CH3 (acetyl, Ac). In certain embodiments, RSN is–C(=O)Ph (benzoyl, Bz). In certain embodiments, RSN is a nitrogen protecting group.
[00336] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 is of Formula (s–2):
Figure imgf000126_0003
[00337] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 is of Formula (s–2a):
Figure imgf000126_0004
(s–2a). [00338] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 is of one of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000127_0001
, ,
.
Figure imgf000128_0001
[00339] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 is of Formula (s–2b):
[
, (s–2b–i –2b–i–1) (s–2b–i–2) (s–2b–i–3)
Figure imgf000128_0002
Figure imgf000129_0001
[00341] In certain embodiments, R and/or R is of Formula (s–3):
Figure imgf000129_0002
[00342] In certain embodiments, R9 and/or R17 is of Formula (s–3a):
Figure imgf000129_0003
[00343] In certain emo mens, an or s one o e o owng formulae:
. [
Figure imgf000129_0004
[00345] For example, in certain embodiments, RSO is of the formula:
[00346]
Figure imgf000129_0005
[00347] In certain embodiments, RSO is of the formula:
,
Figure imgf000130_0001
[00348] In certain embodiments, RSO is of the formula:
Figure imgf000130_0002
[00350 In certain embodiments R9 and/or R17 is one of the followin formulae:
,
Figure imgf000131_0001
Groups A1, A2, and A
[00351] As is generally understood from the above disclosure, in certain embodiments, R12, R14, and/or R3 is a group of Formula (LC1-i), wherein LG is a leaving group as defined herein. In certain embodiments, nucleophilic displacement of the leaving group provides a group of Formula (LC1-ii). See Scheme A1. It is generally understood that A1 is a group which is reactive with A2 of a compound of Formula A2–LC2–R23, and reaction between the two halves provides a group of Formula (LC1-iii). See, Scheme A1. These reactions, from (LC1-i) to (LC1-ii), and (LC1-ii) to (LC1-iii), are envisioned to take place at any stage of the synthesis, for example, during construction of the eastern or western halves, after coupling of the eastern or western halves, or after the macrocyclization step.
Scheme A1.
Figure imgf000131_0002
[00352] In certain embodiments, the coupling reaction from (LC1-ii) to (LC1-iii) comprises a reaction typically referred to as“click chemistry.” Click chemistry is a chemical approach introduced by Sharpless in 2001 and describes chemistry tailored to generate substances quickly and reliably by joining small units together. See, e.g., Kolb, Finn and Sharpless Angewandte Chemie International Edition (2001) 40: 2004–2021; Evans, Australian Journal of Chemistry (2007) 60: 384–395). Exemplary coupling reactions (some of which may be classified as“Click chemistry”) include, but are not limited to, formation of esters, thioesters, amides (e.g., such as peptide coupling) from activated acids or acyl halides; nucleophilic displacement reactions (e.g., such as nucleophilic displacement of a halide or ring opening of strained ring systems); azide–alkyne Huisgon cycloaddition; thiol–yne addition; imine formation; and Michael additions (e.g., maleimide addition).
[00353] In general, for the group (LC1-ii), A1 should be complimentary and reactive with the group A2 in order to form the group (LC1-iii). For example, if the group A2 of A2–LC2–R23 is a nucleophilic group, the group A1 must be a electrophilic group. Likewise, if the group A2 of A2–LC2–R23 is an electrophilic group, the group A1 must be a nucleophilic group. While A1 and A2 are defined the same in the present invention, it is thus understood that such groups are paired complements.
[00354] As genererally defined herein, A1 and A2 may be selected from the group consisting of a leaving group (LG),–SH,–OH,–NH2,–NH–NH2,–N3,–O–NH2,–C(=O)RX1,
Figure imgf000132_0001
wherein:
RX1 is hydrogen, a leaving group, or–ORX2, wherein RX2 is hydrogen; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; an oxygen protecting group;
Leaving group (LG) is–Br,–I,–Cl, -O(C=O)RLG, or -O(SO)2RLG, wherein RLG is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
W is O, S, or NRW1;
RW1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl;
optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; or a nitrogen protecting group; and
RW2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl;
optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RW2 groups are joined to form a optionally substituted cyclic moiety.
[00355] In certain embodiments, A2 is–SH. In certain embodiments, A1 is–SH. [00356] In certain embodiments, A2 is–OH. In certain embodiments, A1 is–OH.
[00357] In certain embodiments, A2 is–NH2. In certain embodiments, A1 is–NH2.
[00358] In certain embodiments, A2 is–NH–NH2. In certain embodiments, A1 is–NH–NH2.
[00359] In certain embodiments, A2 is–O–NH2. In certain embodiments, A1 is–O–NH2.
[00360] In certain embodiments, A2 is–N3. In certain embodiments, A1 is–N3.
[00361] In certain embodiments, A2 is a leaving group, e.g.,–Cl,–Br, or–I. In certain embodiments, A1 is a leaving group, e.g.,–Cl,–Br, or–I.
[00362] In certain embodiments, A2 is–C(=O)RX1, wherein RX1 is hydrogen, i.e., to provide A2 as an aldehyde–CHO. In certain embodiments, A1 is–C(=O)RX1, wherein RX1 is hydrogen, i.e., to provide A1 as an aldehyde–CHO.
[00363] In certain embodiments, A2 is–C(=O)RX1, wherein RX1 is a leaving group (LG).
[00364] In certain embodiments, A1 is–C(=O)RX1, wherein RX1 is a leaving group (LG).
[00365] In certain embodiments, A2 is–C(=O)RX1, wherein RX1 is–ORX2, and wherein RX2 is hydrogen, i.e., to provide A2 as a carboxylic acid–C(=O)OH.
[00366] In certain embodiments, A1 is–C(=O)RX1, wherein RX1 is–ORX2, and wherein RX2 is hydrogen, i.e., to provide A1 as a carboxylic acid–C(=O)OH.
[00367] In certain embodiments, A2 is–C(=O)RX1, wherein RX1 is–ORX2, and wherein RX2 is a non-hydrogen group, i.e., to provide A2 as an ester–C(=O)ORX2.
[00368] In certain embodiments, A1 is–C(=O)RX1, wherein RX1 is–ORX2, and wherein RX2 is non-hydrogen group, i.e., to provide A1 as an ester–C(=O)ORX2.
[00369] In certain embodiments, A2 is an oxiranyl, thiorenyl, or azirdinyl group of formula:
Figure imgf000133_0001
wherein W is O, S, or NRW1. In certain embodiments, W is O. In certain embodiments, W is S. In certain embodiments, W is NRW1.
[00370] In certain embodiments, A1 is an oxiranyl, thiorenyl, or azirdinyl group of formula:
Figure imgf000133_0002
,
wherein W is O, S, or NRW1. In certain embodiments, W is O. In certain embodiments, W is S. In certain embodiments, W is NRW1.
[00371] In certain embodiments, A1 or A2 is ethynyl:
Figure imgf000133_0003
[00372] In certain embodiments, A1 or A2 is ethenyl or propenyl:
Figure imgf000134_0001
[00373] In certain embodiments, A1 or A2 is an α,β–unsaturated carbonyl:
Figure imgf000134_0002
.
[00374] In certain embodiments, A1 or A2 is a maleimide group:
Figure imgf000134_0003
.
[00375] In certain embodiments, A1 or A2 is a group:
Figure imgf000134_0004
wherein RW2 is alkyl, e.g., methyl.
[00376] In certain embodiments, A1 or A2 is a group:
Figure imgf000134_0006
[00377] Furthermore, as generally defined herein, A1 or A2 react together to form a group A, wherein A is a group of the formula: –NH–,–NH–NH–,–NH–O–,–O–NH–,–S–,–O–, ,
Figure imgf000134_0005
Figure imgf000135_0001
wherein:
Q is–NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–, or–O–;
W is O, S, or NRW1;
RW1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; or a nitrogen protecting group; and
RW2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RW2 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclic moiety.
[00378] In certain embodiments, A is–NH–.
[00379] In certain embodiments, A is–NH–NH–.
[00380] In certain embodiments, A is–S–.
[00381] In certain embodiments, A is–O–. [00382] In certain embodiments, A .
[00383] In certain embodiments, A
Figure imgf000135_0002
herein Q is–NH–,– NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–,–O–. [00384] For example, in certain embodiments, wherein Q is–NH–, A is an amide group of the formula:
Figure imgf000136_0001
[00385] In certain embodiments, wherein Q is–NH–NH–, A is an amide hydrazide group of the formula:
.
[00386] In certain embodim ester group of the formula:
Figure imgf000136_0002
[00387] In certain embodiments, wherein Q is–O–, A is an ester group of the formula:
Figure imgf000136_0003
.
[00388] In certain embodiments, A is:
Figure imgf000136_0004
or
Figure imgf000136_0008
In certain embodiments, RW2 is alkyl, e.g., methyl.
[00389] In certain embodiments, A is:
Figure imgf000136_0007
o . In certain embodiments, RW2 is alkyl, e.g., methyl. In certain embodiments, RW1 is hydrogen.
[ is:
Figure imgf000136_0005
In certain embodiments, RW2 is alkyl, e.g., methyl.
[00391] In
Figure imgf000136_0006
. [00392] In certain embodiments, A is:
Figure imgf000137_0001
,
wherein W is O, S, or NRW1, RW1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or an amino protecting group; and Q is–NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–, or–O–. In certain embodiments, W is O. In certain embodiments, W is S. In certain embodiments, W is NRW1. In certain embodiments, Q is–NH–. In certain embodiments, Q is–NH–NH–. In certain embodiments, Q is–S–. In certain embodiments, Q is–O–.
[00393] In certain embodi
Figure imgf000137_0002
wherein Q is–NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–, or–O–. In certain embodiments, Q is–NH–. In certain embodiments, Q is–NH–NH–. In certain embodiments, Q is–S–. In certain embodiments, Q is–O–.
[00394] In certain embodiments, A is:
Figure imgf000137_0003
,
wherein Q is–NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–, or–O–. In certain embodiments, Q is–NH–. In certain embodiments, Q is–NH–NH–. In certain embodiments, Q is–S–. In certain embodiments, Q is–O–.
[00395] In certain embodiments, A is:
Figure imgf000137_0004
. wherein Q is–NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–, or–O–. In certain embodiments, Q is–NH–. In certain embodiments, Q is–NH–NH–. In certain embodiments, Q is–S–. In certain embodiments, Q is–O–.
[00396] In certain embodiments, the method comprises coupling a group of formula (LC1-ii) with a compound of formula A2–LC2–R23, wherein one of A1 and A2 is–C(=O)RX1, wherein RX1 is a leaving group (LG) or–ORX2, and the other of A1 and A2 is–SH,–OH,–NH2, or– NH–NH2 to provide a moiety A, wherein A is an amide, thioester, or ester group. See, for example, Scheme A2 and Table A1.
Scheme A2. Preparation via amide, thioester, and ester formation
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000138_0003
[00397] In certain embodiments, the method comprises coupling a group of formula (LC1-ii) with a compound of formula A2–LC2–R23, wherein one of A1 and A2 is a leaving group (LG), and the other of A1 and A2 is–SH,–OH,–NH2, or–NH–NH2 to provide a group of formula (LC1-iii) wherein A is, respectively,–S–,–O–,–NH–, or–NH–NH–. See, for example, Scheme A3 and Table A2.
Scheme A3. Nucleophilic displacement of a halide or other leaving group
Figure imgf000138_0002
Figure imgf000139_0001
[00398] In certain embodiments, the method comprises coupling a group of formula (LC1-ii) with a compound of formula A2–LC2–R23, wherein one of A1 and A2 is , and the other
Figure imgf000139_0003
of A1 and A2 is–SH,–OH,–NH2, or–NH–NH2 to provide a group of formula (LC1-iii). See, for example, Scheme A4 and Table A3.
Scheme A4. Nucleophilic addition to strained ring systems
Figure imgf000139_0002
Figure imgf000140_0001
[00399] In certain embodiments, the method comprises coupling a group of formula (LC1-ii) with a compound of formula A2–LC2–R23, wherein one of A1 and A2 is , and the other of A1 and A2 is–N3 to provide a group of formula (LC1-iii). See, for example, Scheme A5 and Table A4.
Scheme A5. Azide–alkyne Huisgen cycloaddition
Figure imgf000140_0002
Figure imgf000141_0001
[00400] In certain embodiments, the method comprises coupling a group of formula (LC1-ii) with a compound of formula A2–LC2–R23, wherein one of A1 and A2 is
Figure imgf000141_0003
and the other of A1 and A2 is–SH to provide a group of formula (LC1-iii). See, for example, Scheme A6 and Table A5.
Scheme A6. Thiol–yne addition
Figure imgf000141_0002
[00401] In certain embodiments, the method comprises coupling a group of formula (LC1-ii) with a compound of formula A2–LC2–R23, wherein one of A1 and A2 is an aldehyde–CHO or ketone, and the other of A1 and A2 is–NH2,–NH–NH2, or–O–NH2 to provide a group of formula (LC1-iii). See, for example, Scheme A7 and Table A6. Scheme A7. Imine formation
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000142_0003
[00402] In certain embodiments, the method comprises coupling a group of formula (LC1-ii) with a compound of formula A2–LC2–R23, wherein one of A1 and A2 is an α,β−unsaturated carbonyl, and the other of A1 and A2 is–OH,–SH,–NH2,–NHNH2, or–O–NH2 to provide a group of formula (LC1-iii). See, for example, Scheme A8 and Table A7.
Scheme A8. Michael addition
Figure imgf000142_0002
Figure imgf000143_0001
[00403] In certain embodiments, the method comprises coupling a group of formula (LC1-ii) with a compound of formula A2–LC2–R23, wherein one of A1 and A2 is a maleimide group, and the other of A1 and A2 is–OH,–SH,–NH2,–NHNH2, or–O–NH2 to provide a group of formula (LC1-iii). See, for example, Scheme A9 and Table A8.
Scheme A9. Maleimide addition
Figure imgf000143_0002
Figure imgf000144_0001
[00404] In certain embodiments, the method comprises coupling (e.g., palladium catalyzed coupling) of a group of formula (LC1-ii) with a compound of formula A2–LC2–R23, wherein one of A1 and A2 is an propenyl group, and one of A1 and A2 is a leaving group, to provide a group of formula (LC1-iii) upon treatment with a palladium catalyst. See, for example, Table A9.
Figure imgf000144_0002
[00405] In certain embodiments, the method comprises coupling a group of formula (LC1-ii) with a compound of formula A2–LC2–R23, wherein one of A1 and A2 is–SH to provide, upon treatment with an oxidant, a group of formula (LC1-iii), wherein A is a disulfide bond. See, for example, Scheme A8. Scheme A8. Disulfide formation
Figure imgf000144_0003
[00406] In certain preferred embodiments, A1 is–N3 and A2 is , such that the compound of formula A2–LC2–R23 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000144_0004
and A1 and A2–LC2–R23 react together to provide a group of formula:
[00407] In certain preferred emb
Figure imgf000145_0001
and A2 is a leaving group, and A1 and A2–LC2–R23 react together (e.g., via palladium catalysis) to provide a group of formula:
Figure imgf000145_0002
.
[00408] Furthermore, as described herein, there are many ways of adding a group of formula (LC1-iii) which do not involve reaction of A1 and A2 to form A. For example, a group of formula (LC1-iii) may be installed by reaction of the group -OR12, -NR13R14, and/or -OR3, wherein R12, R14, and/or R3 are hydrogen, with a compound of formula (LC1-vii), e.g., by nucleophilic displacement, to provide a group wherein R12, R14, and/or R3 is of formula (LC1- iii). See, e.g., Scheme A9.
Scheme A9.
Figure imgf000145_0004
[00409] Thus, in certain embodiments, A may be any group as defined above, and further may be any cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[00410] In certain embodiments, A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., a 5- to 6- membered optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[00411] In certain embodiments, wherein A is a 5-membered optionally substituted heteroaryl, the group of formula (LC1-iii) is of the formula (LC1-v):
Figure imgf000145_0003
wherein each instance of Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, and Y5 is independently CRY, O, S, N, or NRY, wherein RY is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl. [00412] In certain embodiments wherein A is a 5-membered heteroaryl, the group of formula (LC1-iii) is selected from:
.
Figure imgf000146_0001
LC1, LC2 and Group R23
[00413] As generally defined above, each instance of LC1 and LC2 is independently a bond, or a linking group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene; optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted
heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted
heterocyclylene, and combinations thereof.
[00414] In certain embodiments, LC1 is a bond. It is generally understood that if LC1 is a bond, then the group -LG, -A1, or–A-LC2-R23, as described herein, is directly attached to the parent moiety, e.g., the macrolide or intermediate compounds. Furthermore, in certain embodiments, LC2 is a bond. It is generally understood that if LC2 is a bond, then the group R23 is directly attached to A, as described herein.
[00415] Alternatively, in certain embodiments, LC1 is a linking group. In certain
embodiments, LC2 is a linking group.
[00416] In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of optionally substituted alkylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C1–6alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2–6alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3–6alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C4–6alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C5–6alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2–5alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2–4alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2–3alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C1alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C4alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C5alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted C6alkylene. In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently an alkylene linking group of the formula–(CH2)n–, wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. [00417] In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C2–6alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3–6alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C4–6alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C5–6alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2–5alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2–4alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2–3alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C4alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C5alkenylene, or substituted or unsubstituted C6alkenylene.
[00418] In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene, wherein LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising an allene moiety. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a linking group comprising an allene moiety. In certain embodiments, LC2 is a linking group comprising an allene moiety.
[00419] In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C2–6alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3–6alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C4–6alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C5–6alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2–5alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2–4alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2–3alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C4alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted C5alkynylene, or substituted or unsubstituted C6alkynylene.
[00420] In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted heteroC1–6alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2– 6alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC3–6alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC4–6alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC5–6alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–5alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–4alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–3alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC1alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC3alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC4alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC5alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroC6alkylene.
[00421] In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkenylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–6alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC3– 6alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC4–6alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC5–6alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–5alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–4alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–3alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC3alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC4alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC5alkenylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroC6alkenylene.
[00422] In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkynylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–6alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC3– 6alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC4–6alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC5–6alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–5alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–4alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2–3alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC2alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC3alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC4alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroC5alkynylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroC6alkynylene.
[00423] In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted
carbocyclylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C3–6carbocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C4–6carbocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C5–6carbocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3–5carbocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C4–5carbocyclylene, or substituted or unsubstituted C3–4carbocyclylene.
[00424] In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C3–6heterocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C4–6heterocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C5–6heterocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3–5heterocyclylene, substituted or unsubstituted C4–
5heterocyclylene, or substituted or unsubstituted C3–4heterocyclylene.
[00425] In certain embodiments, LC1 and LC2 are each optionally and independently linking groups of one of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
[00426] As demonstrated herein, macrolides which incorporate rigidifying motifs (e.g., unsaturated or cyclic motifs) into the LC1 or LC2 linker show improved potencies compared with solithromycin (See, e.g., Tables B1-B13). Therefore, in certain embodiments, one or both of LC1 and LC2 is a linker selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted
heterocyclylene, and combinations thereof, provided the linker comprises a optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, or optionally substituted
carbocyclylene group therein, thereby rigidifying the linker moiety. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a rigidified linker, as described herein, and LC2 is a bond. In certain embodiments of LC1 and/or LC2, specific combinations contemplated herein include optionally substituted C1- 3alkyl-C2-4alkenyl-C1-3alkyl, optionally substituted C1-3alkyl-C2-4alkenyl-heteroC1-3alkyl, optionally substituted heteroC1-3alkyl-C2-4alkenyl-C1-3alkyl, optionally substituted heteroC1- 3alkyl-C2-4alkenyl-heteroC1-3alkyl, C1-3alkyl- C1-2alkynyl- C1-3alkyl, and C1-3alkyl- C3- 6carbocyclyl-C1-3alkyl.
[00427] In certain embodiments, one or both of LC1 and LC2 is of one of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000149_0002
wherein each instance of p is independently 0, 1, or 2. [00428] In certain embodiments of the present invention, each of LC1 and LC2 is independently selected from one of the following formulae:
,
Figure imgf000150_0001
[00429] In certain embodiments, LC1 is an optionally substituted alkylene, and LC2 is a bond, e.g., LC1 is an optionally substituted alkylene of the formula–(CH2)n–, wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, and LC2 is a bond in groups of formula (LC1-v) or (LC1-viii) as described herein.
Figure imgf000150_0002
[00430] In other embodiments, both of LC1 and LC2 are bonds, e.g., both of LC1 and LC2 are bonds in the group of formula (LC1-vi) as described herein.
Figure imgf000150_0003
[00431] Furthermore, it is also generally understood that R23 may be an acyclic moiety or a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl;
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[00432] For example, in certain embodiments, R23 is an acyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; and optionally substituted alkynyl.
[0001] In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., optionally substituted C1–6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1–2alkyl, optionally substituted C2– 3alkyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkyl. Exemplary R23 C1–6 alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, optionally substituted methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n–propyl (C3), isopropyl (C3), n–butyl (C4), tert–butyl (C4), sec–butyl (C4), iso–butyl (C4), n–pentyl (C5), 3–pentanyl (C5), amyl (C5), neopentyl (C5), 3–methyl–2–butanyl (C5), tertiary amyl (C5), and n–hexyl (C6).
[00433] In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted alkenyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkenyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkenyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkenyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkenyl.
[00434] In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted alkynyl, e.g., optionally substituted C2–6alkynyl, optionally substituted C2–3alkynyl, optionally substituted C3–4alkynyl, optionally substituted C4–5alkynyl, or optionally substituted C5–6alkynyl.
[00435] In certain embodiments, R23 is a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[00436] In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C3–4carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C4– 5 carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted C5–6 carbocyclyl.
[00437] In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl, e.g., optionally substituted 3–6 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 3–4 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted 4–5 membered heterocyclyl, or optionally substituted 5–6 membered heterocyclyl.
[00438] In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted aryl, e.g., optionally substituted monocyclic aryl, optionally substituted 5,6-fused bicyclic aryl, or optionally substituted 6,6-fused aryl. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted napthyl.
[00439] In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted monocyclic heteoaryl or optionally substituted bicyclic heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5–6 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted 5,6 fused-bicyclic heteroaryl, or optionally substituted 6,6 fused-bicyclic heteroaryl.
[00440] Specific aryl and heteroaryl R23 groups are further contemplated herein. For example, in certain embodiments, R23 is an aryl or heteroaryl ring system of formula:
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
wherein:
each instance of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 may independently be O, S, N, NR23N, C, or CR23C, as valency permits;
R23N is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or a nitrogen protecting group; and
R23C is hydrogen, halogen,–CN,–NO2,–N3, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, amino, substituted amino, thiol, substituted thiol, or carbonyl.
[00441] In certain embodiments, V1 is O, S, N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V1 is N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V1 is O. In certain embodiments, V1 is S.
[00442] In certain embodiments, V2 is O, S, N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V2 is N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V2 is O. In certain embodiments, V2 is S.
[00443] In certain embodiments, V3 is O, S, N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V3 is N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V3 is O. In certain embodiments, V3 is S.
[00444] In certain embodiments, V4 is O, S, N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V4 is N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V4 is O. In certain embodiments, V4 is S.
[00445] In certain embodiments, V5 is O, S, N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V5 is N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V5 is O. In certain embodiments, V5 is S. [00446] In certain embodiments, V6 is O, S, N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V6 is N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V6 is O. In certain embodiments, V6 is S.
[00447] In certain embodiments, V7 is O, S, N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V7 is N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V7 is O. In certain embodiments, V7 is S.
[00448] In certain embodiments, V8 is O, S, N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V8 is N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V8 is O. In certain embodiments, V8 is S.
[00449] In certain embodiments, V9 is O, S, N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V9 is N or NR23N. In certain embodiments, V9 is O. In certain embodiments, V9 is S.
[00450] In certain embodiments, only one of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 is selected from the group consisting of N and NR23N. In certain embodiments, only one of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 is O. In certain embodiments, only one of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 is S. In any of the above instances, in certain embodiments, the rest of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 are independently C or CR23C as valency permits.
[00451] In certain embodiments, only two of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N and NR23N. In certain embodiments, only two of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and NR23N. In certain embodiments, only two of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of S, N and NR23N. In any of the above instances, in certain embodiments, the rest of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 are independently C or CR23C as valency permits.
[00452] In certain embodiments, all V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 are independently C or CR23C as valency permits.
[00453] In certain embodiments, R23C is hydrogen, halogen,–CN, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, amino, or substituted amino.
[00454] In certain embodiments, R23N is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., -CH3).
[00455] In certain embodiments, R23 is selected from any one of the following aryl or heteroaryl ring systems:
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
,
Figure imgf000155_0001
, wherein R23C is as defined herein, and x is 0, 1, or 2.
[00456] In certain embodiments, R23 is selected from any one of the following aryl or heteroaryl ring systems:
,
Figure imgf000155_0002
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000156_0002
and
Figure imgf000156_0003
.
[00457] As described herein, ketolides comprising a heteroaryl R23 group show improved potency over solithrom cin and analo s thereof. Therefore in certain
Figure imgf000156_0004
Further Embodiments of the Invention
[00458] Various combinations of the above described embodiments are further contemplated herein. For example, in certain embodiments, G1 is–NR13NR14, to provide a compound or ketolide of formula:
,
Figure imgf000157_0001
or a salt thereof. [00459] In certain embodiments, G1 is–NR13NR14, and R13 and R11 are joined to form a carbamate group to provide a compound or ketolide of formula: , ,
Figure imgf000158_0001
[00460] In certain embodiments, G1 is–NR13NR14, and R13 and R11 are joined to form a carbamate group to provide a compound or ketolide having the following stereochemistry:
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
or salts thereof.
[00461] Various embodiments are further contemplated in combination with any formulae depicted herein, e.g., for example, any of the above depicted formulae (N-1-A) to (N-5-C’).
[00462] For example, in certain embodiments of any of the above formulae, Z is of formula:
Figure imgf000160_0002
wherein R1a is–CH3; R1b is hydrogen; R2a is– 2b is hydrogen; R7 is–CH2CH3; R8
is–CH3; G3 is–O–; L3 is a group of formula
Figure imgf000160_0003
or ; R5a is hydrogen; R5b is–CH3; and R18 is hydrogen. For example, in certain embodiments of any of
the above formulae, is–CH2CH3; R8 is–CH3; G3 is–O–; L3
is a group of formula or ; R5a is hydrogen; R5b is–CH3; and R18
Figure imgf000160_0004
is hydrogen. In certain embodiments of any of the above formulae, the LC1 is a rigidified linker as described herein, e.g., selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene; optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted
heterocyclylene, and combinations thereof, provided the linker comprises a optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, or optionally substituted carbocyclylene group therein, thereby rigidifying the linker moiety, and C2 is a bond. In
certain embodiments of any of the above formulae, R23 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000161_0001
In
specific embodiments, R23 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000161_0002
[00463] In certain embodiments of any of the above formulae, Z is of formula:
Figure imgf000161_0003
( );
R1a is hydrogen; R1b is hydrogen; R2a is 2b is hydrogen; R7 is–CH2CH3; R8 is–
CH3; G3 is–O–; L3 is a group of formula
Figure imgf000161_0004
or ; R5a is hydrogen; R5b is–CH3; and R18 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments of any of the above formulae, LC1 is a rigidified linker as described herein; a C2 is a bond. In certain embodiments of any of
the above formulae, R23 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000161_0005
. In specific embodiments, R23 is of
the formula:
Figure imgf000161_0006
[00464] In certain embodiments of any of the above formulae, Z is of formula:
Figure imgf000161_0007
hydrogen; R5b is–CH3; and R18 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments of any of the above
formulae, Z is of 2CH3; R8 is–CH3; G3 is–O–; L3 is a
group of formula
Figure imgf000162_0001
; R5a is hydrogen; R5b is–CH3; R18 is hydrogen; LC1 is a rigidified linker as described herein; and LC2 is a bond. As described
herein, in certain embodiments, R23 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000162_0002
. In specific
embodiments, R23 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000162_0003
.
[00465] In certain embodiments of any of the above formulae, Z is of formula:
Figure imgf000162_0004
R1a is–CH3; R1b and Rsa are joined to form a bond; R2a is–CH3; and R2b is hydrogen; R7 is–
CH2CH3; R8 is–CH3;G3 is–O–; L3 is a group of formula
Figure imgf000162_0005
; R5a is hydrogen; R5b is–CH3; R18 is hydrogen; LC1 is a rigidified linker as described herein; and LC2 is a bond.
[00466] In certain embodiments of any of the above formulae, Z is of formula:
Figure imgf000162_0006
R1a is hydrogen; R1b and Rsa are joined to form a bond; R2a is–CH3; and R2b is hydrogen; R7
is–CH2CH3; R8 is–CH3;G3 is–O–; L3 is a group of formula
Figure imgf000163_0001
; R5a is hydrogen; R5b is–CH3; andR18 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments of any of the above formulae, LC1 is a rigidified linker as described herein; and LC2 is a bond. In certain
embodiments of any of the above fo . In specific
embodiments, R23 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000163_0002
[00467] In certain aspects of the formulae depicted herein, e.g., for example, any of the above depicted formulae (N-1-A) to (N-5-C’), further specific combinations are
contemplated, as provided below.
[00468] In certain embodiments, at least one of R1a and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R1a and R1b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, neither R1a nor R1b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R1a and R1b is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R1a and R1b is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is–CH3; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R1a and R1b are–CH3. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted haloalkyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is -CF3; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is–CH2CH2OH; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is–CH2CH2N(R22)2; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is–CH2CH2N(R22)2; R22 is–CH3; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is–CH2CH2NHR22; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is– CH2CH2NHR22; R22 is–CH2C(=O)OH; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is–
CH 2
2CH2NHR22; R2 is
Figure imgf000163_0003
; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is– CH2CH2NHR22; R22 is
Figure imgf000164_0001
; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted aralkyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted benzyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is unsubstituted benzyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is substituted benzyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is monosubstituted benzyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is benzyl substituted by one instance of halogen; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted vinyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is unsubstituted vinyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted allyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is unsubstituted allyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments R1a is optionally substituted carbocyclyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is optionally substituted cyclopropyl; and R1b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1a is unsubstituted cyclopropyl; and R1b is hydrogen.
[00469] In certain embodiments, at least one of R2a and R2b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R2a and R2b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, neither R2a nor R2b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2a is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl; and R2b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2a is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl; and R2b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2a is–CH3; and R2b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R2a and R2b are–CH3. In certain embodiments, R2a is optionally substituted haloalkyl; and R2b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2a is -CF3; and R2b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2a is halogen; and R2b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2a is–F; and R2b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2a is halogen; and R2b is C1–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R2a is–F; and R2b is C1–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R2a is halogen; and R2b is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R2a is–F; and R2b is–CH3.
[00470] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R4 is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R4 is attached is a
stereocenter of the (S)-configuration. In certain embodiments, R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, neither R3 nor R4 are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted allyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted allyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted heteroaryl ring. In certain embodiments, R3 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted quinoline ring. In certain embodiments, R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl; and R4 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl; and R4 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R3 is–CH3; and R4 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl; and R4 is–CH3. In certain
embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted allyl; and R4 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted allyl; and R4 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R3 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted heteroaryl ring; and R4 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R3 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted quinoline ring; and R4 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted allyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted allyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted heteroaryl ring. In certain embodiments, R4 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted quinoline ring. In certain embodiments, R4 is– CH2CH2OH. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CH2N(R22)2. In certain embodiments, R4 is– CH2CH2N(R22)2; and R22 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CHO. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl; and R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl; and R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl; and R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted allyl; and R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted allyl; and R3 is –CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted heteroaryl ring; and R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted quinoline ring; and R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is– CH2CH2OH; and R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CH2N(R22)2; and R3 is– CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CH2N(R22)2; R22 is–CH3; and R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CHO; and R3 is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted allyl; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted allyl; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted heteroaryl ring; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted quinoline ring; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is– CH2CH2OH; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CH2N(R22)2; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CH2N(R22)2; R22 is–CH3; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CHO; and R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl; and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl; and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl; and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is optionally substituted allyl; and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted allyl; and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted heteroaryl ring; and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is allyl substituted with one optionally substituted quinoline ring; and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CH2OH; and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is– CH2CH2N(R22)2; and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CH2N(R22)2; R22 is –CH3; and R21 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is–CH2CHO; and R21 is hydrogen.
[00471] In certain embodiments, R9 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R9 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R9 is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments,
. In certain embodiments, RSO is hydrogen. In certain
Figure imgf000166_0001
embodiments, RSO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, R9 is methyl carbonate. In certain embodiments, at least one RSN is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least one RSN is–CH3. In certain embodiments, one RSN is–CH3; and the second RSN is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both RSN groups are–CH3. In certain embodiments, RS4b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RS4b is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RS4b is– ORSO; and RSO is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RS4b is–ORSO; and RSO is an oxygen protecting group. In certain embodiments, RS5a is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RS5a is alkoxyalkyl. In certain embodiments, RS5a is–CH2OH. In certain embodiments, RS5a is–CH2OBz. In certain embodiments, RS5a is aminoalkyl. In certain embodiments, RS5a i in
embodiments, R9 is
Figure imgf000167_0001
. In
. In certain embodiments, R9 is
Figure imgf000167_0002
[00472] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R5a and R5b is attached is a
stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R5a and R5b is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration. In certain embodiments, at least one of R5a and R5b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R5a and R5b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, neither R5a nor R5b are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is unsubstituted C1–2alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R5a and R5b is–CH3. In certain embodiments, R5a is optionally substituted alkyl; and R5b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R5a is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl; and R5b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R5a is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl; and R5b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R5a is unsubstituted C1–2alkyl; and R5b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R5a is–CH3; and R5b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both instances of R5a and R5b are–CH3. In certain embodiments, neither R5a nor R5b is–CH3.
[00473] In certain embodiments, R17 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R17 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R17 is an oxygen protecting group. In certain
embodiments, R17 is–C(=O)RZ8. [00474] In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R6 and R10 is attached is a stereocenter of the (R)-configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R6 and R10 is attached is a stereocenter of the (S)-configuration. In certain embodiments, at least one of R6 and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, both R6 and R10 are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, neither R6 nor R10 are hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is –CH3. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is–CH2CN. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is–CH2C(=O)OR32; and R32 is optionally substituted alkyl or hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted heteroaralkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted pyrazolylalkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is imidazolylalkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is thiazolylalkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is oxazolylalkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is pyridinylalkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is pyrimidinylalkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is pyrazinylalkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted alkenyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted allyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is unsubstituted allyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted aralkyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is optionally substituted benzyl. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is unsubstituted benzyl. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted alkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is–CH3; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is–CH2CN; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is–CH2C(=O)OR32; R32 is optionally substituted alkyl or hydrogen; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted heteroaralkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted pyrazolylalkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is imidazolylalkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is thiazolylalkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is oxazolylalkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is pyridinylalkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is pyrimidinylalkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is pyrazinylalkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted alkenyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted allyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is unsubstituted allyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted aralkyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted benzyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is
unsubstituted benzyl; and R10 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is halogen. In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R6 and R10 is fluorine. In certain embodiments, both R6 and R10 are halogen. In certain embodiments, both R6 and R10 are fluorine. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted alkyl; and R10 is halogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl; and R10 is halogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl; and R10 is halogen. In certain
embodiments, R6 is–CH3; and R10 is halogen. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted alkyl; and R10 is fluorine. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted C1– 6alkyl; and R10 is fluorine. In certain embodiments, R6 is optionally substituted C1–2alkyl; and R10 is fluorine. In certain embodiments, R6 is–CH3; and R10 is fluorine.
[00475] In certain embodiments, R14 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R14 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R14 is
Figure imgf000169_0002
and A1 is–N3. In certain embodiments,
R14
Figure imgf000169_0001
; and LC2 is a bond. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a linking group comprising at least one instance of optionally substituted alkylene. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a linking group comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted C3–6alkylene. In certain embodiments, LC1 is an alkylene linking group of the formula–(CH2)n–, wherein n is 3, 4, or 5. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a linking group comprising at least one instance of optionally substituted alkenylene. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a linking group comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted C3– 6alkenylene. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a linking group comprising at least one instance of optionally substituted alkynylene. In certain embodiments, LC1 is a linking group comprising at least one instance of substituted or unsubstituted C3–6alkynylene. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted phenyl. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted 5–6 membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted aniline. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted pyridizine. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted pyridine. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted aminopyridine. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted thiazole. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted aminothiazole. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted thiadiazole. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted aminothiadiazole. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted 5,6 fused-bicyclic heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R23 is optionally substituted benzothiazole.
[00476] In certain embodiments, known ketolides, such as the ketolides disclosed in Figure 1, are specifically excluded. In certain embodiments, ketolides as disclosed in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2014/033025, filed April 4, 2014, are specifically excluded. In certain embodiments, ketolides:
Figure imgf000170_0001
[00477] Exemplary novel ketolides of the present invention include, but are not limited to the compounds and salts thereof in Table 1.
Figure imgf000171_0001
Table 1. Exemplary Ketolides
FSM-21535 FSM-21598
FSM-11559 FSM-11561
0237 FSM-100341
Figure imgf000172_0001
Table 1. Exemplary Ketolides
FSM-11563
FSM-100364
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
FSM Diastereomer 2 FSM100434 Diastereomer 2
Figure imgf000180_0001
Pharmaceutical Compositions and Administration
[00478] The present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a ketolide as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[00479] Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include any and all solvents, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersions, suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired. General considerations in formulation and/or manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions agents can be found, for example, in
Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Sixteenth Edition, E. W. Martin (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1980), and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005).
[00480] Pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include the steps of bringing the ketolide of the present invention into association with a carrier and/or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary and/or desirable, shaping and/or packaging the product into a desired single– or multi–dose unit.
[00481] Pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as a single unit dose, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses. As used herein, a“unit dose” is discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of the ketolide of the present invention. The amount of the ketolide is generally equal to the dosage of the ketolide which would be administered to a subject and/or a convenient fraction of such a dosage such as, for example, one–half or one–third of such a dosage.
[00482] Relative amounts of the ketolide, the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or any additional ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition of the invention will vary, depending upon the identity, size, and/or condition of the subject treated and further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered. By way of example, the composition may comprise between 0.1% and 100% (w/w) ketolide.
[00483] Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients used in the manufacture of provided pharmaceutical compositions include inert diluents, dispersing and/or granulating agents, surface active agents and/or emulsifiers, disintegrating agents, binding agents, preservatives, buffering agents, lubricating agents, and/or oils. Excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes, coloring agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents may also be present in the composition.
[00484] Exemplary diluents include calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate lactose, sucrose, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, sodium chloride, dry starch, cornstarch, powdered sugar, and mixtures thereof.
[00485] Exemplary granulating and/or dispersing agents include potato starch, corn starch, tapioca starch, sodium starch glycolate, clays, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp, agar, bentonite, cellulose and wood products, natural sponge, cation–exchange resins, calcium carbonate, silicates, sodium carbonate, cross–linked poly(vinyl–pyrrolidone) (crospovidone), sodium carboxymethyl starch (sodium starch glycolate), carboxymethyl cellulose, cross– linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (croscarmellose), methylcellulose, pregelatinized starch (starch 1500), microcrystalline starch, water insoluble starch, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum), sodium lauryl sulfate, quaternary ammonium compounds, and mixtures thereof.
[00486] Exemplary surface active agents and/or emulsifiers include natural emulsifiers (e.g. acacia, agar, alginic acid, sodium alginate, tragacanth, chondrux, cholesterol, xanthan, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, wool fat, cholesterol, wax, and lecithin), colloidal clays (e.g.
bentonite [aluminum silicate] and Veegum [magnesium aluminum silicate]), long chain amino acid derivatives, high molecular weight alcohols (e.g. stearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, triacetin monostearate, ethylene glycol distearate, glyceryl monostearate, and propylene glycol monostearate, polyvinyl alcohol), carbomers (e.g. carboxy polymethylene, polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid polymer, and carboxyvinyl polymer), carrageenan, cellulosic derivatives (e.g. carboxymethylcellulose sodium, powdered cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose), sorbitan fatty acid esters (e.g. polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate [Tween 20],
polyoxyethylene sorbitan [Tween 60], polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate [Tween 80], sorbitan monopalmitate [Span 40], sorbitan monostearate [Span 60], sorbitan tristearate [Span 65], glyceryl monooleate, sorbitan monooleate [Span 80]), polyoxyethylene esters (e.g.
polyoxyethylene monostearate [Myrj 45], polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, polyethoxylated castor oil, polyoxymethylene stearate, and Solutol), sucrose fatty acid esters, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters (e.g. Cremophor), polyoxyethylene ethers, (e.g.
polyoxyethylene lauryl ether [Brij 30]), poly(vinyl–pyrrolidone), diethylene glycol monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, sodium oleate, potassium oleate, ethyl oleate, oleic acid, ethyl laurate, sodium lauryl sulfate, Pluronic F68, Poloxamer 188, cetrimonium bromide, cetylpyridinium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, docusate sodium, and/or mixtures thereof.
[00487] Exemplary binding agents include starch (e.g. cornstarch and starch paste), gelatin, sugars (e.g. sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol, mannitol, etc.), natural and synthetic gums (e.g. acacia, sodium alginate, extract of Irish moss, panwar gum, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose,
ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl
methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose acetate, poly(vinyl–pyrrolidone), magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum), and larch arabogalactan), alginates, polyethylene oxide, polyethylene glycol, inorganic calcium salts, silicic acid, polymethacrylates, waxes, water, alcohol, and/or mixtures thereof.
[00488] Exemplary preservatives include antioxidants, chelating agents, antimicrobial preservatives, antifungal preservatives, alcohol preservatives, acidic preservatives, and other preservatives.
[00489] Exemplary antioxidants include alpha tocopherol, ascorbic acid, acorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, potassium metabisulfite, propionic acid, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and sodium sulfite.
[00490] Exemplary chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) and salts and hydrates thereof (e.g., sodium edetate, disodium edetate, trisodium edetate, calcium disodium edetate, dipotassium edetate, and the like), citric acid and salts and hydrates thereof (e.g., citric acid monohydrate), fumaric acid and salts and hydrates thereof, malic acid and salts and hydrates thereof, phosphoric acid and salts and hydrates thereof, and tartaric acid and salts and hydrates thereof. Exemplary antimicrobial preservatives include benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, bronopol, cetrimide, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, chloroxylenol, cresol, ethyl alcohol, glycerin, hexetidine, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate, propylene glycol, and thimerosal.
[00491] Exemplary antifungal preservatives include butyl paraben, methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, benzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, potassium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and sorbic acid.
[00492] Exemplary alcohol preservatives include ethanol, polyethylene glycol, phenol, phenolic compounds, bisphenol, chlorobutanol, hydroxybenzoate, and phenylethyl alcohol.
[00493] Exemplary acidic preservatives include vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, beta– carotene, citric acid, acetic acid, dehydroacetic acid, ascorbic acid, sorbic acid, and phytic acid.
[00494] Other preservatives include tocopherol, tocopherol acetate, deteroxime mesylate, cetrimide, butylated hydroxyanisol (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluened (BHT),
ethylenediamine, sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES), sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, potassium sulfite, potassium metabisulfite, Glydant Plus, Phenonip, methylparaben, Germall 115, Germaben II, Neolone, Kathon, and Euxyl. In certain embodiments, the preservative is an anti–oxidant. In other embodiments, the preservative is a chelating agent. [00495] Exemplary buffering agents include citrate buffer solutions, acetate buffer solutions, phosphate buffer solutions, ammonium chloride, calcium carbonate, calcium chloride, calcium citrate, calcium glubionate, calcium gluceptate, calcium gluconate, D–gluconic acid, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, propanoic acid, calcium levulinate, pentanoic acid, dibasic calcium phosphate, phosphoric acid, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium hydroxide phosphate, potassium acetate, potassium chloride, potassium gluconate, potassium mixtures, dibasic potassium phosphate, monobasic potassium phosphate, potassium phosphate mixtures, sodium acetate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium lactate, dibasic sodium phosphate, monobasic sodium phosphate, sodium phosphate mixtures, tromethamine, magnesium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, alginic acid, pyrogen–free water, isotonic saline, Ringer’s solution, ethyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof.
[00496] Exemplary lubricating agents include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, silica, talc, malt, glyceryl behanate, hydrogenated vegetable oils, polyethylene glycol, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, magnesium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof.
[00497] Exemplary natural oils include almond, apricot kernel, avocado, babassu, bergamot, black current seed, borage, cade, camomile, canola, caraway, carnauba, castor, cinnamon, cocoa butter, coconut, cod liver, coffee, corn, cotton seed, emu, eucalyptus, evening primrose, fish, flaxseed, geraniol, gourd, grape seed, hazel nut, hyssop, isopropyl myristate, jojoba, kukui nut, lavandin, lavender, lemon, litsea cubeba, macademia nut, mallow, mango seed, meadowfoam seed, mink, nutmeg, olive, orange, orange roughy, palm, palm kernel, peach kernel, peanut, poppy seed, pumpkin seed, rapeseed, rice bran, rosemary, safflower, sandalwood, sasquana, savoury, sea buckthorn, sesame, shea butter, silicone, soybean, sunflower, tea tree, thistle, tsubaki, vetiver, walnut, and wheat germ oils. Exemplary synthetic oils include, but are not limited to, butyl stearate, caprylic triglyceride, capric triglyceride, cyclomethicone, diethyl sebacate, dimethicone 360, isopropyl myristate, mineral oil, octyldodecanol, oleyl alcohol, silicone oil, and mixtures thereof.
[00498] Liquid dosage forms for oral and parenteral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the ketolides, the liquid dosage forms may comprise inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3–butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (e.g., cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents. In certain embodiments for parenteral administration, the conjugates of the invention are mixed with solubilizing agents such as Cremophor, alcohols, oils, modified oils, glycols, polysorbates, cyclodextrins, polymers, and mixtures thereof.
[00499] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions can be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation can be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3–butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be employed are water, Ringer’s solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono– or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
[00500] The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial–retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[00501] In order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This can be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
[00502] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are typically suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the conjugates of this invention with suitable non–irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the ketolide.
[00503] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the ketolide is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may comprise buffering agents.
[00504] Solid compositions of a similar type can be employed as fillers in soft and hard– filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally comprise opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the ketolide(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type can be employed as fillers in soft and hard–filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
[00505] The ketolide can be in micro–encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the ketolide can be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may comprise buffering agents. They may optionally comprise opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the ketolide(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. [00506] Dosage forms for topical and/or transdermal administration of a ketolide of this invention may include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants and/or patches. Generally, the ketolide is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or any needed preservatives and/or buffers as can be required. Additionally, the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which often have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of an ketolide to the body. Such dosage forms can be prepared, for example, by dissolving and/or dispensing the ketolide in the proper medium. Alternatively or additionally, the rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane and/or by dispersing the ketolide in a polymer matrix and/or gel.
[00507] Suitable devices for use in delivering intradermal pharmaceutical compositions described herein include short needle devices such as those described in U.S. Patents
4,886,499; 5,190,521; 5,328,483; 5,527,288; 4,270,537; 5,015,235; 5,141,496; and 5,417,662. Intradermal compositions can be administered by devices which limit the effective
penetration length of a needle into the skin, such as those described in PCT publication WO 99/34850 and functional equivalents thereof. Jet injection devices which deliver liquid vaccines to the dermis via a liquid jet injector and/or via a needle which pierces the stratum corneum and produces a jet which reaches the dermis are suitable. Jet injection devices are described, for example, in U.S. Patents 5,480,381; 5,599,302; 5,334,144; 5,993,412;
5,649,912; 5,569,189; 5,704,911; 5,383,851; 5,893,397; 5,466,220; 5,339,163; 5,312,335; 5,503,627; 5,064,413; 5,520,639; 4,596,556; 4,790,824; 4,941,880; 4,940,460; and PCT publications WO 97/37705 and WO 97/13537. Ballistic powder/particle delivery devices which use compressed gas to accelerate vaccine in powder form through the outer layers of the skin to the dermis are suitable. Alternatively or additionally, conventional syringes can be used in the classical mantoux method of intradermal administration.
[00508] Formulations suitable for topical administration include, but are not limited to, liquid and/or semi liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, oil in water and/or water in oil emulsions such as creams, ointments and/or pastes, and/or solutions and/or suspensions. Topically–administrable formulations may, for example, comprise from about 1% to about 10% (w/w) ketolide, although the concentration of the ketolide can be as high as the solubility limit of the ketolide in the solvent. Formulations for topical administration may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
[00509] A pharmaceutical composition of the invention can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation suitable for pulmonary administration via the buccal cavity. Such a formulation may comprise dry particles which comprise the ketolide and which have a diameter in the range from about 0.5 to about 7 nanometers or from about 1 to about 6 nanometers. Such compositions are conveniently in the form of dry powders for
administration using a device comprising a dry powder reservoir to which a stream of propellant can be directed to disperse the powder and/or using a self propelling
solvent/powder dispensing container such as a device comprising the ketolide dissolved and/or suspended in a low–boiling propellant in a sealed container. Such powders comprise particles wherein at least 98% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than 0.5 nanometers and at least 95% of the particles by number have a diameter less than 7 nanometers. Alternatively, at least 95% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than 1 nanometer and at least 90% of the particles by number have a diameter less than 6 nanometers. Dry powder compositions may include a solid fine powder diluent such as sugar and are conveniently provided in a unit dose form.
[00510] Low boiling propellants generally include liquid propellants having a boiling point of below 65 °F at atmospheric pressure. Generally the propellant may constitute 50 to 99.9% (w/w) of the composition, and the ketolide may constitute 0.1 to 20% (w/w) of the composition. The propellant may further comprise additional ingredients such as a liquid non–ionic and/or solid anionic surfactant and/or a solid diluent (which may have a particle size of the same order as particles comprising the ketolide).
[00511] Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention formulated for pulmonary delivery may provide the ketolide in the form of droplets of a solution and/or suspension. Such formulations can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold as aqueous and/or dilute alcoholic solutions and/or suspensions, optionally sterile, comprising the ketolide, and may
conveniently be administered using any nebulization and/or atomization device. Such formulations may further comprise one or more additional ingredients including, but not limited to, a flavoring agent such as saccharin sodium, a volatile oil, a buffering agent, a surface active agent, and/or a preservative such as methylhydroxybenzoate. The droplets provided by this route of administration may have an average diameter in the range from about 0.1 to about 200 nanometers.
[00512] Formulations described herein as being useful for pulmonary delivery are useful for intranasal delivery of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention. Another formulation suitable for intranasal administration is a coarse powder comprising the ketolide and having an average particle from about 0.2 to 500 micrometers. Such a formulation is administered. by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close to the nares.
[00513] Formulations for nasal administration may, for example, comprise from about as little as 0.1% (w/w) and as much as 100% (w/w) of the ketolide, and may comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein. A pharmaceutical composition can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation for buccal administration. Such
formulations may, for example, be in the form of tablets and/or lozenges made using conventional methods, and may contain, for example, 0.1 to 20% (w/w) ketolide, the balance comprising an orally dissolvable and/or degradable composition and, optionally, one or more of the additional ingredients described herein. Alternately, formulations for buccal administration may comprise a powder and/or an aerosolized and/or atomized solution and/or suspension comprising the ketolide. Such powdered, aerosolized, and/or aerosolized formulations, when dispersed, may have an average particle and/or droplet size in the range from about 0.1 to about 200 nanometers, and may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
[00514] A pharmaceutical composition can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation for ophthalmic administration. Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of eye drops including, for example, a 0.1/1.0% (w/w) solution and/or suspension of the ketolide in an aqueous or oily liquid carrier. Such drops may further comprise buffering agents, salts, and/or one or more other of the additional ingredients described herein. Other opthalmically–administrable formulations which are useful include those which comprise the ketolide in microcrystalline form and/or in a liposomal preparation. Ear drops and/or eye drops are contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
[00515] Although the descriptions of pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to animals of all sorts. Modification of pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled veterinary pharmacologist can design and/or perform such modification with ordinary experimentation.
[00516] Ketolides provided herein are typically formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. It will be understood, however, that the total daily amount of the ketolide will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the disease, disorder, or condition being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific ketolide employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the subject; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific ketolide employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific ketolide employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
[00517] The ketolides and compositions provided herein can be administered by any route, including enteral (e.g., oral), parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra–arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intraventricular, transdermal, interdermal, rectal, intravaginal, intraperitoneal, topical (as by powders, ointments, creams, and/or drops), mucosal, nasal, bucal, sublingual; by intratracheal instillation, bronchial instillation, and/or inhalation; and/or as an oral spray, nasal spray, and/or aerosol. In general the most appropriate route of administration will depend upon a variety of factors including the nature of the agent, the therapeutic regimen, and/or the condition of the subject. Oral
administration is the preferred mode of administration. However, in certain embodiments, the subject may not be in a condition to tolerate oral administration, and thus intravenous, intramuscular, and/or rectal administration are also preferred altermative modes of adminsitration.
[00518] The exact amount of a ketolide required to achieve an effective amount will vary from subject to subject, depending, for example, on species, age, and general condition of a subject, severity of the side effects or disorder, identity of the particular ketolide(s), mode of administration, and the like. The desired dosage can be delivered three times a day, two times a day, once a day, every other day, every third day, every week, every two weeks, every three weeks, or every four weeks. In certain embodiments, the desired dosage can be delivered using multiple administrations (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, or more administrations).
[00519] In certain embodiments, an effective amount of a ketolide for administration one or more times a day to a 70 kg adult human may comprise about 0.1 mg to about 3000 mg, about 0.1 mg to about 2000 mg, about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg, about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, about 1 mg to about 100 mg, or about 10 mg to about 100 mg, of a ketolide per unit dosage form. [00520] In certain embodiments, the ketolides of the present invention may be administered at dosage levels sufficient to deliver from about 0.001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 10 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 20 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, and from about 25 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
[00521] It will be also appreciated that a ketolide or composition, as described herein, can be administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutically active agents. The ketolide or composition can be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, one or more additional therapeutically active agents. In general, each agent will be administered at a dose and/or on a time schedule determined for that agent. In will further be appreciated that the additional therapeutically active agent utilized in this combination can be
administered together in a single composition or administered separately in different compositions. The particular combination to employ in a regimen will take into account compatibility of the inventive ketolide with the additional therapeutically active agent and/or the desired therapeutic effect to be achieved. In general, it is expected that additional therapeutically active agents utilized in combination be utilized at levels that do not exceed the levels at which they are utilized individually. In some embodiments, the levels utilized in combination will be lower than those utilized individually.
[00522] In any of the above described methods, one or more additional therapeutic agents (also referred to as the“agent”) may be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, administration of the ketolide of the present invention, as described herein. The agent may be added at the same time as the ketolide of the present invention
(simultaneous administration), before or after administration of the ketolide of the present invention (sequential administration), or any combination thereof. For example, in certain embodiments, the agent is administered first, followed by simultaneous administration of the agent and the ketolide of the present invention. In certain embodiments, the ketolide of the present invention is administered first, followed by simultaneous administration of the agent and the ketolide of the present invention. In any of the above embodiments, either the agent or the ketolide of the present invention may be further administered alone after the simultaneous administration.
[00523] Exemplary additional therapeutically active agents include, but are not limited to, antibiotics, anti–viral agents, anesthetics, anti–coagulants, inhibitors of an enzyme, steroidal agents, steroidal or non–steroidal anti–inflammatory agents, antihistamine, immunosuppressant agents, antigens, vaccines, antibodies, decongestant, sedatives, opioids, pain–relieving agents, analgesics, anti–pyretics, hormones, and prostaglandins.
Therapeutically active agents include small organic molecules such as drug compounds (e.g., compounds approved by the US Food and Drug Administration as provided in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)), peptides, proteins, carbohydrates, monosaccharides,
oligosaccharides, polysaccharides, nucleoproteins, mucoproteins, lipoproteins, synthetic polypeptides or proteins, small molecules linked to proteins, glycoproteins, steroids, nucleic acids, DNAs, RNAs, nucleotides, nucleosides, oligonucleotides, antisense oligonucleotides, lipids, hormones, vitamins, and cells.
[00524] In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutically agent is an antibiotic.
Exemplary antibiotics include, but are not limited to, penicillins (e.g., penicillin, amoxicillin), cephalosporins (e.g., cephalexin), macrolides (e.g., erythromycin, clarithormycin,
azithromycin, troleandomycin), fluoroquinolones (e.g., ciprofloxacin, levofloxacin, ofloxacin), sulfonamides (e.g., co–trimoxazole, trimethoprim), tetracyclines (e.g., tetracycline, chlortetracycline, oxytetracycline, demeclocycline, methacycline, sancycline, doxycline, aureomycin, terramycin, minocycline, 6–deoxytetracycline, lymecycline, meclocycline, methacycline, rolitetracycline, and glycylcycline antibiotics (e.g., tigecycline)),
aminoglycosides (e.g., gentamicin, tobramycin, paromomycin), aminocyclitol (e.g., spectinomycin), chloramphenicol, sparsomycin, and quinupristin/dalfoprisin (Syndercid™).
[00525] Also encompassed by the invention are kits (e.g., pharmaceutical packs). The kits provided may comprise an inventive pharmaceutical composition or ketolide and a container (e.g., a vial, ampule, bottle, syringe, and/or dispenser package, or other suitable container). In some embodiments, provided kits may optionally further include a second container comprising a pharmaceutical excipient for dilution or suspension of an inventive
pharmaceutical composition or ketolide. In some embodiments, the inventive pharmaceutical composition or ketolide provided in the container and the second container are combined to form one unit dosage form. Method of Treatment
[00526] The present invention contemplates using ketolides of the present invention for the treatment of infectious diseases, for example, fungal, bacterial, viral, or parasitic infections, and for the treatment of inflammatory conditions. Ketolides are known to exhibit anti– bacterial activity as well as anti–parasitic activity. See, for example, Clark et al., Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2000) 10:815–819 (anti–bacterial activity); and Lee et al., J. Med. Chem. (2011) 54:2792–2804 (anti–bacterial and anti–parasitic activity). Ketolides are also known to exhibit an anti–inflammatory effect. See, for example, Amsden, Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy (2005) 55:10–21 (chronic pulmonary inflammatory syndromes).
[00527] Thus, as generally described herein, provided is a method of treating a infectious disease comprising administering an effective amount of a ketolide of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a subject in need thereof. Such a method can be conducted in vivo (i.e., by administration to a subject) or in vitro (e.g., upon contact with the pathogen, tissue, or cell culture). Treating, as used herein, encompasses therapeutic treatment and prophylactic treatment.
[00528] In certain embodiments, the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. For example, in certain embodiments, the method slows the progress of an infectious disease in the subject. In certain embodiments, the method improves the condition of the subject suffering from an infectious disease. In certain embodiments, the subject has a suspected or confirmed infectious disease.
[00529] In certain embodiments, the effective amount is a prophylatically effective amount. For example, in certain embodiments, the method prevents or reduces the likelihood of an infectious disease, e.g., in certain embodiments, the method comprises administering a ketolide of the present invention to a subject in need thereof in an amount sufficient to prevent or reduce the likelihood of an infectious disease. In certain embodiments, the subject is at risk of an infectious disease (e.g., has been exposed to another subject who has a suspected or confirmed infectious disease or has been exposed or thought to be exposed to a pathogen).
[00530] In another aspect, provided is an in vitro method of inhibiting pathogenic growth comprising contacting an effective amount of the ketolide of the present invention with a pathogen (e.g., a bacteria, virus, fungus, or parasite) in a cell culture.
[00531] As used herein,“infectious disease” and“microbial infection” are used
interchangeably, and refer to an infection with a pathogen, such as a fungus, bacteria, virus, or a parasite. In certain embodiments, the infectious disease is caused by a pathogen resistant to other treatments. In certain embodiments, the infectious disease is caused by a pathogen that is multi–drug tolerant or resistant, e.g., the infectious disease is caused by a pathogen that neither grows nor dies in the presence of or as a result of other treatments.
[00532] In certain embodiments, the infectious disease is a bacterial infection. For example, in certain embodiments, provided is a method of treating a bacterial infection comprising administering an effective amount of a ketolide of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
[00533] In certain embodiments, the ketolide has a mean inhibitory concentration (MIC), with respect to a particular bacteria, of less than 50 µg/mL, less than 25 µg/mL, less than 20 µg/mL, less than 10 µg/mL, less than 5 µg/mL, or less than 1 µg/mL.
[00534] In certain embodiments, the bacteria is susceptible (e.g., responds to) or resistant to known commercial macrolides, such as azithromycin, clindamycin, telithromycin, erythromycin, spiramycin, and the like. See also Figure 1 for a listing of known macrolides. In certain embodiments, the bactera is resistant to a known macrolide. For example, in certain embodiments, the bacteria is erythromycin resistant (ER).
[00535] In certain embodiments, the bacterial infection is resistant to other antibiotics (e.g., non–macrolide) therapy. For example, in certain embodiments, the pathogen is vancomycin resistant (VR). In certain embodiments, the pathogen is a methicillin–resistant (MR), e.g., in certain embodiments, the bacterial infection is an methicillin–resistant S. aureus infection (a MRSA infection).
[00536] In certain embodiments, the bacteria has an efflux (e.g., mef, msr) genotype. In certain embodiments, the bacteria has a methylase (e.g., erm) genotype. In certain embodiments, the bacteria has a constitutive genotype. In certain embodiments, the bacteria has an inducible genotype.
[00537] Exemplary bacterial infections include, but are not limited to, infections with a Gram positive bacteria (e.g., of the phylum Actinobacteria, phylum Firmicutes, or phylum Tenericutes); Gram negative bacteria (e.g., of the phylum Aquificae, phylum Deinococcus– Thermus, phylum Fibrobacteres/Chlorobi/Bacteroidetes (FCB), phylum Fusobacteria, phylum Gemmatimonadest, phylum Ntrospirae, phylum
Planctomycetes/Verrucomicrobia/Chlamydiae (PVC), phylum Proteobacteria, phylum Spirochaetes, or phylum Synergistetes); or other bacteria (e.g., of the phylum Acidobacteria, phylum Chlroflexi, phylum Chrystiogenetes, phylum Cyanobacteria, phylum
Deferrubacteres, phylum Dictyoglomi, phylum Thermodesulfobacteria, or phylum
Thermotogae).
[00538] In certain embodiments, the bacterial infection is an infection with a Gram positive bacteria.
[00539] In certain embodiments, the Gram positive bacteria is a bacteria of the phylum Firmicutes. [00540] In certain embodiments, the bacteria is a member of the phylum Firmicutes and the genus Enterococcus, i.e., the bacterial infection is an Enterococcus infection. Exemplary Enterococci bacteria include, but are not limited to, E. avium, E. durans, E. faecalis, E.
faecium, E. gallinarum, E. solitarius, E. casseliflavus, and E. raffinosus.
[00541] In certain embodiments, the bacteria is a member of the phylum Firmicutes and the genus Staphylococcus, i.e., the bacterial infection is a Staphylococcus infection. Exemplary Staphylococci bacteria include, but are not limited to, S. arlettae, S. aureus, S. auricularis, S. capitis, S. caprae, S. carnous, S. chromogenes, S. cohii, S. condimenti, S. croceolyticus, S. delphini, S. devriesei, S. epidermis, S. equorum, S. felis, S. fluroettii, S. gallinarum, S.
haemolyticus, S. hominis, S. hyicus, S. intermedius, S. kloosii, S. leei, S. lenus, S. lugdunesis, S. lutrae, S. lyticans, S. massiliensis, S. microti, S. muscae, S. nepalensis, S. pasteuri, S. penttenkoferi, S. piscifermentans, S. psuedointermedius, S. psudolugdensis, S. pulvereri, S. rostri, S. saccharolyticus, S. saprophyticus, S. schleiferi, S. sciuri, S. simiae, S. simulans, S. stepanovicii, S. succinus, S. vitulinus, S. warneri, and S. xylosus. In certain embodiments, the Staphylococcus infection is an S. aureus infection. In certain embodiments, the S. aureus has an efflux (e.g., mef, msr) genotype. In certain embodiments, the S. aureus has a methylase (e.g., erm) genotype.
[00542] In certain embodiments, the bacteria is a member of the phylum Firmicutes and the genus Bacillus, i.e., the bacterial infection is a Bacillus infection. Exemplary Bacillus bacteria include, but are not limited to, B. alcalophilus, B. alvei, B. aminovorans, B.
amyloliquefaciens, B. aneurinolyticus, B. anthracis, B. aquaemaris, B. atrophaeus, B.
boroniphilus, B. brevis, B. caldolyticus, B. centrosporus, B. cereus, B. circulans, B.
coagulans, B. firmus, B. flavothermus, B. fusiformis, B. globigii, B. infernus, B. larvae, B. laterosporus, B. lentus, B. licheniformis, B. megaterium, B. mesentericus, B. mucilaginosus, B. mycoides, B. natto, B. pantothenticus, B. polymyxa, B. pseudoanthracis, B. pumilus, B. schlegelii, B. sphaericus, B. sporothermodurans, B. stearothermophilus, B. subtilis, B.
thermoglucosidasius, B. thuringiensis, B. vulgatis, and B. weihenstephanensis. In certain embodiments, the Bacillus infection is a B. subtilis infection. In certain embodiments, the B. subtilis has an efflux (e.g., mef, msr) genotype. In certain embodiments, the B. subtilis has a methylase (e.g., erm) genotype.
[00543] In certain embodiments, the bacteria is a member of the phylum Firmicutes and the genus Strepococcus, i.e., the bacterial infection is a Strepococcus infection. Exemplary Strepococcus bacteria include, but are not limited to, S. agalactiae, S. anginosus, S. bovis, S. canis, S. constellatus, S. dysgalactiae, S. equinus, S. iniae, S. intermedius, S. mitis, S. mutans, S. oralis, S. parasanguinis, S. peroris, S. pneumoniae, S. pyogenes, S. ratti, S. salivarius, S. thermophilus, S. sanguinis, S. sobrinus, S. suis, S. uberis, S. vestibularis, S. viridans, and S. zooepidemicus. In certain embodiments, the Strepococcus infection is an S. pyogenes infection. In certain embodiments, the Strepococcus infection is an S. pneumoniae infection. In certain embodiments, the S. pneumoniae has an efflux (e.g., mef, msr) genotype. In certain embodiments, the S. pneumoniae has a methylase (e.g., erm) genotype.
[00544] In certain embodiments, the bacterial infection is an infection with a Gram negative bacteria.
[00545] In certain embodiments, the Gram negtive bacteria is a bacteria of the phylum Proteobacteria and the genus Escherichia. i.e., the bacterial infection is an Escherichia infection. Exemplary Escherichia bacteria include, but are not limited to, E. albertii, E.
blattae, E. coli, E. fergusonii, E. hermannii, and E. vulneris. In certain embodiments, the Escherichia infection is an E. coli infection.
[00546] In certain embodiments, the Gram negtive bacteria is a bacteria of the phylum Proteobacteria and the genus Haemophilus. i.e., the bacterial infection is an Haemophilus infection. Exemplary Haemophilus bacteria include, but are not limited to, H. aegyptius, H. aphrophilus, H. avium, H. ducreyi, H. felis, H. haemolyticus, H. influenzae, H.
parainfluenzae, H. paracuniculus, H. parahaemolyticus, H. pittmaniae, Haemophilus segnis, and H. somnus. In certain embodiments, the Escherichia infection is an H. influenzae infection.
[00547] In certain embodiments, the infectious disease is an infection with a parasitic infection. Thus, in certain embodiments, provided is a method of treating a parasitic infection comprising administering an effective amount of a ketolide of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
[00548] In certain embodiments, the ketolide has a IC50 (uM) with respect to a particular parasite, of less than 50 uM, less than 25 uM, less than 20 uM, less than 10 uM, less than 5 uM, or less than 1 uM.
[00549] Exemplary parasites include, but are not limited to, Trypanosoma spp. (e.g.,
Trypanosoma cruzi, Trypansosoma brucei), Leishmania spp., Giardia spp., Trichomonas spp., Entamoeba spp., Naegleria spp., Acanthamoeba spp., Schistosoma spp., Plasmodium spp. (e.g., P. flaciparum), Crytosporidium spp., Isospora spp., Balantidium spp., Loa Loa,
Ascaris lumbricoides, Dirofilaria immitis, and Toxoplasma ssp. (e.g. T. gondii).
[00550] As generally described herein, the present invention further a method of treating an inflammatory condition comprising administering an effective amount of a ketolide of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a subject in need thereof. Such a method can be conducted in vivo (i.e., by administration to a subject) or in vitro (e.g., upon contact with the pathogen, tissue, or cell culture). Treating, as used herein, encompasses therapeutic treatment and prophylactic treatment.
[00551] In certain embodiments, the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. For example, in certain embodiments, the method slows the progress of an inflammatory condition in the subject. In certain embodiments, the method improves the condition of the subject suffering from an inflammatory condition. In certain embodiments, the subject has a suspected or confirmed inflammatory condition.
[00552] In certain embodiments, the effective amount is a prophylatically effective amount. For example, in certain embodiments, the method prevents or reduces the likelihood of an inflammatory condition, e.g., in certain embodiments, the method comprises administering a ketolide of the present invention to a subject in need thereof in an amount sufficient to prevent or reduce the likelihood of an inflammatory condition. In certain embodiments, the subject is at risk to an inflammatory condition.
[00553] In another aspect, provided is an in vitro method of treating an inflammatory condition comprising contacting an effective amount of the ketolide of the present invention with an inflammatory cell culture.
[00554] The term“inflammatory condition” refers to those diseases, disorders, or conditions that are characterized by signs of pain (dolor, from the generation of noxious substances and the stimulation of nerves), heat (calor, from vasodilatation), redness (rubor, from
vasodilatation and increased blood flow), swelling (tumor, from excessive inflow or restricted outflow of fluid), and/or loss of function (functio laesa, which can be partial or complete, temporary or permanent). Inflammation takes on many forms and includes, but is not limited to, acute, adhesive, atrophic, catarrhal, chronic, cirrhotic, diffuse, disseminated, exudative, fibrinous, fibrosing, focal, granulomatous, hyperplastic, hypertrophic, interstitial, metastatic, necrotic, obliterative, parenchymatous, plastic, productive, proliferous, pseudomembranous, purulent, sclerosing, seroplastic, serous, simple, specific, subacute, suppurative, toxic, traumatic, and/or ulcerative inflammation.
[00555] Exemplary inflammatory conditions include, but are not limited to, inflammation associated with acne, anemia (e.g., aplastic anemia, haemolytic autoimmune anaemia), chronic pulmonary inflammatory syndromes (e.g., diffuse panbronchiolitis, cystic fibrosis, asthma, bronchiectasis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease), arteritis (e.g., polyarteritis, temporal arteritis, periarteritis nodosa, Takayasu's arteritis), arthritis (e.g., crystalline arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, gouty arthritis, reactive arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis and Reiter's arthritis), ankylosing spondylitis, amylosis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis,
autoimmune diseases, allergies or allergic reactions, atherosclerosis, bronchitis, bursitis, chronic prostatitis, conjunctivitis, Chagas disease, cermatomyositis, diverticulitis, diabetes (e.g., type I diabetes mellitus, type 2 diabetes mellitus), a skin condition (e.g., psoriasis, eczema, burns, dermatitis, pruritus (itch)), endometriosis, Guillain–Barre syndrome, infection, ischaemic heart disease, Kawasaki disease, glomerulonephritis, gingivitis, hypersensitivity, headaches (e.g., migraine headaches, tension headaches), ileus (e.g., postoperative ileus and ileus during sepsis), idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, interstitial cystitis (painful bladder syndrome), a gastrointestinal disorder (e.g., selected from peptic ulcers, regional enteritis, diverticulitis, gastrointestinal bleeding, eosinophilic gastrointestinal disorders (e.g., eosinophilic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, eosinophilic colitis), gastritis, diarrhea, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GORD, or its synonym GERD), inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) (e.g., Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, collagenous colitis, lymphocytic colitis, ischaemic colitis, diversion colitis, Behcet's syndrome, indeterminate colitis) and inflammatory bowel syndrome (IBS)), lupus, multiple sclerosis, morphea, myeasthenia gravis, myocardial ischemia, nephrotic syndrome, pemphigus vulgaris, pernicious aneaemia, peptic ulcers, polymyositis, primary biliary cirrhosis, neuroinflammation associated with brain disorders (e.g., Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, and Alzheimer's disease), prostatitis, chronic inflammation associated with cranial radiation injury, pelvic inflammatory disease, reperfusion injury, regional enteritis, rheumatic fever, systemic lupus erythematosus, schleroderma, scierodoma, sarcoidosis, spondyloarthopathies, Sjogren's syndrome, thyroiditis, transplantation rejection, tendonitis, trauma or injury (e.g., frostbite, chemical irritants, toxins, scarring, burns, physical injury), vasculitis, vitiligo, and Wegener's granulomatosis.
[00556] In certain embodiments, the inflammatory condition is an acute inflammatory condition (e.g., for example, inflammation resulting from an infection). In certain
embodiments, the inflammatory condition is a chronic inflammatory condition. In certain embodiments, the inflammatory condition is inflammation associated with cancer. EXAMPLES
[00557] These and other aspects of the present invention will be further appreciated upon consideration of the following Examples, which are intended to illustrate certain particular embodiments of the invention but are not intended to limit its scope, as defined by the claims. International Application No. PCT/US2014/033025 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. EXEMPLARY EASTERN HALF SYNTHETIC PROCEDURES
Example 1A. Preparation of Aldehyde and Phosphonate Eastern Halves
Figure imgf000199_0001
Step 1:
[00558] To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl(3-iodo-2-methylpropoxy)diphenylsilane (74.1 g, 169 mmol) in ether (512 mL) was added t-BuLi (1.52 M, 222 mL, 338 mmol) dropwise at–78 °C. The resulting slightly cloudy suspension was stirred for 30min. At this point, TLC(100% hexanes) indicated complete halogen-lithium exchange. A 1.5 M solution of MgBr2 in 3:1 ether:benzene (123 mL, 184 mmol) (Nakatsuka, M.; Ragan, J. A.; Sammakia, T.; Smith, D. B.; Uehling, D. E.; Schreiber, S. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc.1990, 112, 5583-5601.) was added dropwise. The resulting suspension was stirred for 30 min at–78 °C and briefly warmed to 0 °C (5 min) to give a clear solution. After cooling back to–78 °C, a solution of (R)-1-(2,2- dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)ethanone (22.15 g, 154 mmol) (Leyes, A. E.; Poulter, C. D. Org. Lett.1999, 1, 1067-1070.) in ether (50 mL) was added dropwise to Grignard solution above via cannula. The resulting white mixture was stirred for 2 h at–78 °C. TLC (30% ethyl acetate-hexanes) showed complete conversion. The reaction was quenched with half- saturated NH4Cl solution (300 mL). The layers were partitioned, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3 x 300 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (500 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (10-15% ether in hexanes) to give the product as a colorless oil (63.0 g, 90%).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.73– 7.66 (m, 4H), 7.48– 7.36 (m, 6H), 4.03 – 3.86 (m, 3H), 3.55 (dd, J = 9.8, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.44 (dd, J = 9.8, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (s, 1H), 2.07– 1.96 (m, 1H), 1.86 (dd, J = 14.5, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.33 (dd, J = 14.4, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.08 (s, 9H), 0.91 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 135.66, 135.61, 133.31, 133.27, 129.68, 127.68, 127.65, 109.17, 82.02, 71.46, 70.08, 65.12, 43.02, 30.83, 26.87, 26.36, 25.39, 22.49, 19.45, 19.16. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3450 (br), 2957(m), 1369 (s), 1211 (s), 1111 (s), 1066 (s), 823 (s), 738 (s), 702 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C27H40O4Si + H)+ : 457.2769; Found: 457.2775.
Step 2:
[00559] To a suspension of KH (35% dispersion in mineral oil, 6.67 g, 49.9 mmol) in ether (83 mL) was added an ether solution (83 mL) of (2R,4R)-5-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2- ((R)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)-4-methylpentan-2-ol (19 g, 41.6 mmol) dropwise at 0 °C. The transfer was quantitated with ether (2 x 5 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred for 1h. Methyl iodide (freshly passed through basic alumina, 26.0 mL, 416 mmol) was added and the mixture was warmed to rt. After 2 h, TLC indicated complete reaction. The reaction mixture was slowly poured into 100 mL half-saturated NH4Cl solution, and diluted with 100 mL ether. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (12% to 20% ether in hexanes) to give the product as a colorless oil. (19.5 g, 99%).1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.68– 7.64 (m, 4H), 7.45– 7.34 (m, 6H), 4.15 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (dd, J = 8.2, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J = 9.8, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (dd, J = 9.8, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (s, 3H), 1.90– 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.58 (dd, J = 14.9, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.23 (dd, J = 15.0, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.06 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 9H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 135.63, 135.59, 133.87, 129.56, 129.54, 127.59, 109.21, 80.14, 77.12, 69.60, 65.51, 49.92, 36.84, 31.28, 26.90, 26.23, 25.02, 19.26, 18.92, 18.50. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 2957(m), 1471 (s), 1369 (s), 1211 (s), 1155 (s), 1107 (s), 1066 (s), 823 (s), 738 (s), 700 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C28H43O4Si + H)+ : 471.2925; Found: 471.2944.
Step 3:
[00560] tert-butyl(((2R,4R)-4-((R)-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)-4-methoxy-2- methylpentyl)oxy)diphenylsilane (19.5 g, 41.4 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (138 mL), and then periodic acid (18.89 g, 83 mmol) was added in one portion. The mixture was vigorously stirred for 1 h. The reaction was diluted with hexanes (138 mL). The suspension was passed through a short pad of silica, eluting with 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes (300 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give the product as a colorless oil (16.8 g, 99%).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.52 (s, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.5 Hz, 4H), 7.47– 7.35 (m, 6H), 3.48 (dd, J = 9.9, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (dd, J = 9.8, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 1.90– 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.42 (dd, J = 14.1, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 0.97 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 204.68, 135.62, 135.60, 133.80, 133.79, 129.55, 127.59, 82.41, 68.97, 51.51, 37.91, 31.31, 26.88, 19.28, 18.58, 17.69. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 2958(m), 1735 (s), 1427 (s), 1105 (s), 1080 (s), 823 (s), 738 (s), 700 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C24H34O3Si + H)+ : 399.2350; Found: 399.2360.
Step 4:
[00561] A solution of (2R, 4R)-5-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2-methoxy-2,4- dimethylpentanal (10.5 g, 26.3 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (105 mL) was cooled to–10 °C and treated with magnesium bromide diethyl etherate (20.41 g, 79 mmol). The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 10 min, and cooled to–78 °C. (Z)-((4-ethylidene-2,2,5-trimethyl-4H-1,3- dioxin-6-yl)oxy)trimethylsilane (13.44 mL, 52.7 mmol) was added dropwise to the solution above. The mixture was stirred at–78 °C for 12 h, at which point TLC analysis (30% ethyl acetate / hexanes) indicated full conversion. The reaction was quenched by addition of ether (200 mL) and 1N HCl (100 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et2O (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2 x 100 mL) and dried over MgSO4. The solution was filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Two columns were necessary to obtain pure syn diastereomer. The first column, eluting with 15:15:70 ether/ethyl acetate/hexanes gave product as an 8:1 diasteromeric mixture. The second column, eluting with 1-3% acetone in dichloromethane, gave the syn diastereomer (11.5 g, 77%), followed by anti diastereomer (1.2 g, 8%). Major isomer (syn): 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.73– 7.62 (m, 4H), 7.48– 7.34 (m, 6H), 3.72 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.47 (dd, J = 9.8, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (dd, J = 9.8, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.96 (p, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 1.85 (s, 3H), 1.83– 1.77 (m, 1H), 1.74 (dd, J = 14.3, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.33 (dd, J = 14.2, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 1.21 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 1.00 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 168.22, 162.87, 135.59, 135.55, 133.76, 133.72, 129.60, 129.58, 127.61, 104.80, 99.04, 79.57, 73.86, 69.44, 49.08, 36.89, 35.98, 31.44, 26.87, 26.41, 23.62, 19.33, 19.26, 18.90, 14.14, 9.88. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3500 (br), 2931 (m), 1722 (s), 1637 (s), 1388 (s), 1356 (s), 1111 (s), 1072 (s), 702 (s), 613 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C33H45O6Si + H)+ : 569.3293; Found: 569.3304. Minor isomer (anti): 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.68 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 4H), 7.50– 7.35 (m, 6H), 3.55– 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.44 (dd, J = 9.8, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.94– 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.59 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 1.84 (s, 3H), 1.82– 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.72– 1.67 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.44 (dd, J = 14.2, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 1.22 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 168.23, 162.88, 135.60, 135.57, 133.78, 133.74, 129.62, 129.59, 127.62, 104.82, 99.06, 79.58, 73.88, 69.45, 49.09, 36.90, 35.99, 31.46, 26.88, 26.43, 23.63, 19.34, 19.28, 18.91, 14.15, 9.89. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3483 (br), 2955 (m), 1720 (s), 1639 (s), 1466 (s), 1388 (s), 1359 (s), 1111 (s), 1074 (s), 702 (s), 615 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C33H45O6Si + H)+ : 569.3293; Found: 569.3292.
Step 5:
[00562] To a dry 200-mL flask was charged powdered dry 4Å molecular sieves (10.0 g), toluene (41.8 mL) and CH2Cl2 (41.8 mL). In a separate flask, a mixture of 6-((2R,3R,4R,6R)- 7-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-3-hydroxy-4-methoxy-4,6-dimethylheptan-2-yl)-2,2,5- trimethyl-4H-1,3-dioxin-4-one (9.5 g, 16.70 mmol) and (2S,3R,4S,6R)-4-(dimethylamino)-6- methyl-2-(pyrimidin-2-ylthio)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl methyl carbonate (16.40 g, 50.1 mmol) (Velvadapu, V.; Andrade, R. B.; Carbohydr. Res.2008, 343, 145-150.) were azeotropically dried from benzene for 3 times. Then the residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (30 mL). This solution was added to the molecular sieves suspension above via cannula. The suspension was cooled to 0 °C, and silver(I) trifluoromethanesulfonate (21.46 g, 84 mmol) was added in one portion. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 °C. At this point, TLC analysis (50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) indicated full consumption of starting material. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl (10.0 mL), stirred for 5 min, and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL) was added. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite, rinsing with CH2Cl2 (100 mL), and the filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (70% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give the product as a white foam (9.0 g, 70%).1H NMR (500 MHz, Benzene) δ 7.86– 7.79 (m, 4H), 7.26– 7.17 (m, 6H), 4.70 (dd, J = 10.4, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (dt, J = 10.5, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (dd, J = 9.7, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.25– 3.19 (m, 1H), 3.19– 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.52 (td, J = 12.1, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.09 (d, J = 12.9 Hz, 6H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1.85 (dd, J = 14.3, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 1.62 (dt, J = 18.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (s, 9H), 1.18 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 167.94, 163.00, 155.17, 135.62, 134.26, 134.21, 129.38, 129.36, 127.47, 104.40, 99.83, 99.61, 79.02, 75.52, 69.16, 69.12, 63.11, 54.64, 49.40, 40.70, 36.40, 33.94, 31.12, 30.86, 26.87, 25.68, 24.38, 20.98, 20.20, 19.79, 19.34, 12.86, 9.77. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 2935(m), 1755 (s), 1724 (s), 1641 (s), 1456 (s), 1377 (s), 1265 (s), 1106 (s), 1053 (s), 704 (s), 613 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C43H65NO10Si + H)+ : 784.4451; Found: 784.4467.
Step 6:
[00563] In a plastic vial, TBDPS-OCH3-EH (9.0 g, 11.48 mmol) was dissolved in CH3CN (57.4 mL), and hydrofluoric acid (48% aq, 9.90 mL, 574 mmol) was added with a plastic syringe. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 12 h, at which point TLC analysis (10% methanol in ethyl acetate) indicated full consumption of starting material. The reaction solution was slowly added to an Erlenmyer containing saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (300 mL). After gas evolution subsided, the mixture was extracted with ether (3 x 100 mL). The organic layers were combined, and extracted with 1 N HCl (3 x 25 mL). The ether layer was discarded. The acid layers were combined, to which solid NaHCO3 was slowly added to adjust pH to 8. This aqueous solution was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 100 mL). The combined CH2Cl2 layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give the product as a white foam (5.58 g, 89%).1H NMR (500 MHz, Benzene) δ 4.85 (dd, J = 10.5, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 3.61 (ddd, J = 11.3, 7.2, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.49– 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.15– 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.97 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.56 (td, J = 12.0, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.11 (s, 6H), 1.87 (s, 3H), 1.86– 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.74 (dd, J = 14.5, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 1.57 (dd, J = 14.4, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.26 (dd, J = 12.8, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 1.16 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.11– 1.04 (m, 1H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 0.88 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 167.34, 162.79, 155.25, 104.54, 99.84, 79.79, 76.37, 75.48, 69.27, 68.42, 63.05, 54.71, 49.56, 40.69, 38.69, 33.83, 31.07, 30.83, 25.89, 24.19, 20.99, 19.92, 19.86, 13.00, 9.89. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3437 (br), 2939 (m), 1753 (s), 1724 (s), 1641 (s), 1454 (s), 1379 (s), 1267 (s), 1109 (s), 1053 (s), 732 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C27H47NO10 + H)+ : 546.3272; Found: 546.3280.
Step 7:
[00564] To a solution of the alcohol (2.1 g, 3.85 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (3.85 mL) was added Dess-Martin Periodinane (2.448 g, 5.77 mmol) and water (7.7 µL, 2 µL/mL CH2Cl2). The resulting milky suspension was stirred for 0.5 h at rt. The reaction was diluted with ether (50 mL), saturated aqueous Na2S2O3 (20 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The resulting mixture was vigorously stirred for 30 min, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give the product as a white foam (2.1 g, 100%).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.36 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.62– 4.51 (m, 2H), 3.86 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.51– 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.37 (qd, J = 7.3, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 2.81– 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.47 (ddd, J = 10.9, 7.7, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (s, 6H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.81 (dd, J = 14.0, 11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.77– 1.73 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.58 (dd, J = 14.1, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 1.43– 1.30 (m, 1H), 1.26 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.07 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, Benzene) δ 202.57, 166.45, 161.71, 155.83, 104.17, 100.60, 100.46, 78.64, 78.26, 75.43, 69.23, 63.64, 54.18, 49.19, 42.02, 40.51, 37.52, 34.08, 30.22, 25.66, 24.02, 20.84, 20.33, 15.42, 13.14, 10.03. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 2937 (m), 1753 (s), 1724 (s), 1643 (s), 1442 (s), 1377 (s), 1265 (s), 1109 (s), 1053 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C27H45NO10 + H)+ : 544.3116; Found: 544.3139. Step 8a: Phosphonate preparation
[00565] Lithium diisopropylamide (1.0 M solution in THF, freshly prepared from
diisopropylamine and nBuLi, 2.415 mL, 2.415 mmol) was charged into a flamed-dried flask. THF (6.9 mL) was added to supplement the volume to 9.3 mL, and the solution was cooled to –78 °C. A solution of dimethyl methylphosphonate (0.262 mL, 2.415 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at–78 °C for 15 min. A solution of the aldehyde (1.01g, 1.858 mmol) in THF (9.3 mL) was added dropwise via cannula, and the reaction was stirred for 30 min at–78 °C. At this point, TLC (10% methanol in ethyl acetate) indicated full consumption of the aldehyde. The reaction was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution (10 mL) at–78 °C and diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The mixture was warmed to rt, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. The crude material was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (5 mL), and Dess-Martin Periodinane (1.18 g, 2.79 mmol) was added in one batch, followed by water (10 µL, 2 µL/mL CH2Cl2). The reaction was stirred at rt for 1 h. At this point, TLC (10% methanol in ethyl acetate) indicated complete conversion to a less polar compound. To the reaction mixture was added Et2O (20 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL) and saturated aqueous Na2S2O3 (10 mL). The mixture was vigorously for 30 min. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et2O (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (2-3% methanol in CH2Cl2 + 0.2% saturated NH4OH) to give the product as a white foam (0.90 g, 73%).1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.57– 4.46 (m, 2H), 3.84 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (t, J = 3.7 Hz, 3H), 3.74 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.42 (dtd, J = 11.9, 5.9, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 3.30– 3.21 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd, J = 22.0, 14.7 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (dd, J = 21.0, 14.7 Hz, 1H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.84– 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.76– 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 6H), 1.92 (dd, J = 14.1, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (s, 3H), 1.77– 1.69 (m, 1H), 1.64 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 3H), 1.62 (s, 3H), 1.47– 1.40 (m, 1H), 1.38– 1.28 (m, 1H), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.08 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 205.81 (d, J = 6.2 Hz), 167.20, 162.75, 155.17, 104.39, 99.91, 99.84, 78.41, 76.52, 75.40, 69.23, 62.97, 54.66, 52.75, 52.74, 49.47, 42.19, 42.17, 40.62, 40.37, 39.31, 33.92, 30.75, 25.79, 24.17, 20.92, 19.78, 18.43, 13.04, 9.64. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 2937 (m), 1753 (s), 1716 (s), 1643 (s), 1456 (s), 1377 (s), 1265 (s), 1109 (s), 1053 (s), 731 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C30H52NO13P + H)+ : 666.3249; Found: 666.3266.
Step 8b: Alternative phosphonate preparation:
Figure imgf000205_0001
[00566] The aldehyde (100 mg, 0.184 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (2.62 mL), and tin(II) chloride (6.98 mg, 0.037 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at rt for 5 min, before dimethyl (diazomethyl)phosphonate (55.2 mg, 0.368 mmol) was added via syringe. The reaction was then warmed to 40 °C. After 12 h, TLC (10% methanol in ethyl acetate) indicated full consumption of the aldehyde. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL) and vigorously stirred. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (2-3% methanol in CH2Cl2 + 0.2% saturated NH4OH) to give the product as a white foam (75 mg, 63%). Example 1B. Eastern Half without C2 Methyl via β-keto-t-Butyl Ester
Figure imgf000206_0001
Step 1:
[00567] The aldehyde (575 mg, 1.443 mmol, 1 equiv) was dried by azeotropic distillation (benzene) and then dissolved in dichloromethane (11 mL). Magnesium bromide ethyl etherate (1.86 g, 7.21 mmol, 5.0 equiv) was added in one portion to this solution and the resulting mixture was cooled to–78 °C. A solution of 1,3-bistrimethylsilyl dienol ether (1.37 g, 4.33 mmol, 3.0 equiv, for preparation see: Takai, K.; Nawate, Y.; Okabayashi, T.;
Nakatsuji, H.; Iida, A.; Tanabe, Y. Tetrahedron 2009, 65, 5596–5607) in dichloromethane (1.5 mL) was added dropwise via syringe over 5 min to the aldehyde mixture at–78 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 3 h, then saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (12 mL) was added. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction flask was allowed to warm to 23 °C. Water (40 mL) and dichloromethane (50 mL) were added and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL). The organic extracts were combined and the combined solution was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The crude aldol mixture was then dissolved in methanol (12 mL) and the resulting solution was cooled to 0 °C. Potassium carbonate (20 mg, 0.1 equiv) was added in one portion to the crude product solution. After stirring at 0 °C for 6 min, aqueous potassium phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 0.2 M, 25 mL) was added to the reaction solution. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction flask was allowed to warm to 23 °C. Water (25 mL) and dichloromethane (60 mL) were added and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 60 mL). The organic extracts were combined and the combined solution was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The product was purified by flash-column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate–hexanes, grading to 12%), providing the aldol product in
diastereomerically pure form (490 mg, 60%). A minor aldol diastereomer was isolated separately in diastereomerically pure form (97 mg, 12%). NB– clearly distinguishable peaks corresponding to the enol tautomer of aldol product (<10%) are reported with non-integer integrals.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.67 (dd, 4H, J = 7.8, 1.5 Hz), 7.42-7.36 (m, 6H), 4.96 (s, 0.07H), 3.86 (d, 1H, J = 6.3 Hz), 3.53 (dd, 1H, J = 9.8, 5.9 Hz), 3.41 (AB quartet, 2H), 3.40 (dd, 1H, J = 9.8, 5.9 Hz), 3.12 (s, 0.21H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 2.24 (brs, 1H), 1.84-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.63 (dd, 1H, J = 14.2, 4.9 Hz), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.36 (dd, 1H, J = 14.2, 6.3 Hz), 1.17 (d, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.09 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s, 9H), 1.02 (d, 3H, J = 6.3 Hz); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 205.6, 166.6, 135.6, 135.6, 133.9, 129.5, 127.6, 81.5, 79.1, 75.1, 69.4, 49.9, 49.1, 47.0, 36.9, 31.5, 27.9, 26.9, 19.9, 19.2, 19.0, 12.9; FTIR (neat film), 3487 (w), 2932 (w), 1732 (m), 1707 (m), 1107 (s), 1071 (s), 700 (s) cm–1; HRMS–ESI (m/z):
[M+Na]+ calcd for C33H50O6SiNa, 593.3269; found, 593.3278.
Step 2:
[00568] A mixture of the aldol product (1.55 g, 2.72 mmol, 1 equiv) and the 2- pyrimidinylthio glycoside (1.78 g, 5.43 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was dried by azeotropic distillation (benzene, 2 x 20 mL). The dried mixture was dissolved in dichloromethane (4.0 mL) and transferred via syringe to a flask containing a mixture of toluene (6.5 mL), dichloromethane (3.0 mL) and activated 4Å molecular sieves (1.5 g). An additional portion of dichloromethane (1.0 mL) was used to ensure complete transfer into the reaction flask. The resulting mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 15 min, then was cooled to 0 °C. Silver (I) trifluoromethanesulfonate (4.19 g, 16.3 mmol, 6.0 equiv) was added in one portion to the ice-cold, stirring reaction mixture. After stirring at 0 °C for 90 min, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (10 mL) and then quenched by sequential dropwise addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (1.5 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (2.5 mL). The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C, then was filtered through a thick pad of Celite. The Celite pad was washed with dichloromethane (100 mL) and the resulting filtrate was concentrated, providing an orange-brown foam. The crude product was purified by flash-column chromatography (40% ethyl acetate–hexanes, grading to 70%), affording the glycosylated product ** as a white foam (1.09 g, 51%).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.68 (d, 4H, J = 6.3 Hz), 7.42-7.34 (m, 6H), 4.52 (dd, 1H, J = 10.2, 7.8 Hz), 4.40 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.95 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.67 (dd, 1H, J = 9.8, 4.4 Hz), 3.52-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.34 (AB quartet, 2H), 3.03-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 1.89-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.74 (brd, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.30 (m, 2H), 1.26-1.23 (m, 1H), 1.22 (d, 3H, J = 6.3 Hz), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.12 (d, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.06 (s, 9H), 1.04 (d, 3H, J = 7.8 Hz); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 204.6, 166.7, 155.1, 135.6, 134.2, 134.2, 129.4, 127.5, 101.2, 81.3, 80.8, 78.8, 75.5, 69.3, 69.0, 63.1, 54.7, 50.6, 49.4, 46.2, 40.7, 37.4, 31.4, 30.6, 28.0, 26.9, 20.9, 20.0, 19.6, 19.3, 13.7; FTIR (neat film), 2932 (w), 1755 (m), 1709 (w), 1263 (s), 1055 (s), 702 (s) cm–1; HRMS–ESI (m/z): [M+H]+ calcd for C43H68NO10Si, 786.4607; found, 786.4619.
Step 3:
[00569] Concentrated aqueous hydrofluoric acid solution (48%, 2.00 mL, 50.9 mmol, 40 equiv) was added dropwise via syringe to a solution of the glycosylated product (1.00 g, 1.27 mmol, 1 equiv) in acetonitrile (12 mL) in a polypropylene reaction vessel at 23 °C. The reaction solution was stirred vigorously at 23 °C for 15 h, then was added dropwise via plastic pipette to an ice-cold solution of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (60 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 60 mL). The organic extracts were combined and the combined solution was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (65% ethyl acetate–hexanes, grading to 75%), affording the deprotection product as a white foam (435 mg, 62%).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.52 (dd, 1H, J = 10.7, 7.8 Hz), 4.42 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.09 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.57-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.43 (s, 2H), 3.29-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.75- 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 1.85-1.80 (brm, 1H), 1.73 (dd, 1H, J = 12.7, 2.4 Hz), 1.55-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H, J = 5.9 Hz), 1.14 (d, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 0.92 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 204.5, 166.5, 155.2, 101.2, 81.6, 79.7, 79.5, 75.5, 69.1, 68.2, 62.9, 54.7, 50.4, 49.7, 46.1, 40.6, 38.7, 31.1, 30.6, 27.9, 20.9, 20.0, 19.7, 13.8; FTIR (neat film), 2936 (w), 1751 (m), 1709 (m), 1263 (s), 1051 (s) cm–1; HRMS–ESI (m/z): [M+H]+ calcd for C27H50NO10, 548.3429; found, 548.3435.
Step 4:
[00570] Sodium bicarbonate (557 mg, 6.63 mmol, 10 equiv) and Dess–Martin periodinane (618 mg, 1.46 mmol, 2.2 equiv) were added sequentially to a stirring solution of the alcohol (363 mg, 0.663 mmol, 1 equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) and water (20 µL) at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C. After stirring at this temperature for 1 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (30 mL). Saturated aqueous sodium
thiosulfate solution (15 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (7 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (7 ml) were added in sequence, and the resulting mixture was stirred vigorously for 10 min. The phases were then separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with diethyl ethyl (3 x 30 mL). The organic extracts were combined and the combined solution was washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution (2 x 20 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (20 mL). The resulting organic solution was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting yellow solid was used directly in the next step (reductive amination) without further purification (crude aldehyde >90% pure by 1H NMR analysis).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.33 (d, 1H, J = 4.9 Hz), 4.52 (dd, 1H, J = 10.7, 7.8 Hz), 4.43 (d, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.01 (d, 1H, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.41 (AB quartet, 2H), 3.10-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.77-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 6H), 1.91 (dd, 1H, J = 14.6, 11.2 Hz), 1.76-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.60 (dd, 1H, J = 14.6, 3.4 Hz), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.37-1.28 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H, J = 5.9 Hz), 1.16 (d, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.06 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 204.4, 204.1, 166.6, 155.2, 101.3, 81.5, 81.1, 78.3, 75.4, 69.1, 63.0, 54.7, 50.6, 49.5, 46.0, 41.9, 40.5, 38.0, 30.5, 27.9, 20.8, 19.9, 15.5, 13.8; FTIR (neat film), 2974 (w), 1753 (m), 1724 (m), 1711 (m), 1263 (s), 1053 (m) cm–1; HRMS–ESI (m/z): [M+Na]+ calcd for
C27H47NNaO10, 568.3092; found, 568.3094. Example 1C. Synthesis of C6 Allyl Derivatives
Figure imgf000210_0001
Step 1:
[00571] To a solution of Hunig's Base (10.48 ml, 60.0 mmol) in DMF (22 mL) cooled in an ice-water bath was added pent-4-enoic acid (2.041 ml, 20.00 mmol), HOBT (3.06 g, 20.00 mmol), and EDC (4.22 g, 22.00 mmol) sequentially. The solution was stirred at 0 ºC for 5 minutes, and remains a light orange slurry throughout this time. (R,R)-pseudoephenamine (5g, 22.00 mmol) (freshly crushed) was added in one portion, and the vessel was allowed to warm to 23 ºC. After 5 minutes, some product was visible by TLC (10% MeOH/DCM, +1%
NH4OH). After 20 minutes, the solution was completely homogeneous. After 1 h, conversion was >50%. At 19 h, progress had not changed. The mixture was diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 75 mL). The organic layers were combined and the resulting light yellow solution was washed with water (2 x 100 mL), sat aq NaCl (1 x 75 mL), dried through a pad of sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The product was purified by flash chromatography (30% to 50% ethyl acetate to hexane) affording N-((1R,2R)-2-hydroxy-1,2- diphenylethyl)-N-methylpent-4-enamide (5.32g, 17.19 mmol, 86 % yield).
Step 2:
[00572] Lithium chloride (3.29 g, 78 mmol) was added to a 200-mL round-bottom flask equipped with a stir bar, and the whole was exposed to a gentle flame under vacuum (0.1 mmHg) for 2 minutes. The vessel and its contents were allowed to cool to 23 ºC, and THF (25 mL) and diisopropylamine (4.16 ml, 29.2 mmol) were added. The vessel was cooled to– 78 ºC, and BuLi (12.06 ml, 28.6 mmol) was added dropwise. The solution was allowed to warm to 0 ºC, was stirred for 5 minutes at this temperature, and was re-cooled to–78 ºC. A solution of (R,R)-pseudoephenamine pent-4-enamide (4g, 12.93 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL + 5 mL wash) was added dropwise via cannula, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at –78 ºC, was allowed to warm to 23 ºC and was stirred for 5 minutes at this temperature. A solution of (S)-tert-butyl(3-iodo-2-methylpropoxy)diphenylsilane (6.80 g, 15.51 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added, and the transfer was quantitated with THF (2 x 2.5 mL). After 3 h, conversion was <50% . After 41 h,
half-sat. aq. ammonium chloride (200 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried through a pad of sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The product was purified by column chromatography (20% to 25% ethyl acetate to hexanes) affording (S)-2-((R)-3-((tert- butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpropyl)-N-((1R,2R)-2-hydroxy-1,2-diphenylethyl)-N- methylpent-4-enamide (5.86 g, 9.45 mmol, 73.1 % yield).
Step 3:
[00573] BuLi (12.61 ml, 29.9 mmol) was added by syringe to a stirring solution of diisopropylamine (4.59 ml, 32.2 mmol) in THF (32 mL) at–78 ºC. The vessel was transferred to an ice-water bath and was allowed to warm to 0 ºC. Borane-ammonia complex (1.051 g, 30.6 mmol) was added as a single portion, and a vigorous evolution of gas was observed. The mixture was stirred for 3 minutes at 0 ºC, and was then allowed to warm to 23 ºC, and was stirred for 15 minutes at this temperature. The vessel was re-cooled to 0 ºC, and a solution of (S)-2-((R)-3-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpropyl)-N-((1R,2R)-2-hydroxy-1,2- diphenylethyl)-N-methylpent-4-enamide (4.75 g, 7.66 mmol) in THF (32 mL + 5 mL wash) was added by cannula. The reaction vessel was then allowed to warm to 23 ºC (11:50 AM). After 3 h, the starting material had been completely consumed. The vessel was cooled in an ice-water bath, and 3 M hydrochloric acid (90 mL) was added carefully with vigorous stirring. The mixture was stirred at 0-10 ºC for 30 minutes, and was then extracted with ether (4 x 100 mL). The combined ether extracts were washed with 3 M HCl (100 mL), 2 M NaOH (100 mL), sat aq NaCl (100 mL). The washed organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate and filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The first acidic, aqueous layer was treated with 2 M NaOH (~200 mL) until pH 14, and the resulting suspension was extracted with
dichloromethane (2 x 150 mL) to recover pseudoephenamine ((1R,2R)-2-(methylamino)-1,2- diphenylethanol (1.61 g, 7.08 mmol, 92 % yield). The crude product was purifed by column chromatography (25% ether to hexanes) affording (S)-2-((R)-3-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)- 2-methylpropyl)pent-4-en-1-ol (2.99g, 7.54 mmol, 98 % yield).
[00574] To a solution of (S)-2-((R)-3-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpropyl)pent-4- en-1-ol (1 g, 2.52 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL, 0.1 M) was added water (0.045 ml, 2.52 mmol), and the mixture was stirred vigorously. The vessel was immersed in a 23 ºC water bath, and DMP (2.139 g, 5.04 mmol) was added. After 10 minutes, sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate (15 mL) and sat. aq. sodium thiosulfate (15 mL) were added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting biphasic, cloudy solution was stirred rapidly until each layer was homogeneous (~30 minutes). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were filtered through sodium sulfate, and the filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (5% ether to hexanes) affording the product (~850 mg).
Step 4:
[00575] Dichloromethane (3.5 mL, starting concentration of keto-imide 0.2 M, final concentration 0.1 M) was added to a flame-dried 25-mL round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar. The vessel was cooled to 0 ºC, and TiCl4 (535 µl, 0.535 mmol) (DCM solution) was added, followed by titanium (IV) tetraisopropoxide (52.1 µl, 0.178 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at this temperature, at which time a solution of (R)-1-((R)- 4-benzyl-2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)-2-methylpentane-1,3-dione (200mg, 0.691 mmol) in DCM (1.2 mL + 0.6 mL wash) was added. To the resulting yellow solution was added triethylamine (103 µl, 0.737 mmol), resulting in a dark red solution. Stirring was continued at 0 ºC for 1 h, at which point the vessel was cooled in a dry ice/acetone bath to–78 ºC, and a solution of (S)- 2-((R)-3-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpropyl)pent-4-enal (182 mg, 0.461 mmol) in DCM (1.2 mL + 0.6 mL wash) was added dropwise. After 2 h, sat. aq. ammonium chloride was added (10 mL), and the mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temp with vigorous stirring. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 10 mL). The organic layers were combined and the resulting solution was filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate, and the creamy filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (33% to 40% ether to hexanes first column, DCM then 5% ether to DCM second column) affording the product (2R,4R,5S,6S)-1-((R)-4-benzyl-2- oxooxazolidin-3-yl)-6-((R)-3-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpropyl)-5-hydroxy-2,4- dimethylnon-8-ene-1,3-dione (229mg, >10:1 dr, 0.335 mmol, 72.7 % yield).
Step 5:
[00576] A solution of (2R,4R,5S,6S)-1-((R)-4-benzyl-2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)-6-((R)-3-((tert- butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpropyl)-5-hydroxy-2,4-dimethylnon-8-ene-1,3-dione (50mg, 0.073 mmol) in benzene (2.5 mL) was added to a 10-mL round-bottom flask containing activated desosmaine (47.9 mg, 0.146 mmol), and the resulting solution was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was exposed to high vacuum (0.1 Torr) for 10 minutes, and the vessel was back-filled with argon, equipped with a stir bar and a septum.4Å molecular sieves were added, followed by toluene (244 µl) and CH2Cl2 (244 µl). The solution was cooled to 0 ºC, and silver(I) trifluoromethanesulfonate (65.7 mg, 0.256 mmol) was added as a single portion. The resulting suspension changes visibly from a grainy precipitate to a fine powdery precipitate within the first 5 minutes. After 1.5 h, dichloromethane (2 mL) was added, followed by sat. aq. NH4Cl (2 mL). The layers were mixed vigorously for 5 minutes, and sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate (5 mL) was added, and the layers were mixed vigorously. The resulting emulsion was filtered through a sintered-glass funnel, and the resulting biphasic mixture was mixed vigorously and separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (5 mL), and the organic phases were combined, and the resulting solution was dried through a pad of sodium sulfate. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (100% ethyl acetate) to afford the product (2S,3R,4S,6R)-2-(((4S,5S,6R,8R)-9-((R)-4-benzyl-2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)-4- ((R)-3-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpropyl)-6,8-dimethyl-7,9-dioxonon-1-en-5- yl)oxy)-4-(dimethylamino)-6-methyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl methyl carbonate (43mg, 0.048 mmol, 65.4 % yield).
Step 6:
[00577] HF (80 µl, 2.224 mmol) (48% aqueous) was added to a solution of (2S,3R,4S,6R)-2- (((4S,5S,6R,8R)-9-((R)-4-benzyl-2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)-4-((R)-3-((tert- butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpropyl)-6,8-dimethyl-7,9-dioxonon-1-en-5-yl)oxy)-4- (dimethylamino)-6-methyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl methyl carbonate (40mg, 0.044 mmol) in acetonitrile (445 µl) in a teflon tube at room temperature. After 20 h, the mixture was quenched carefully with sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate (3 mL), and was stirred vigorously until all bubbling ceased. The suspension was extracted with ether (3 x 2 mL). The organic layers were combined, and the resulting organic solution was extracted with 1 M HCl (2 x 1 mL). The acidic aqueous layer was basified with sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate (~5 mL), and the resulting suspension was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 2 mL). The dichloromethane extracts were combined and the resulting clear, colorless solution was filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the product (2S,3R,4S,6R)-2-(((4S,5S,6R,8R)-9-((R)-4-benzyl-2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)-4-((R)-3- hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-6,8-dimethyl-7,9-dioxonon-1-en-5-yl)oxy)-4-(dimethylamino)-6- methyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl methyl carbonate as a colorless oil (24mg, 0.036 mmol, 82 % yield).
Step 7:
[00578] DMP (32.1 mg, 0.076 mmol) was added to a solution of (2S,3R,4S,6R)-2- (((4S,5S,6R,8R)-9-((R)-4-benzyl-2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)-4-((R)-3-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)- 6,8-dimethyl-7,9-dioxonon-1-en-5-yl)oxy)-4-(dimethylamino)-6-methyltetrahydro-2H-pyran- 3-yl methyl carbonate (25 mg, 0.038 mmol) in water-saturated dichloromethane (0.5 mL) in a 5-mL round-bottom flask that was immersed in a room-temperature water bath. After 15 minutes, LCMS indicated complete conversion to a peak of the desired mass. DCM (1 mL), sat aq sodium bicarbonate (1 mL), and sat sodium thiosulfate (1 mL) were added, and the solution was stirred vigorously for 10 minutes. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 1 mL). The organic layers were combined and the resulting solution was filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate. The filtrate was
concentrated to provide C6-allyl Evans Right Half aldehyde (24mg, 0.036 mmol, 96 % yield).
Example 1D. Synthesis of Eastern Half Building Blocks
(Z)-((4-ethylidene-2,2,5-trimethyl-4H-1,3-dioxin-6-yl)oxy)trimethylsilane:
Figure imgf000215_0001
Step 1: Phenyl propionate
[00579] Phenol (25 g, 266 mmol) and propionyl chloride (70 mL, 797 mmol) were added to a solution of trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (5.88 mL, 66.4 mmol) in acetonitrile (1 L) at 0 ºC. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. An ice water (1 L) and diethyl ether (500 mL) were added to the mixture. The organic layer was separated and the organic layer was washed with 1 M hydrogen chloride (1 L), saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (1 L), brine (1 L), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was passed through a column of silica (n-pentane/diethyl ether, 10:1) to provide phenyl propionate (35.9 g, 90%) as a colorless oil.1H NMR (CDCl3, 600 MHz) δ = 7.38 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, CH of Ph), 7.22 (t, 1H, J = 7.8 Hz, CH of Ph), 7.08 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, CH of Ph), 2.60 (q, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz, CH2), 1.27 (t, 3H, J = 7.6 Hz, CH3).
Step 2: tert-Butyl 2-methyl-3-oxopentanoate
[00580] A 2.58 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexane (71.0 mL, 183 mmol) and a 2.41 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexane (33.2 mL, 80 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of hexamethyldisilazane (58.4 mL, 275 mmol) in THF (160 mL) at 0 ºC and the mixture was stirred at 0 ºC for 45 min to prepare lithium hexamethyldisilazide (as a hexane and THF solution). A 2.42 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexane (69.0 mL, 167 mmol) and a 2.41 M solution of n-butyllithium in hexane (37.8 mL, 91 mmol) were added dropwise to a solution of diisopropylamine (36.3 mL, 258 mmol) in THF (160 mL) at–78 ºC. The resulting mixture was warmed to 0 ºC, stirred for 10 min and recooled to–78 ºC. A solution of tert-butyl propionate (32.5 g, 250 mmol) in THF (90 mL + 35 mL × 2 wash) was added to the above lithiumdiisopropylamide solution. The resulting mixture was stirred at–78 ºC for 15 min. A freshly prepared solution of lithium hexamethyldisilazide in hexane and THF (323 mL, 30 mL × 2 wash with THF) was added and then after 5 min a solution of phenyl propionate (39.4 g, 263 mmol) in THF (50 mL + 25 mL × 2 wash) was added to the reaction mixture at–78 ºC. The resulting mixture was stirred at–78 ºC. After 1 h, saturated ammonium chloride aqueous solution (150 mL) at–78 ºC. Diethyl ether (300 mL) and water (600 mL) were added to the mixture at rt. The organic layer was separated and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (2 × 300 mL), brine (300 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. The aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (2 × 300 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with a saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution (2 × 300 mL), brine (300 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. The organic extracts were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was passed through a column of silica (n-pentane/diethyl ether, 40:1 ~ 2:1) to provide a mixture of phenyl propionate, tert-butyl 2-methyl-3-oxopentanoate and phenol.1 M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (500 mL) was added to a solution of the mixture in diethyl ether (250 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at rt for 1.5 h. The organic layer was separated and washed with 1 M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (250 mL), water (250 mL), brine (250 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. The organic extract was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide tert-butyl 2-methyl-3-oxopentanoate (40.4 g, 87%) as a colorless oil.1H NMR (CDCl3, 600 MHz) δ = 3.42 (q, 2H, J = 7.3 Hz, CH2 of Et), 2.64–2.46 (m, 1H, CH), 1.45 (s, 9H, (CH3)3), 1.29 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, CH3 of Me), 1.08 (t, 3H, J = 7.3 Hz, CH3 of Et).
Step 3: 6-Ethyl-2,2,5-trimethyl-4H-1,3-dioxin-4-one
[00581] Acetic anhydride (55.3 mL, 586 mmol) and sulfuric acid (10.4 mL, 195 mmol) were added to a mixture of tert-butyl 2-methyl-3-oxopentanoate (36.4 g, 195 mmol) and acetone (28.7 mL, 391 mmol) at 0 ºC and the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted in diethyl ether (1 L) and saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (1.6 L). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The organic layer was separated and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (1 L × 2), brine (1 L) and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 6-ethyl-2,2,5-trimethyl- 4H-1,3-dioxin-4-one (32.8 g, 99%) as a colorless oil. The product was purified by distillation under reduced pressure (70 ºC, 520 mTorr).1H NMR (CDCl3, 600 MHz) δ = 2.30 (q, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz, CH2 of Et), 1.82 (s, 3H, CH3 of 5-Me), 1.65 (s, 6H, (CH3)2 of 2-Me), 1.12 (t, 3H, J = 7.6 Hz, CH3 of Et).
Step 4: (Z)-((4-ethylidene-2,2,5-trimethyl-4H-1,3-dioxin-6-yl)oxy)trimethylsilane:
[00582] To a solution of diisopropylamine(25.1 mL, 176 mmol) in THF (210 mL) at–78 °C was added nBuLi (76 mL, 2.32 M in hexanes, 176 mmol) dropwise. The resulting solution was warmed to 0 °C and stirred for 15 min. The solution was cooled to–78 °C, and a solution of 6-ethyl-2,2,5-trimethyl-4H-1,3-dioxin-4-one in THF (50 mL + 6 mL-rinse) was added dropwise via cannula. After stirring for 1 h at–78 °C, freshly distilled TMSCl was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 3 h at–78 °C. The mixture was warmed to r.t. and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with dry pentane (100 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. Crude material was purified by vacuum distillation. (~200mTorr, 63-67 °C).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.40 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.66 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.63 (s, 3H), 1.52 (s, 6H), 0.24 (s, 9H).
Example 1E. Synthesis of Eastern Half Building Blocks
(S)-tert-Butyldiphenylsiloxy-3-iodo-2-methylpropane:
Figure imgf000217_0001
Step 1: (R)-3-tert-Butyldiphenylsiloxy-2-methylpropan-1-ol
[00583] Vinyl acetate (286 mL, 3.11 mol) and lipase-AK“Amano” (17.1 g) were added to a solution of 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol (70 g, 777 mmol) in chloroform (1.5 L). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 20 h. The lipase was removed by filtration and washed with ethyl acetate. Then the filtrate was concentrated to provide a mixture of (S)-3-hydroxy-2- methylpropyl acetate (>99% ee) and 1,3-diacetoxy-2-methylpropane. The mixture was used in the next reaction step without separation. tert-Butyldiphenylsilylchloride (79 mL, 303 mmol) was added dropwise to a mixture of (S)-3-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl acetate and 1,3- diacetoxy-2-methylpropane (140 g, crude) and imidazole (41.3 g) in THF (620 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 21 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (1 L) and washed water (2 × 1 L) and brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. A 25% solution of sodium methoxide in methanol (61 mL) was added to a solution of a mixture of (R)-3-tert-butyldiphenylsiloxy-2- methylpropyl acetate and 1,3-diacetoxy-2-methylpropane (194 mg, crude) in methanol (1 L) at 0 ºC. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 24 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (1 L) and n-pentane (1 L), washed with saturated ammonium chloride aqueous solution (1 L), water (2 × 1 L) and brine (1 L). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was passed through a column of silica (n-hexane/diethyl ether, 40:1 ~ 20:1 ~ 4:1) to provide (R)-3-tert-butyldiphenylsiloxy-2- methylpropan-1-ol (60.9 g) as a colorless oil.1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ = 7.69–7.67 (m, 4H, CH of Ph), 7.46–7.38 (m, 6H, CH of Ph), 3.75–3.57 (m, 4H, CH2OTBDPS, CH2OH), 2.03–1.96 (m, 1H, CH2CH(CH3)CH2), 1.06 (s, 9H, (CH3)3), 0.83 (d, 3H, J = 10.8 Hz, CH2CH(CH3)CH2)
Step 2: (S)-tert-Butyldiphenylsiloxy-3-iodo-2-methylpropane
[00584] Imidazole (12.4 g, 183 mmol, 2 equiv) and iodine (23.2 g, 91 mmol, 1 equiv) were added to a stirred solution of triphenylphosphine (24.0 g, 91 mmol, 1 equiv) in
dichloromethane (180 mL). A solution of (R)-3-tert-butyldiphenylsiloxy-2-methylpropan-1-ol (30.0 g, 91 mmol) in dicholomethane (60 mL) was added to the reaction mixture at 0 ºC. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 5 h. A small amount of iodine was added to ''titrate'' triphenylphosphine, until the color of the reaction mixture is slightly yellow. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Siliga gel (75 g) and hexane (300 mL) were added to the residue. The suspension was stirred for 20 min to absorb triphenylphosphine oxide and salts on silica. Then the mixture was filtered through a short pad of silica (n-hexane/diethyl ether, 95:5) to provide (S)-tert-butyldiphenylsiloxy-3-iodo-2-methylpropane (35.9 g, 90%) as a colorless oil.1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ = 7.69–7.65 (m, 4H, CH of Ph), 7.46–7.36 (m, 6H, CH of Ph), 3.61–3.31 (m, 4H, CH2O, CH2I), 1.78–1.68 (m, 1H, CH2CH(CH3)CH2), 1.06 (s, 9H, (CH3)3), 0.96 (d, 3H, J = 10.2 Hz, CH2CH(CH3)CH2). EXEMPLARY WESTERN HALF SYNTHETIC PROCEDURES
Example 2A. Preparation of Western Half Building Blocks
Figure imgf000218_0001
Step 1:
[00585] 1-propynylmagnesium bromide (Sigma) (21.14 ml, 10.57 mmol) (0.5 M) was added dropwise over 6 minutes to a solution of (R)-3-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-one (2.4 g, 7.05 mmol) in Tetrahydrofuran (28.2 ml) at 0 ºC. Five minutes after the addition, TLC (eluted in 10% ether/hexanes) indicated ~30% conversion to a more polar spot. After 1 h, conversion was ~60%. After 4 h, the mixture was poured into half-saturated aqueous NH4Cl (50 mL), and the layers were mixed vigorously and separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with hexanes (2 x 25 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with water (50 mL) and brine (25 mL). The washed organic solution was gravity-filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. d.r.: 3:1. Column: 5% ether in hexanes.(5R)-5-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-4-methylhept-2-yn-4-ol (2.25 g, 5.91 mmol, 84 % yield) emerged as a 3:1 mixture of diastereomers, as a yellow oil. Step 2:
[00586] TBAF (1971 µl, 1.971 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of (5R)-5-((tert- butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-4-methylhept-2-yn-4-ol (500 mg, 1.314 mmol) in Tetrahydrofuran (6569 µl) at 0 ºC. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23 ºC. After 2 h, TLC (10% ether in hexanes) the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified with column chromatography (50% EtOAc in Hexanes). The purified product mixture was subjected to high vacuum for 5 minutes, at which point it began to crystallize. The vessel (200-mL round-bottom flask) was removed from high vacuum until crystallization was complete on the sides of the flask, and was re-exposed to high vacuum for 1 h. NMR at this point showed still >20% minor diastereomer left. The NMR sample was re-combined with the remaining crystals in the flask and the mixture was evaporated (from DCM/hexanes). The flask was equipped with a reflux condensor with cool water running through it, and exposed to high vacuum overnight. The product was very pure (minor diastereomer was almost undetectable, having evaporated overnight). No sublimation on the sides of the reflux condensor were observed. (3R,4S)-4-methylhept-5-yne-3,4-diol (127mg, 0.893 mmol, 68.0 % yield) was a white, crystalline solid. This matched the spectra from the following references: J. Org Chem.2011, 76, 7516, and ACS Med. Chem. Lett.2012, 3, 1013.
Steps 3 and 4:
[00587] These procedures were carried out identically to the following references: This matched the spectra from the following references: J. Org Chem.2011, 76, 7516, and ACS Med. Chem. Lett.2012, 3, 1013. Example 2B. Preparation of Western Half Building Blocks
Figure imgf000220_0001
Step 1:
[00588] 1-propynylmagnesium bromide (Sigma) (12.02 ml, 6.01 mmol) (0.5 M in THF) was added dropwise over 6 minutes to a solution of (R)-3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2- one (1g, 4.62 mmol) in THF (9.24 ml) at -20 ºC. After 1 hour, TLC (25% ether/hexanes) indicated ~90% conversion to a more polar spot. After 90 min, the starting material had been completely consumed. Half-sat aq NH4Cl (25 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred vigorously for 5 minutes. The resulting biphasic solution was extracted with ether (2 x 25 mL), the organic layers were combined and washed with brine (10 mL), and the washed organic solution was gravity-filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate. The filtrate was concentrated. Crude dr: 2.8:1; Column: 4% ether in hexanes, once minor diast. is off, flush with 6% to remove rest of major. Second column: same conditions. The major diastereomer was isolated in 21:1 dr as a light yellow oil (614mg, 2.394 mmol, 51.8 % yield).
Step 2:
[00589] PdCl2(PPh3)2 (1.844 mg, 2.63 µmol) was added to a solution of (5R)-5-((tert- butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-4-methylhept-2-yn-4-ol (50 mg, 0.131 mmol) (single diastereomer) in tetrahydrofuran (657 µl). tributylstannane (53.6 µl, 0.197 mmol) was added dropwise over 2 minutes. Visible gas elution occurred. After 2 minutes, TLC revealed very low conversion to a less polar spot (10% ether/hexanes). After 10 minutes, this had not changed. The solution had turned deep golden/brown. After 1 h, this had still not changed. Another portion of tributylstannane (53.6 µl, 0.197 mmol) was added, and TLC (2 min after addition) showed further (~20%?) conversion to the less polar spot. Another 3 equiv of Bu3SnH was added, resulting in more bubbling, and ~50% conversion after 5 minutes. The mixture was allowed to stir for 16 h, and the conversion did not change at all. Another 6 equiv of Bu3SnH was added over 30 min (portionwise, 6 portions), and TLC after 2 minutes indicated complete conversion to a less polar spot (which appeared to be two very very close spots in several solvent systems. After 24 h, the THF was removed under a stream of argon, and the crude mixture was direclty loaded onto a silica gel column and eluted with 20% DCM/hexanes to provide (5R,E)-5-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-4-methyl-2-(tributylstannyl)hept-2-en-4-ol (56mg, 0.083 mmol, 63.5 % yield) as a yellow oil.
Step 3:
[00590] A solution of iodine (26.5 mg, 0.104 mmol) in dichloromethane (834 µl). To a solution of (5R,E)-5-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-4-methyl-2-(tributylstannyl)hept-2-en-4-ol (56 mg, 0.083 mmol) in Dichloromethane (834 µl) at 0 ºC. During the addition, the iodine color vanished until the end point, at which point the reaction was done. Sodium thiosulfate (sat aq, 3 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred vigorously. The organic phase was separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with DCM (2 x 3 mL). The organic layers were filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. NMR revealed a pure mixture of two isomers (~3.5:1). Column: long silica gel column with 5% ether in hexanes. Some overlapping fractions, and products emerge fairly quickly. The major product that was isolated was 12:1 dr as a light yellow oil:
(4S,5R,E)-5-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-2-iodo-4-methylhept-2-en-4-ol (21mg, 0.041 mmol, 49.5 % yield). Example 2C. Preparation of Western Half Building Blocks
Figure imgf000221_0001
Step 1:
[00591] To a suspension of (1R,2S)-1-cyclohexyl-2-morpholino-2-phenylethanol (2.065 g, 7.13 mmol, prepared according to the procedure published by W. A. Nugent: Org. Lett.2002, 4, 2133-2136) in n-hexane (100 mL) in a 1-L round-bottom flask under argon cooled with an ice water bath was added diethylzinc (285 ml, 285 mmol, Aldrich 1.0 M solution in hexanes) via cannula by applying a mild vacuum to the receiving flask. Large amounts of white smoke are present in the receiving flask during the transfer. The solution was allowed to stir for 30 minutes at this temperature, then methacrolein (11.81 ml, 143 mmol, freshly distilled prior to use to remove polymers and stabilizers) was added dropwise over 15 minutes, resulting in a pale-yellow, homogeneous solution. TLC (20% EA/H, compare to product, stain with KMnO4) five minutes after the addition showed only the desired product and catalyst - however, it should be noted that methacrolein boils at 69 ºC, and monitoring for its disappearance is very difficult. After 15 minutes, the color had faded and the solution was clear and colorless. After 3 hours, 2 M HCl was added carefully, and a white precipitate crashes out, but re-dissolves as the solution reaches pH 1 (~500 mL HCl). The biphasic mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 250 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (300 mL) dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure (~40 Torr) at 0 ºC. The resulting clear oil was transferred to a 100-mL round-bottom flask, and the transfer was quantitated with ether (2 x 5 mL). The solvent was distilled off at atmospheric pressure through a short-path distillation head using a 90 ºC oil bath. The vessel was cooled and the pressure was reduced to ~40 Torr. Once bubbling has stopped, the system was backfilled with air, the receiving flask was exchanged for a new one, and the pressure was once again reduced to 40 Torr. The receiving flask was immersed in a 0 ºC ice bath, and the distillation was resumed using a 90 ºC oil bath. The product distills as a clear liquid with a steady boiling point of 67 ºC at ~40 Torr. Yield: 10.04 g (70%). The ee was not determined at this stage, but was measured for a later intermediate. The 1H-NMR and 13C-NMR data matched literature values: Paterson, I.;
Perkins, M. V.Tetrahedron 1996, 52, 1811–1834; Cossy, J.; Bauer, D.; Bellosta, V.
Tetrahedron 2002, 58, 5909–5922. The acidic aqueous layers from the extraction were combined and the resulting solution was basified with 2 M NaOH until the pH was 14, and a white solid precipitated. The resulting suspension was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from hexane to provide (1R,2S)-1-cyclohexyl-2-morpholino-2-phenylethanol (1.44g, 4.98 mmol, 69.7 % recovery).
Step 2:
[00592] To a solution of (R)-2-methylpent-1-en-3-ol (8 g, 80 mmol) in DMF (160 mL) was added imidazole (10.88 g, 160 mmol) followed by TBDPS-Cl (26.7 ml, 104 mmol) dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at 23 ºC for 18 hours, after which time TLC (20% EA/H) indicated that the starting material was consumed. The reaction solution was partitioned between hexanes (200 mL) and water (750 mL), and after vigorous mixing, the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with hexanes (2 x 200 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 300 mL). The washed solution was loaded onto a silica gel pad (4" diameter, 5" length) which was slurry-packed with hexanes. The pad was eluted in 500 mL fractions with hexanes (4000 mL total), and the fractions containing product (5-8) were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure, providing (R)-tert-butyl((2-methylpent-1-en-3-yl)oxy)diphenylsilane (25.33 g, 74.8 mmol, 94% yield) as a colorless oil. TLC (hexanes): Rƒ = 0.24 (UV, KMnO4), 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 7.73– 7.65 (m, 4H), 7.46– 7.33 (m, 6H), 4.78– 4.74 (m, 2H), 4.06 (dd, J = 6.8, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.53– 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.09 (s, 9H), 0.68 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 146.0, 136.0, 135.9, 134.8, 134.2, 129.4, 129.4, 127.4, 127.3, 111.6, 78.4, 28.0, 27.0, 19.4, 17.2, 9.0. FTIR (neat), cm-1: 2963, 2932, 1728, 1427, 1109, 1063, 714. HRMS could not be acquired due to poor ionization on ESI-TOF.
Step 3:
[00593] (R)-tert-butyl((2-methylpent-1-en-3-yl)oxy)diphenylsilane (13.65g, 40.3 mmol) was suspended in THF (112 mL) and water (56 mL), resulting in a white slurry.2,6-Lutidine (9.39 ml, 81 mmol) was added, followed by sodium periodate (34.5 g, 161 mmol) and potassium osmate dihydrate (0.149 g, 0.403 mmol), and the solution was vigorously stirred. After 26 h, the thick white slurry was diluted with water (400 mL) and extracted with hexanes (3 x 125 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with sodium thiosulfate (2 x 250 mL) and saturated copper sulfate (2 x 250 mL), and the washed solution was filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate. The filtrate was concentrated to provide (R)-3-((tert- butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2-one as a colorless oil (13.75 g, 100%). TLC (5% ether in hexanes): Rƒ = 0.16 (UV, KMnO4).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 7.67– 7.60 (m, 4H), 7.48 – 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.41– 7.34 (m, 4H), 4.09 (dd, J = 6.5, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 1.71– 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.13 (s, 9H), 0.82 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 211.3, 135.8, 135.8, 133.5, 133.1, 129.9, 129.9, 127.7, 127.6, 80.2, 27.7, 27.00, 25.8, 19.3, 8.7. FTIR (neat), cm-1: 2965, 2934, 2859, 1717, 1427, 1111, 1018, 713. HRMS (ESI): Calculated for (C21H28O2Si + Na)+: 363.1751; found: 363.1763.
[00594] The ee of the product was determined to be 99% by analysis on a chiral stationary phase OD-H column using pure hexanes as eluent with detection at 168-218 nm at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min. Example 2D. Preparation of Western Half Building Blocks
Figure imgf000224_0001
Step 1:
[00595] To a solution of (R)-2-methylpent-1-en-3-ol (3.4 g, 33.9 mmol) (pure from MLC- IV-050) in DMF (33 mL) was added imidazole (4.62 g, 67.9 mmol) followed by TBS-Cl (6.65 g, 44.1 mmol) . The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature. After 24 h, the reaction solution was partitioned between hexanes (60 mL) and water (225 mL), and after vigorous mixing, the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with hexanes (2 X 60 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 90 mL), and loaded onto a silica gel pad (2" diameter, 9" length) which was slurry-packed with hexanes. The pad was eluted into 150 mL fractions with hexanes (1200 mL), and the fractions containing product were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure, providing (R)-tert-butyldimethyl((2-methylpent-1-en-3-yl)oxy)silane (7.00 g, 32.6 mmol, 96 % yield) as a colorless liquid.
Step 2:
[00596] (R)-tert-butyldimethyl((2-methylpent-1-en-3-yl)oxy)silane (2.75 g, 12.83 mmol) was dissolved in THF:H2O (42.8 ml) (2:1), resulting in a slurry.2,6-lutidine (2.99 ml, 25.7 mmol) was added, followed by sodium periodate (10.97 g, 51.3 mmol) and potassium osmate dehydrate (0.095 g, 0.257 mmol), and the solution was vigorously stirred (9:45 AM). After 3 hours, the starting material was completely consumed as indicated by TLC (10% ether in hexanes). The thick white slurry was diluted with water (75 mL) and the resulting slurry was extracted with hexanes (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with sodium thiosulfate (2 x 100 mL, vigorous mixing) and saturated copper sulfate (2 x 50 mL). The washed organic solution was gravity-filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate, and the filtrate was concentrated (no high vacuum) to provide (R)-3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)pentan-2- one (2.7g, 12.48 mmol, 97 % yield) as a yellow oil. Example 2E.
Figure imgf000225_0001
[00597] (DHQD)2AQN (0.280 g, 0.326 mmol), K3Fe(CN)6 (32.2 g, 98 mmol), K2CO3 (13.54 g, 98 mmol), and Potassium Osmate Dihydrate (0.024 g, 0.065 mmol) were dissolved in 1:1 tBuOH:H2O (330 mL) and was cooled to 0 ºC with vigorous stirring. (R)-tert- butyldimethyl((2-methylpent-1-en-3-yl)oxy)silane (7 g, 32.6 mmol) was added neat via syringe. The mixture was stirred for 72 h at 4 ºC. Solid sodium sulfite was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously for 30 min. Then, ether (300 mL) and water (100 mL) were added and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with ether (2 x 150 mL) and the combined organics were washed with water and dried through a pad of sodium sulfate. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The yellow residue was purified by flash chromatography (50% ether/hexanes). (2S,3R)-3-((tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpentane-1,2-diol was afforded as a 15:1 - 20:1 mixture of diastereomers in favor of the depicted one: 7.6 g, 94% yield.
[00598] To a solution of (2S,3R)-3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpentane-1,2-diol (1.2 g, 4.83 mmol) (16:1 ratio of isomers) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added
triethylamine (3.37 ml, 24.15 mmol) and DMSO (3.43 ml, 48.3 mmol). The mixture was cooled to 0 ºC, and SO3•Pyridine (3.08 g, 19.32 mmol) was added as a solid. After 1.5 h at 0 ºC, conversion was about 50%, so the vessel was removed from the ice water bath. After 4 h total, the starting material was completely consumed. The mixture was diluted with ether (30 mL) and washed with water (2 x 30 mL), sat aq copper sulfate (20 mL), sat aq NaCl (20 mL), and was dried through a pad of sodium sulfate and concentrated (no high vacuum) to provide the aldehyde product in a yield of 1.10 g (92%) as a crude yellow oil. EXEMPLARY COUPLING OF EASTERN AND WESTERN HALVES Example 3A. Synthesis of Solithromycin via Horner-Emmons Coupling
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Step 1:
Figure imgf000227_0002
[00599] A 25-mL flask equipped with a stir bar was charged with anhydrous LiCl (0.153 g, 3.61 mmol). The vessel was heated with a gentle flame under vacuum (0.1 mmHg) for 2 min. The phosphonate (2.0 g, 3.00 mmol) was added as a solution in acetonitrile (15.02 mL), followed by diisopropylethylamine (0.630 mL, 3.61 mmol). The suspension was stirred at rt for 5 min. (2R,3R)-3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpentanal (0.740 g, 3.00 mmol) was added neat dropwise. The resulting suspension was then stirred at 30 °C. After 12 h, TLC (10% methanol in ethyl acetate) indicated full consumption of the phosphonate. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (30 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (15 mL) and vigorously stirred. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (2-3% methanol in CH2Cl2 + 0.2% saturated NH4OH) to give the product as a white foam (1.80 g, 76%).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.82 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.63– 4.48 (m, 2H), 3.82 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.52 (dd, J = 5.8, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.48– 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.38– 3.30 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.80– 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.59 (s, 1H), 2.31 (s, 6H), 2.12 (dd, J = 14.1, 10.2 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.80– 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.64– 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.49– 1.41 (m, 2H), 1.41– 1.31 (m, 1H), 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 4H), 1.21 (s, 3H), 1.07 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (s, 9H), 0.90 (t, J = 2.8 Hz, 3H), 0.10 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 6H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 203.61, 167.58, 162.99, 155.24, 147.02, 125.97, 104.34, 99.94, 99.78, 79.32, 78.24, 77.40, 75.63, 75.49, 69.22, 63.04, 54.69, 49.40, 40.67, 39.82, 37.99, 34.12, 30.85, 26.16, 25.95, 25.89, 25.73, 24.32, 20.95, 20.09, 18.93, 18.20, 13.00, 10.75, 9.69, -3.88, -4.43. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3470(br), 2937 (m), 1751 (s), 1716(s), 1639 (s), 1267 (s), 1055 (s), 910 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C40H71NO12Si + H)+ : 786.4818; Found: 786.4824.
Step 2:
Figure imgf000228_0001
[00600] HWE Product (600 mg, 0.763 mmol) was dissolved in Dichloroethane (7633 µl).1- azido-4-isocyanatobutane (105 µl, 0.840 mmol) was added, followed by dibutyltin dilaurate (455 µl, 0.763 mmol). The reaction was heated to reflux (80°C). After 18h, LC-MS indicated complete conversion. The reaction mixture was directly concentrated purified by column chromatography (10-25% Acetone in Hexanes + 0.5% Et3N) to give the product as a white foam (580mg, 82%).1H NMR (500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 6.95 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (s, 1H), 4.59 (dt, J = 13.9, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.47 (dd, J = 10.1, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.42– 3.24 (m, 3H), 3.17 (q, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.05– 2.98 (m, 1H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.81– 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 6H), 2.20 (dd, J = 14.1, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 1.83 (s, 3H), 1.81– 1.73 (m, 1H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.65– 1.58 (m, 5H), 1.57 (s, 3H), 1.46– 1.32 (m, 4H), 1.27 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.09 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 3H), 1.08 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 3H), 0.98– 0.92 (m, 3H), 0.91 (s, 9H), 0.09 (s, 6H).13C NMR (126 MHz, cdcl3) δ 203.4, 167.6, 163.0, 155.3, 154.8, 146.1, 128.0, 104.3, 99.9, 99.8, 84.3, 78.4, 78.2, 77.1, 75.5, 69.2, 63.0, 54.7, 51.0, 49.5, 40.7, 40.1, 38.3, 37.8, 34.1, 30.9, 27.3, 26.1, 26.0, 25.7, 25.5, 24.3, 20.9, 20.19, 20.14, 19.2, 13.0, 11.3, 9.70, -3.94. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3381(br), 2951 (s), 2096 (s), 1720 (s), 1267 (s), 1053 (s), 731 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C45H79N5O13Si + H)+ : 926.5516; Found: 926.5533. Step 3:
Figure imgf000229_0001
[00601] Paraformaldehyde (324 mg, 10.8 mmol, 50.0 equiv) was added to a solution of open carbamate (200 mg, 0.216 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (1.0 mL) at 23 °C. The suspension was cooled to–78 °C (dry ice–acetone bath). A solution of KHMDS in THF (0.50 M, 0.950 mL, 0.475 mmol, 2.20 equiv) was added dropwise via syringe at–78 °C over 10 min. The resulting solution was allowed to warm to 0 °C over 1 h and was held at that temperature for 1 h. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) was added at 0 °C. After warming to 23 °C, the mixture was extracted with ether (3 x 10 mL). The combined ether layers were washed with brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. The dried solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column
chromatography (10→25% acetone–hexanes + 0.5% triethylamine) to afford the product as a white foam (134 mg, 66%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 6.62 (br s, J = 33.7 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (br s, J = 31.9 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (br s, 1H), 4.62– 4.52 (m, 2H), 3.84 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.68– 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.59– 3.38 (m, 3H), 3.38– 3.23 (m, 3H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.82– 2.73 (m, 1H), 2.73– 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 6H), 1.80 (s, 3H), 1.79– 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.62– 1.47 (m, 7H), 1.47– 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.09 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (s, 2H), 1.05 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.00 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (s, 10H), 0.13 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 6H).
13C NMR (126 MHz, cdcl3) δ 167.35, 162.78, 157.64, 155.31, 142.69, 104.42, 100.13, 99.79, 78.80, 78.27, 77.70, 75.46, 69.27, 63.00, 54.73, 51.12, 50.88, 49.53, 42.00, 40.65, 37.51, 34.83, 34.25, 30.85, 26.34, 26.07, 25.94, 25.48, 24.70, 24.14, 20.99, 20.27, 18.25, 13.04, 11.73, 9.62, -3.92, -4.23. Note: The carbon spectrum of this compound is complicated by severe line broadening. Only clearly discernible peaks are reported. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 2937 (m), 2096 (s), 1749 (s), 1724 (s), 1267 (s), 1112 (s), 1053 (s), 729 (s). HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C +
46H79N5O13Si + H) : 938.5516; Found: 938.5550. Step 4:
Figure imgf000230_0001
[00602] Sodium borohydride (2.2 mg, 0.059 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was added to a solution of open chain exomethylene (55 mg, 0.059 mmol, 1 equiv) in methanol (0.2 mL) at–15 °C. After 30 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ether (5 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2 x 5 mL). The combined ether layers were dried over magnesium sulfate and the dried solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in THF (0.2 mL), and a solution of TBAF in THF (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added at 23 °C. After 1 h, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (10→25% acetone–hexanes + 0.5% triethylamine) to afford the product as a white foam (31 mg, 60%).1H NMR (500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 4.59– 4.48 (m, 2H), 4.27 (s, 1H), 3.86 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.53– 3.36 (m, 3H), 3.35– 3.22 (m, 3H), 2.96– 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.88– 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.79– 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.41 (br s, 1H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.10 (dd, J = 14.2, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (s, 3H), 1.77– 1.73 (m, 1H), 1.70– 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.64 (s, 3H), 1.62– 1.51 (m, 6H), 1.41– 1.37 (m, 1H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.24 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.10 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.08 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 215.21, 167.20, 162.72, 157.51, 155.27, 104.46, 99.94, 99.84, 83.34, 78.53, 77.80, 76.56, 75.44, 69.26, 62.93, 57.06, 54.69, 51.00, 49.41, 46.10, 42.10, 40.63, 38.51, 33.89, 30.84, 26.02, 25.90, 24.27, 24.16, 23.63, 20.95, 20.11, 15.67, 13.03, 10.85, 10.57, 9.68. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3462 (br), 2939 (m), 2098 (s), 1753 (s), 1724 (s), 1267 (s), 1112 (s), 1053 (s), 999 (s). HRMS (ESI): Calcd for
(C40H67N5O13 + H)+ : 826.4808; Found: 826.4820. Step 5:
Figure imgf000231_0001
[00603] C10-methylmacrocyclization_precursor (31 mg, 0.038 mmol) was dissolved in chlorobenzene (38 mL) in a 50-mL flask. The flask was fitted with a dry reflux condensor. Dry argon was bubbled through the solution via a 19-gauge needle for 10 min. The flask was then immersed in an oil bath preheated to 150 °C to allow a gentle reflux of the reaction solution. After 16 h, the heating bath was removed and the solution was allowed to cool to 23 °C. The cooled solution was concentrated under reduced pressure (rotary evaporation, ~10 mmHg, 40 °C water bath) and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (25% acetone–hexanes + 0.5% triethylamine) to afford the product as a white foam (15 mg, 52%).1H NMR (3:1 diastereomeric mixture at C2, major isomer is reported, 500 MHz, cdcl3) 1H NMR (500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 4.95 (dd, J = 10.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (dd, J = 10.5, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (q, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.71 – 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.60 (s, 1H), 3.59– 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.40– 3.22 (m, 3H), 3.15– 3.08 (m, 1H), 3.08– 3.02 (m, 1H), 2.78– 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.64– 2.52 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.03 – 1.89 (m, 1H), 1.81– 1.59 (m, 8H), 1.49 (s, 3H), 1.36 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.28 – 1.25 (m, 4H), 1.20– 1.14 (m, 6H), 1.02 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.86 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H). Note: peaks for the minor isomer are not clearly discernible.13C NMR (3:1 diastereomeric mixture at C2, major isomer is reported, 126 MHz, cdcl3) δ 215.98, 203.72, 169.53, 157.15, 155.19, 101.36, 82.10, 78.56, 78.11, 77.42, 75.55, 69.19, 63.27, 60.48, 54.78, 51.17, 50.96, 49.65, 46.99, 44.87, 42.95, 40.62, 39.12, 39.01, 30.23, 26.24, 24.34, 22.30, 20.95, 20.92, 19.69, 18.36, 15.49, 14.71, 13.94, 13.91, 10.39. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 2941 (m), 2096 (s), 1753 (s), 1712 (s), 1267 (s), 1109 (s), 1055 (s), 999 (s). HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C37H61N5O12 + H)+ : 768.4389; Found: 768.4395. Step 6:
Figure imgf000232_0001
[00604] A solution of C10-methyl-macrocycle (15 mg, 0.020 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was allowed to stand at 23 °C for 24 h. The solution was then concentrated to afford the product as a colorless film (13 mg, 94%).1H NMR (500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 4.94 (dd, J = 10.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.73– 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.65– 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.58 (s, 1H), 3.57– 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.38– 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.19 (dd, J = 10.2, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.15– 3.11 (m, 1H), 3.11– 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.65– 2.57 (m, 1H), 2.45 (ddd, J = 12.3, 10.4, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (s, 6H), 2.00– 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.83 (dd, J = 14.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 1.78– 1.51 (m, 7H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.37 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.31 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 3H), 1.24– 1.21 (m, 1H), 1.17 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.01 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.86 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (151 MHz, CDCl3) δ 216.09, 203.76, 169.54, 157.17, 103.92, 82.11, 79.54, 78.14, 77.30, 70.33, 69.60, 65.85, 60.39, 51.21, 50.97, 49.75, 47.57, 44.90, 42.92, 40.20, 39.53, 39.01, 29.66, 28.14, 26.26, 24.32, 22.25, 21.16, 19.72, 18.36, 15.76, 14.63, 14.34, 13.88, 10.38. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3477 (br), 2937 (m), 2096 (s), 1753 (s), 1712 (s), 1456 (s), 1165 (s), 1109 (s), 1076 (s), 1051 (s), 991 (s). HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C35H59N5O10 + H)+ : 710.4335; Found: 710.4343.
Step 7:
Figure imgf000232_0002
[00605] A solution of potassium tert-butoxide in THF (1.0 M, 18 µL, 18 µmol, 1.0 equiv) was added dropwise to a solution of C10-methylmacrocycle (13 mg, 18 µmol, 1 equiv) in THF (0.2 mL) at–78 °C. The solution was stirred for 5 min, and a solution of N- fluorobenzenesulfonimide (5.8 mg, 18 µmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF (0.1 mL) was added dropwise via syringe at–78 °C. The mixture was stirred at–78 °C for 1 h. Saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution (0.5 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (0.5 mL) were added at–78 °C. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C, and was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 1 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and the dried solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (3% methanol–dichloromethane + 0.3% saturated ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford the C2 fluorination product as a colorless film (9.4 mg, 71%). This product is an 8:1 mixture of C2 diastereomers.
Step 8:
Figure imgf000233_0001
[00606] 3-ethynylaniline (4.5 mg, 0.039 mmol, 3.0 equiv), an aqueous solution of sodium ascorbate (0.10 M, 26 µL, 2.6 µmol, 0.20 equiv) and an aqueous solution of copper(II) sulfate (0.10 M, 6.5 µL, 0.65 µmol, 0.050 equiv) were added sequentially to a stirred solution of C2-fluoromacrocycle (9.4 mg, 0.013 mmol, 1 equiv) 1:1 t-butanol:water (0.2 mL). After 16 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane (1 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 1 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and the dried solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography (10% methanol–dichloromethane + 1% saturated ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford solithromycin as a white solid (7.5 mg, 69%).1H NMR (500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.31– 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.23– 7.15 (m, 2H), 6.66 (dt, J = 7.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (td, J = 7.1, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (d, J = 10.6 Hz, 1H), 3.82– 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.68– 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.60– 3.49 (m, 2H), 3.45 (s, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J = 10.2, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.69– 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.51– 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s, 6H), 2.05– 1.93 (m, 3H), 1.90 (dd, J = 14.5, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 1.79 (d, J = 21.4 Hz, 3H), 1.75– 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.55 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.32 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.28– 1.24 (m, 1H), 1.26 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.89 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, cdcl3) δ 216.52, 202.79 (d, J = 28.0 Hz), 166.44 (d, J = 22.9 Hz), 157.19, 147.82, 146.82, 131.72, 129.63, 119.66, 116.14, 114.71, 112.36, 104.24, 97.78 (d, J = 206.2 Hz), 82.11, 80.72, 78.59, 78.54, 70.35, 69.64, 65.82, 61.05, 49.72, 49.22, 44.58, 42.77, 40.86, 40.22, 39.57, 39.20, 28.13, 27.59, 25.20 (d, J = 22.4 Hz) 24.28, 22.14, 21.15, 19.76, 17.90, 15.04, 14.70, 13.76, 10.47.19F NMR (471 MHz, cdcl3) δ -163.24 (q, J = 11.2 Hz). FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3362 (br), 2976 (m), 1753 (s), 1460 (s), 1263 (s), 1078 (s), 1051 (s), 991 (s). HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C43H65FN6O10 + H)+ : 845.4819; Found: 845.4841. Exm l B nh i f lihrm in In rm i i H r m n i in
Figure imgf000234_0001
1
Figure imgf000235_0001
[00607] A flame-dried, 5-mL flask was charged with Cp2TiCl2 (47.6 mg, 0.191 mmol). The vessel was evacuated and refilled with dry argon (this process was repeated three times), and was then equipped with a rubber septum and a positive pressure of argon through a needle. Ethyl ether (5790 µl) was added and the red suspension was cooled to 0 ºC in an ice water bath. cyclopentylmagnesium bromide (2548 µl, 5.10 mmol) (2 M solution in ether) was added, and the purple/gray solution was stirred for 5 minutes at this temperature. A solution of (4S,5R)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-4-methylhept-2-yn-4-ol (490mg, 1.911 mmol) in ether (2 mL) was added dropwise (the transfer was quantitated with 2 x 0.5 mL ether). After 5 min, the mixture was allowed to warm to 23 ºC. After 2 h, the mixture was cooled to -20 ºC, and a solution of Right Half Aldehyde (630 mg, 1.158 mmol) in ether (2 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23 ºC, and THF (5 mL) was added, and most of the solids went into solution. TLC revealed high conversion to a less polar spot, with some "starting material" and some more polar contaminant. After 30 minutes at 23 ºC, sat aq NH4Cl (20 mL) was added, and the layers were mixed vigorously and were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 15 mL), and the organic layers were combined and washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The washed organic solution was gravity- filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (15% to 20% acetone in hexanes + 0.5% Et3N). The byproducts were flushed off with 30% acetone/hexanes. The coupled allylic alcohol (425 mg, 0.530 mmol, 45.8 % yield) emerged in >85% purity as a 2.5:1 mixture of diastereomers as yellow foam.
Step 2:
Figure imgf000235_0002
[00608] Dess-Martin Periodinane (439 mg, 1.035 mmol) (DMP) was added to a solution of coupled allylic diol (415 mg, 0.517 mmol) in squirt bottle DCM (5174 µl) at 23 ºC.
Monitored by TLC (30% acetone/hexanes +0.5% Et3N). After 30 minutes added another portion of DMP (26 mg, 1.0 equiv). After another 15 minutes the TLC had not changed, so sat aq NaHCO3 (3 mL), sat aq Na2S2O4 (3 mL), and DCM (3 mL) were added. The layers were stirred vigorously until each layer was clear (~5 minutes). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 3 mL). The combined organic layers were filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Silica gel chromatography (10% to 16% acetone/hexanes + 0.5% Et3N) provided the desired enone (310mg, 0.387 mmol, 74.9 % yield) as a white foam.
Step 3:
Figure imgf000236_0001
[00609] TBAF (750 µl, 0.750 mmol) (1.0 M solution in THF) was added to a solution of enone TBS ether (300 mg, 0.375 mmol) in THF (3750 µl) at 0 ºC (11:40 AM). After 30 minutes, the starting material was no longer present by TLC (33% acetone in hexanes + 0.5% Et3N). The THF was evaporated under a stream of argon, and the crude residue was directly purified by silica gel chromatography (20% to 30% acetone/hexanes +0.5% Et3N). This effectively removed the impurities (less polar, all). The product emerged in high purity: enone diol (210mg, 0.306 mmol, 82 % yield)
Figure imgf000236_0002
[00610] A stream of argon was passed through a solution of enone macrocycle precursor (210 mg, 0.306 mmol) and in chlorobenzene (300 mL) in a 50-mL round-bottom flask by means of a needle through a rubber septum while the vessel was exposed to sonication. After 10 minutes, the vessel was removed from sonication and was equipped with a straight-path reflux condensor. The system was evacuated and backfilled with argon (this process was repeated three times), and was then heated in a 150 ºC oil bath. After 1 h, LCMS showed very low conversion to the desired mass (confirmed by TLC in 30% acetone in hexanes, +1% Et3N). After 18 h, LCMS indicated consumption starting material. The mixture was cooled to 23 ºC and was concentrated under reduced pressure. By crude 1H-NMR: 2:1 mixture of C2 epimers. Purification by silica gel chromatography (15% to 20% acetone/hexanes + 0.5% Et3N) provided enone macrocycle (136mg, 0.217 mmol, 70.8 % yield) as a white foam. Post- column NMR: 16:1 ratio of C2 epimers, equilibrated on column.
Step 5:
Figure imgf000237_0001
[00611] CDI (3.87 mg, 0.024 mmol) (solution in DCM) was added to a solution of macrocyclic enone (5 mg, 7.96 µmol) in DCM (0.3 mL) at -15 ºC. DBU (4.80 µl, 0.032 mmol) was added and the solution was allowed to stir at this temperature. After 90 min, sat aq NH4Cl (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred vigorously for 1 min and then extracted with DCM (2 x 1 mL). the organic layers were dried through a pad of sodium sulfate and the filtrate was concentrated to provide the acyl imidazole as a white foam, which was of sufficient purity to carry forward.
Step 6:
Figure imgf000237_0002
[00612] 4-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-imidazol-1-yl)butan-1-amine (7.49 mg, 0.035 mmol) was added to a solution of Acyl Imidazole (5mg, 6.93 µmol) in Acetonitrile:H2O (0.5 ml). The solution was heated to 65 ºC for 36 h, and the mixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in methanol (0.5 mL) and the mixture was heated to 35 ºC. After 2 h, the mixture was allowed to cool to 23 ºC and was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (5% methanol in DCM, 0.5% NH4OH) to provide telithromycin as a white foam. The produdct was confirmed to be telithromycin by H-NMR and LCMS matching spectra published by Bioorg. Med. Chem.2006, 14, 5592. Ex m l n h i f 12- x An l H r m n i i n
Figure imgf000238_0001
[00613] To a suspension of Cp2TiCl2 (3.27 mg, 0.013 mmol) in ethyl ether (525 µl) at 0 ºC was added cyclopentyl magnesium chloride (394 µl, 0.788 mmol). The deep grey mixture was stirred for 5 min at this temperature, and a solution of (5R)-5-((tert- butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)-4-methylhept-2-yn-4-ol (100 mg, 0.263 mmol) in ethyl ether (525 µl) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23 ºC (10:30 AM). After 2.5 h, conversion was >90% to a more polar spot that stains pink in anisaldehyde (15% ethyl ether/hexanes). The mixture was cooled to -78 ºC (solid crashed out), and (2S,3R,4S,6R)-4-(dimethylamino)- 2-(((2R,3R,4R,6R)-4-methoxy-4,6-dimethyl-7-oxo-2-(2,2,5-trimethyl-4-oxo-4H-1,3-dioxin- 6-yl)heptan-3-yl)oxy)-6-methyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl methyl carbonate (71.4 mg, 0.131 mmol) was added as a solution in ether (0.3 mL + 0.2 mL wash). An emulsion formed, which was warmed to 23 ºC. The emulsion did not get better, so THF (0.5 mL) was added, and helped a little. TLC showed high conversion to a more polar spot. After 1 h, the mixture was quenched by the addition of sat aq ammonium chloride (1 mL), and the layers were mixed vigorously and separated. THe aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2 x 1 mL), and the combined organic layers were filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate. The filtrate was concentrated, and crude NMR indicated one major product from the eastern half. Column: 25% to 30% acetone in hexanes with +0.5% Et3N). The structure was confirmed by 1D and 2D NMR, along with HRMS as the C12-deoxygenated product (37 mg, 0.055 mmol, 41.9 % yield). Example 3D. Synthesis of Solithromycin via Hydromagnesiation
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000239_0002
Example 3D-1. Synthesis of Solithromycin via Hydromagnesiation (Alternative Route)
Figure imgf000240_0001
Step 1:
Figure imgf000240_0002
[00614] A flame-dried, 200-mL round-bottom flask was charged with ethyl ether (18.39 ml). The vessel was cooled to 0 ºC in an ice–water bath and cyclopentylmagnesium bromide (2.0 M solution in ether, 8.62 ml, 17.24 mmol, 3.13 equiv) was added. Cp2TiCl2 (343 mg, 1.38 mmol, 0.25 equiv) was added in a single portion, and the black solution was stirred for 30 minutes at this temperature. A solution of (4S,5R)-5-((tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-4-methylhept-2-yn-4-ol (1.77 g, 6.90 mmol, 1.25 equiv) in ether (7.5 mL) was added dropwise over the course of 5 minutes. The transfer was quantitated with ether (2 x 1 mL). Stirring was continued at 4 ºC for 20 h, after which time a green/gray solid had precipitated from the dark gray solution. Analysis by TLC analysis indicated complete consumption of the starting material and appearance of a less polar spot (85:15 hexanes:ether; visualization: UV and then anisaldehyde stain). The mixture was diluted with THF (18 mL), and the precipitate dissolved. A solution of right half aldehyde (3.00 g, 5.52 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (7.0 mL) was added dropwise over 5 minutes. The transfer was quantitated with THF (2 x 1 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0 ºC for 30 min, at which point TLC indicated complete consumption of starting material (eluent: 50:50:1 acetone:hexanes:triethylamine; visualization: UV and anisaldehyde). Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL) was added in a single portion. The resulting biphasic mixture was allowed to warm to 23 ºC and was rapidly stirred for 8 h. The mixture was filtered through a sintered glass funnel, and the filtrate was transferred to a 500-mL separatory funnel. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The organic layers were combined and the resulting solution was washed with water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The washed organic solution was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (20% acetone in hexanes as eluent). The overlapping fractions were re-purified in the same solvent system to provide the allylic alcohol as a 2:1 mixture if diastereomers as a white foam (2.95 g, 3.68 mmol, 67 % yield). Spectrum indicates a 2:1 mixture of diastereomers; reported as seen. TLC (50:50:1 hexanes:acetone:triethylamine): Rƒ = 0.65 (UV, anisaldehyde).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 5.47 (s, 1.0 H), 5.37 (s, 0.53 H), 4.63– 4.55 (m, 3.41 H), 4.09 (br s, 0.98 H), 3.96 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 0.5 H), 3.89 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 0.97 H), 3.77 (s, 1.43 H), 3.77 (s, 2.65 H), 3.53– 3.37 (m, 3.21 H), 3.16 (s, 1.43 H), 3.10 (s, 2.82 H), 3.01 (br s, 0.85 H), 2.79– 2.72 (m, 2.65 H), 2.36 (s, 1.44 H), 2.31 (ap s, 8.89 H), 2.03– 1.94 (m, 0.89 H), 1.86 (s, 1.51 H), 1.85 (s, 2.50 H), 2.32– 2.30 (m, 5.79 H), 1.69– 1.64 (m, 9.90 H), 1.57– 1.49 (m, 3.72 H), 1.43– 1.33 (m, 1.82 H), 1.32 (s, 3.25 H), 1.32 (s, 1.65 H), 1.29 (s, 2.55 H), 1.29– 1.26 (m, 5.27 H), 1.05 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3.62 H), 0.97– 0.91 (m, 16.35 H), 0.81 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1.36 H), 0.76 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2.66 H).13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 167.48, 167.10, 162.80, 162.70, 155.20, 137.53, 136.24, 131.05, 126.63, 104.50, 104.47, 100.03, 99.88, 99.79, 99.65, 85.74, 80.39, 80.32, 79.83, 79.73, 77.20, 76.50, 76.48, 76.10, 76.02, 75.66, 75.45, 75.42, 69.28, 69.22, 63.06, 63.00, 54.68, 49.86, 49.49, 40.66, 39.33, 36.08, 33.83, 31.87, 31.48, 30.84, 30.82, 27.39, 26.83, 26.04, 25.91, 25.89, 25.83, 25.80, 24.26, 24.13, 20.97, 20.71, 19.74, 19.18, 18.26, 15.50, 14.97, 12.98, 12.92, 11.46, 11.19, 9.87, 9.79, -3.71, -3.76, -4.22, -4.25. FTIR (neat), cm-1: 3485, 2936, 2858, 2251, 1755, 1720, 1641, 1456, 1377, 1267. HRMS (ESI): Calculated for (C41H75NO12Si + H)+: 802.5131; found: 802.5149.
Step 2:
Figure imgf000242_0001
[00615] Dess–Martin periodinane (1.533 g, 3.62 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was added to a solution of Coupled Allylic Alochol (2.9 g, 3.62 mmol, 1 equiv) in water-saturated DCM (36 ml) in a 200-mL round-bottom flask that was immersed in a 22 ºC water bath. After 5 minutes, a second portion of Dess–Martin periodinane (1.533 g, 3.62 mmol, 1 equiv) was added. After 90 min, the mixture was diluted with 10% aqueous sodium biarbonate (50 mL) and ether (50 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously for 3 min, at which time saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate (50 mL) was added. The resulting cloudy mixture was stirred vigorously for 20 min, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3 x 50 mL). The organic layers were combined, and the resulting solution was washed with 1:110% aqueous sodium bicarb:saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The washed organic solution was dried with sodium sulfate, and the dried solution was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (short column, 160:40:1 hexanes:acetone:triethylamine as eluent) to provide the acyclic TBS protected enone (2.8 g, 3.50 mmol, 97 % yield) as a white foam. TLC (50:50:1 acetone:hexanes:triethylamine): Rƒ = 0.42 (UV, anisaldehyde).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 6.58 (s, 1H), 4.57 (dd, J = 10.3, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.67 (dd, J = 5.9, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.49– 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.40– 3.29 (m, 2H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.75 (ddd, J = 12.3, 10.5, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 2.57 (s, 1H), 2.30 (s, 6H), 2.21 (dd, J = 14.0, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.80 (s, 3H), 1.76 (ddd, J = 13.0, 4.2, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 1.69– 1.66 (m, 1H), 1.64 (s, 6H), 1.57– 1.49 (m, 1H), 1.43– 1.38 (m, 1H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.35– 1.31 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.07 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (s, 9H), 0.12 (t, J = 4.1 Hz, 6H).13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 206.81, 167.57, 162.98, 155.26, 141.13, 137.14, 104.33, 100.00, 99.98, 79.49, 78.28, 77.20, 77.09, 76.56, 75.50, 69.24, 63.02, 54.71, 49.45, 40.71, 38.95, 34.17, 34.11, 30.98, 26.32, 26.25, 25.96, 25.83, 24.28, 20.98, 20.28, 20.09, 18.22, 13.08, 10.90, 9.66, -3.77, -4.32. FTIR (neat), cm-1: 3565 (br), 2935, 2858, 2251, 1755, 1720, 1641, 1454, 1377, 1267. HRMS (ESI): Calculated for (C41H73NO12Si + Na)+: 822.4794; found: 822.4776.
Ste 3:
Figure imgf000243_0001
[00616] Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1.0 M solution in THF, 4.20 ml, 4.20 mmol, 1.2 equiv) was added dropwise to a solution of TBS-protected enone (2.8 g, 3.50 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (17.50 ml) at 0 ºC. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23 ºC, and was stirred at this temperature for 90 min, and then was concentrated. The resulting brown oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (25-30-40% acetone in hexanes with +0.5% triethylamine additive throughout) to provide the macrocycle precursor as a white foam (2.28 g, 3.32 mmol, 95 % yield). TLC (50:50:1 acetone:hexanes:triethylamine): Rƒ = 0.51 (UV, anisaldehyde). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 6.58 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (dd, J = 10.4, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.49 (dd, J = 10.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.48– 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.35– 3.27 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.75 (ddd, J = 12.2, 10.6, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.50 (s, 1H), 2.30 (s, 6H), 2.23 (dd, J = 14.1, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 1.98 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 3H), 1.80 (s, 3H), 1.80– 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.64 (s, 3H), 1.64 (s, 3H), 1.63– 1.58 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 3H), 1.44– 1.31 (m, 3H), 1.24 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.06 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 206.87, 167.56, 163.03, 155.37, 141.01, 137.87, 104.36, 100.00, 99.94, 79.58, 78.21, 77.76, 77.20, 76.22, 75.56, 69.28, 63.03, 54.78, 49.41, 40.73, 38.51, 34.31, 34.21, 30.97, 25.84, 25.11, 24.85, 24.25, 20.96, 20.42, 20.02, 13.03, 12.97, 11.10, 9.66. FTIR (neat), cm-1: 3487 (br), 2974, 2935, 2875, 2833, 2785, 2251, 1753, 1717, 1641. HRMS (ESI): Calculated for (C35H59NO12 + Na)+: 708.3929 found: 708.3907. Step 4:
Figure imgf000244_0001
[00617] A solution of Macrocycle precursor (1.70 g, 2.48 mmol, 1 equiv) in chlorobenzene (4.0 mL) in a 5-L round-bottom flask was degassed by means of a stream of argon for 1 h. The vessel was equipped with a dry reflux condensor, and the system was evacuated to 1 Torr and refilled with argon (this process was repeated three times). The vessel and its contents were then heated by means of an oil bath. The solution was maintained at reflux for 16 h, after which time it was allowed to cool to 23 ºC and was concentrated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (2% methanol in dichloromethane with +0.2% NH4OH). TLC (50:50:1 hexanes:acetone:triethylamine): Compound was a ~5:1 mixture of diastereomers (presumed to be C2 epimers based on equilibration in subsequent steps); spectral data is only reported for the major diastereomer. Rƒ = 0.60 (UV, anisaldehyde). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3), δ: 6.58 (s, 1H), 4.94 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (dd, J = 10.5, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.69 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.52– 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.16– 3.08 (m, 1H), 3.04– 2.95 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.70– 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 1H), 2.21 (s, 6H), 1.96 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.95– 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.79 (dd, J = 14.5, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 1.72– 1.66 (m, 1H), 1.56– 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.29 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.19 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.10 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 0.88 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H). FTIR (neat), cm-1: 3493 (br), 2972, 2939, 2879, 2787, 2255, 1745, 1708, 1668, 1456, 1443, 1377, 1265. HRMS (ESI): Calculated for (C32H53NO11 + H)+: 628.3691; found: 628.3713.
Step 5:
Figure imgf000244_0002
[00618] A solution of potassium tert-butoxide in THF (1.0 M, 89 µL, 0.089 mmol, 1.4 equiv) was added dropwise to a solution of Macrocyclic enone (40 mg, 0.064 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (0.64 mL) at–78 °C. The mixture was stirred at 78 ºC for 5 minutes, and a solution of N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide (24 mg, 0.076 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in THF (100 mg/mL) was added. After 5 min, the solution was allowed to warm to 23 ºC. After 30 min, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1 mL), saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution (1 mL) and dichloromethane (1 mL) were added sequentially, and the mixture was stirred rapidly for 1 min. The layers took ~5 minutes to resolve, at which point they were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 1 mL). The organic layers were filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (15–20% acetone in hexanes) to afford the fluoromacrocyclic enone as a white foam (35 mg, 85%). TLC (50:50:1
hexanes:acetone:triethylamine): Rƒ = 0.65 (UV, anisaldehyde).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 6.50 (s, 1H), 5.00 (dd, J = 9.4, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (dd, J = 10.3, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.57– 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.04– 2.94 (m, 1H), 2.77– 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 6H), 2.11– 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.85 (dd, J = 14.0, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (d, J = 21.6 Hz, 3H), 1.71– 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.51 (s, 3H), 1.41– 1.30 (m, 2H), 1.28– 1.21 (m, 9H), 1.16 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H). FTIR (neat), cm-1: 3497 (br), 2974, 1753, 1654, 1442, 1263, 1053, 997. HRMS (ESI): Calculated for (C32H52FNO11 + Na)+: 668.3417; found: 668.3407.
Figure imgf000245_0001
[00619] DBU (55 µL, 0.37 mmol, 3.0 equiv) was added to a solution of Fluoro
Macrocyclic Enone (79 mg, 0.122 mmol, 1 equiv) in DCM (1.22 mL) at–10 ºC (ice/acetone bath). A solution of carbonyl diimidazole (60 mg, 0.37 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in dichloromethane (0.23 mL) was added dropwise via syringe. After 30 min, TLC in 50:50:1 acetone:hexanes:triethylamine indicated complete conversion to a more polar spot. After 1.5 h total, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (3 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with ether (3 x 2 mL). The organic layers were combined and the resulting solution was washed with water (2 mL) and brine (2 mL). The dried organic solution was gravity- filtered through a pad of sodium sulfate. The filtrate was concentrated to provide the crude acyl imidazolide intermediate as a white foam. NMR analysis of the residue showed the desired product in high purity. The foam was dried under vacuum (0.1 mmHg) at 23 °C for 12 h.3-(1-(4-aminobutyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl)aniline (84 mg, 0.37 mmol, 3.0 equiv), acetonitrile (0.30 mL) and DBU (18 µL, 0.12 mmol, 1.0 equiv) were added sequentially. The resulting solution was warmed to 45 °C. In 2 h, TLC analysis (50% acetone–hexanes) indicated full consumption of starting material. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to 23 °C. Methanol (5 mL) was added, and the solution was allowed to stand at 23 °C. After 24 h, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between water (5 mL) and dichloromethane (5 mL). The aqueous layer was separated and further extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (3% methanol–dichloromethane + 0.3% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide) to provide solithromycin (79 mg, 77%) as a white powder. TLC (90:10:1
dichloromethane:methanol:saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide): Rƒ = 0.48 (UV, anisaldehyde). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.31– 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.23– 7.15 (m, 2H), 6.66 (dt, J = 7.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (td, J = 7.1, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (d, J = 10.6 Hz, 1H), 3.82– 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.68– 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.60– 3.49 (m, 2H), 3.45 (s, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J = 10.2, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.69– 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.51– 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s, 6H), 2.05– 1.93 (m, 3H), 1.90 (dd, J = 14.5, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 1.79 (d, J = 21.4 Hz, 3H), 1.75– 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.55 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.32 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.28– 1.24 (m, 1H), 1.26 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.89 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 216.52, 202.79 (d, J = 28.0 Hz), 166.44 (d, J = 22.9 Hz), 157.19, 147.82, 146.82, 131.72, 129.63, 119.66, 116.14, 114.71, 112.36, 104.24, 97.78 (d, J = 206.2 Hz), 82.11, 80.72, 78.59, 78.54, 70.35, 69.64, 65.82, 61.05, 49.72, 49.22, 44.58, 42.77, 40.86, 40.22, 39.57, 39.20, 28.13, 27.59, 25.20 (d, J = 22.4 Hz).
24.28, 22.14, 21.15, 19.76, 17.90, 15.04, 14.70, 13.76, 10.47. 19F NMR (471 MHz, CDCl3) δ –163.24 (q, J = 11.2 Hz). FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3362 (br), 2976 (m), 1753 (s), 1460 (s), 1263 (s), 1078 (s), 1051 (s), 991 (s). HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C43H65FN6O10 + H)+ : 845.4819; Found: 845.4841.
Example 3E. Synthesis of Solithromycin via Hydroacylation
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000247_0002
Example 3F. Synthesis of Exemplary 10-Desmethyl Ketolides
Figure imgf000248_0001
[00620] 1-Azido-4-isocyanatobutane (176 mg, 1.26 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and dibutyltin dilaurate (150 µL, 0.252 mmol, 1.00 equiv) were added to a solution of HWE_Product (198 mg, 0.252 mmol, 1 equiv) in dichloromethane (2.5 mL) at 23 °C. The solution was warmed to 80 °C and held at that temperature for 6 h, at which point LC-MS indicated full consumption of starting material. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in DMF (2 mL). DBU (38.0 µL, 0.252 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added at 23 °C. After 1 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ether (10 mL) and water (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2 x 5 mL). The combined ether layers were washed with saturated sodium chloride solution and dried over magnesium sulfate. The dried solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in THF (2 mL). A solution of TBAF in THF (1.0 M, 0.378 mL, 0.378 mmol, 1.50 equiv) was added via syringe at 23 °C. After 20 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (2→3% methanol–dichloromethane + 0.2→0.3% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford the product as a white foam (120 mg, 59%). 1H NMR (10:1 ratio of C11 epimers, major epimer is reported, 500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.60– 4.50 (m, 2H), 4.27 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.51 (d, J = 10.5 Hz, 1H), 3.49– 3.41 (m, 2H), 3.32 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (qd, J = 7.2, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.91– 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.87– 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.80– 2.71(m, 2H), 2.29 (s, 6H), 2.02 (dd, J = 14.1, 10.7 Hz, 1H), 1.81 (s, 3H), 1.79– 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.67 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.63– 1.51 (m, 5H), 1.45 (dd, J = 14.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 1.42– 1.33 (m, 3H), 1.33– 1.27 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.07 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 212.38, 167.16, 162.69, 156.89, 155.22, 104.51, 100.00, 99.58, 83.44, 78.67, 78.25, 75.41, 69.27, 62.94, 54.67, 54.45, 50.89, 49.62, 41.48, 41.29, 40.68, 40.61, 38.35, 34.02, 30.75, 25.94, 24.12, 23.99, 23.44, 20.92, 20.01, 19.06, 16.50, 13.08, 10.79, 9.72. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3443(br), 2939 (m), 2096 (s), 1747 (s), 1720 (s), 1641 (s), 1265 (s), 1053 (s), 731 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C39H65N5O13 + H)+ : 812.4652; Found: 812.4666.
Figure imgf000249_0001
[00621] Cyclic carbamate (110 mg, 0.135 mmol) was dried by azeotropic distillation (benzene) and was dissolved in chlorobenzene (13.5 mL) in a 50-mL flask. The flask was fitted with a dry reflux condenser, and dry argon was bubbled through the solution via a 19- gauge needle for 10 min. The flask was then immersed in a 150-°C oil bath to maintain a gentle reflux of the reaction solution. After 16 h, the reaction solution was cooled to 23 °C and concentrated under reduced pressure (rotary evaporation, 10 mmHg, 40 °C water bath). The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (2→3% methanol– dichloromethane + 0.2→0.3% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford the product as a white foam (78 mg, 76%).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.94 (dd, J = 9.1, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (dd, J = 10.4, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 3.84– 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.71 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.55– 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.37– 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.10– 3.00 (m, 1H), 3.00– 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.76– 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.66– 2.57 (m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.39 (dd, J = 18.0, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.01– 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.78– 1.66 (m, 4H), 1.66– 1.47 (m, 4H), 1.43 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 1.28– 1.24 (m, 1H), 1.22 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H), 0.89 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 209.98, 203.32, 168.76, 156.80, 155.18, 101.78, 81.62, 81.09, 79.65, 78.57, 75.56, 69.18, 63.24, 59.95, 54.80, 51.52, 51.02, 49.70, 48.45, 43.69, 42.92, 40.72, 40.61, 36.60, 30.17, 26.09, 25.22, 23.52, 20.85, 19.15, 18.20, 18.00, 15.35, 14.83, 10.47. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 2939 (m), 2096 (s), 1751 (s), 1712 (s), 1265 (s), 1053 (s), 993 (s), 731 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C36H59N5O12 + H)+ : 754.4233; Found: 754.4257.
Figure imgf000250_0001
[00622] A solution of C10-desmethyl-macrocycle (29 mg, 0.038 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was allowed to stand at 23 °C for 24 h. The solution was then concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the product as a white foam (27 mg, 100%).1H NMR (8:1 diastereomeric mixture at C2, major isomer is reported, 500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 4.96 (dd, J = 9.1, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (d, J = 10.3 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.61– 3.38 (m, 3H), 3.38– 3.24 (m, 2H), 3.17 (dd, J = 10.2, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.11– 2.95 (m, 2H), 2.68– 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.49– 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.40 (dd, J = 18.2, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (s, 6H), 2.03– 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.87 (dd, J = 14.4, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 1.84– 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.70– 1.64 (m, 1H), 1.64– 1.50 (m, 4H), 1.45 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.32 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.22– 1.20 (m, 1H), 1.16 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 209.97, 203.53, 168.77, 156.89, 104.29, 82.46, 81.11, 79.71, 78.58, 70.32, 69.60, 65.78, 59.99, 51.62, 51.05, 49.70, 48.74, 43.78, 42.96, 41.20, 40.19, 36.54, 28.09, 26.12, 25.23, 23.56, 21.11, 19.13, 18.22, 17.98, 15.34, 15.28, 10.48. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3444 (br), 2970 (m), 2096 (s), 1747 (s), 1712 (m), 1070 (s), 908 (s), 731 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C34H57N5O10 + H)+ : 696.4178; Found: 696.4194.
Figure imgf000250_0002
[00623] 3-ethynylaniline (13.6 mg, 0.116 mmol, 3.00 equiv), an aqueous solution of sodium ascorbate (0.10 M, 78 µL, 7.7 µmol, 0.20 equiv) and an aqueous solution of copper (II) sulfate (0.10 M, 19 µL, 1.9 µmol, 0.050 equiv) were added sequentially to a solution of C10-desmethyl-ketolide-2'OH (27 mg, 39 µmol) in 1:1 t-butanol:water (0.8 mL) at 23 °C. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1 mL) and dichloromethane (1 mL). The aqueous layer was separated and further extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 1 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (2→3% methanol–dichloromethane + 0.2→0.3% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (24.3 mg, 77%). TLC (10% methanol–dichloromethane + 1% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution): Rf = 0.60 (UV, p-anisaldehyde). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.24– 7.09 (m, 3H), 6.66 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.97 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (d, J = 10.3 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.62– 3.49 (m, 2H), 3.24– 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.14– 2.89 (m, 3H), 2.67– 2.55 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.49– 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.37 (dd, J = 18.6, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 2.30 (s, 6H), 2.06 – 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.89– 1.63 (m, 7H), 1.45 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.28 (d, J = 10.9 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 3H), 1.23– 1.20 (m, 1H), 1.10 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, cdcl3) δ 210.15, 203.51, 168.76, 157.01, 147.76, 146.83, 131.60, 129.64, 119.71, 115.99, 114.75, 112.20, 104.26, 82.48, 81.22, 79.69, 78.58, 70.30, 69.57, 65.75, 60.05, 51.61, 49.73, 49.65, 48.72, 43.74, 42.59, 41.20, 40.18, 36.45, 28.08, 27.45, 24.97, 23.57, 21.10, 19.07, 18.25, 17.98, 15.33, 15.29, 10.46. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3365 (br), 2939 (m), 1747 (s), 1708 (m), 1163 (s), 1074 (s), 1049 (s), 995 (s), 731 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C42H64N6O10 + H)+ : 813.4757; Found: 813.4764.
Figure imgf000251_0001
[00624] A solution of potassium tert-butoxide in THF (1.0 M, 0.044 mL, 0.044 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was added dropwise via syringe to a solution of C10-desmethylmarcrocycle (30 mg, 0.040 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (0.5 mL) at–78 °C. The resulting solution was stirred at– 78 °C for 30 min and warmed to–20 °C. After 5 min, the solution was cooled to–78 °C, and a solution of N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide (13 mg, 0.040 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF (0.5 mL) was added via syringe. After 20 min, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1 mL) and ethyl acetate (5 mL) were added., and the mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated sodium chloride solution and dried over sodium sulfate. The dried solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (2→3% methanol–dichloromethane + 0.2→0.3% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford the product (22 mg, 72%) as a white foam.1H NMR (500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 4.94 (dd, J = 8.2, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (dd, J = 10.5, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.83– 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.62– 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.55– 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.36– 3.24 (m, 2H), 3.06 (d, J = 18.4 Hz, 1H), 2.76– 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.65– 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.42– 2.33 (m, 1H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.06– 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.75 (d, J = 21.4 Hz, 3H), 1.70– 1.48 (m, 7H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.27– 1.24 (m, 1H), 1.22 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.18 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 0.95 (t, J = 7.5 Hz 3H). HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C36H58FN5O12 + H + : 772.4139; Found: 772.4155.
Figure imgf000252_0001
[00625] A solution of C10-desmethyl-C2-fluoro-macrocycle (8.0 mg, 10 µmol) in methanol (1 mL) was allowed to stand at 23 °C for 24 h. The solution was then concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the product as a white foam (7.4 mg, ~100%).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.94 (dd, J = 8.1, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.75– 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.56– 3.49 (m, 1H), 3.49– 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.37– 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.24– 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.09 (d, J = 18.8 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (dd, J = 12.6, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.68– 2.57 (m, 1H), 2.52– 2.47 (m, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.39 (dd, J = 18.7, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.05– 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.93– 1.81 (m, 2H), 1.75 (d, J = 21.4 Hz, 3H), 1.72– 1.46 (m, 5H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.32 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.27– 1.25 (m, 1H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.17 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H).
HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C +
34H56FN5O10 + H) : 714.4084; Found: 714.4101.
Figure imgf000253_0001
[00626] 3-ethynylaniline (3.5 mg, 0.030 mmol, 3.0 equiv), an aqueous solution of sodium ascorbate (0.1 M, 19 µL, 1.9 µmol, 0.20 equiv) and an aqueous solution of copper (II) sulfate (0.1 M, 4.9 µL, 0.49 µmol, 0.050 equiv) were added sequentially to a solution of C10- desmethyl-C2-fluoro-ketolide-2'OH (7.4 mg, 10 µmol) in 1:1 t-butanol:water (0.2 mL) at 23 °C. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1 mL) and dichloromethane (1 mL). The aqueous layer was separated and further extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 1 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (2→3% methanol–dichloromethane + 0.2→0.3% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (4.3 mg, 53%).1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.26– 7.13 (m, 3H), 6.68– 6.61 (m, 1H), 4.96 (dd, J = 8.1, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (dd, J = 7.4, 6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.76– 3.63 (m, 1H), 3.59– 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.20 (dd, J = 10.2, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (d, J = 18.7 Hz, 1H), 3.06– 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.63– 2.55 (m, 1H), 2.55– 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.34 (dd, J = 18.7, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.29 (s, 6H), 2.09– 1.81 (m, 4H), 1.77 (d, J = 21.4 Hz, 3H), 1.74– 1.54 (m, 5H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.33 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.28– 1.26 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.11 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.98 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3) δ 210.78, 202.42 (d, J = 29.1 Hz), 165.28 (d, J = 23.4 Hz), 157.08, 147.79, 146.83, 131.61, 129.66, 119.72, 116.03, 114.78, 112.21, 104.30, 96.39 (d, J = 207.0 Hz),83.06, 81.30, 81.18, 79.02, 70.29, 69.55, 65.81, 60.66, 49.75, 48.90, 43.63, 42.68, 40.64, 40.22, 39.20, 36.22, 28.24, 27.48, 25.96 (d, J = 23.2 Hz), 25.04, 23.87, 21.12, 18.79, 17.87, 16.10, 15.25, 10.67. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3381 (br), 2974 (s), 2098 (s), 1753 (s), 1712 (s), 1267 (s), 1053 (s), 731 (s); HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C42H63FN6O10 + H)+ : 831.4662; Found: 831.4668.
Figure imgf000254_0001
[00627] Trifluoroacetic acid (0.30 mL, 3.9 mmol, 56 equiv) was added to a solution of Open chain exomethylene (65 mg, 0.069 mmol, 1 equiv) in 9:1 dichloromethane:water (1.0 mL) at 0 °C. The solution was allowed to warm to 23 °C and was stirred at that temperature for 20 h. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and the dried solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (2→3% methanol–dichloromethane + 0.2→0.3% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford the product as a white foam (48 mg, 84%).1H NMR (500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 6.68 (br s, 1H), 5.91 (br s, 1H), 4.82 (br s, 1H), 4.60– 4.49 (m, 2H), 3.84 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.62– 3.41 (m, 4H), 3.38– 3.23 (m, 3H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 2.77 (ddd, J = 12.3, 10.2, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 2.74– 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 6H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.81– 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.70– 1.52 (m, 6H), 1.45 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 1.35 (dd, J = 23.8, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.26 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.21 (s, 3H), 1.13– 1.04 (m, 12H).
13C NMR (126 MHz, cdcl3) δ 205.60, 167.23, 162.76, 157.55, 155.27, 141.72, 127.44, 104.41, 100.18, 99.71, 84.33, 78.89, 78.22, 77.57, 75.41, 69.24, 62.93, 58.17, 50.76, 49.63, 41.67, 40.60, 38.05, 34.58, 34.34, 30.82, 25.98, 25.94, 23.99, 23.97, 23.44, 20.95, 20.25, 17.48, 13.08, 10.91, 9.58. HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C40H65N5O13 + H)+ : 824.4652; Found: 824.4672.
Figure imgf000254_0002
[00628] C10-methyl macrocyclization precursor (70 mg, 0.085 mmol) was dissolved in chlorobenzene (85 mL) in a 200-mL flask. The flask was fitted with a dry reflux condensor. Dry argon was bubbled through the solution via a 19-gauge needle for 10 min. The flask was then immersed in an oil bath preheated to 150 °C to allow a gentle reflux of the reaction solution. After 16 h, the heating bath was removed and the solution was allowed to cool to 23 °C. The cooled solution was concentrated under reduced pressure (rotary evaporation, ~10 mmHg, 40 °C water bath) and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (2→3% methanol–dichloromethane + 0.2→0.3% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford the product as a white foam (15 mg, 23%).1H NMR (17:1 diastereomeric mixture at C2, major isomer is reported, 500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 6.03 (s, 1H), 5.53 (s, 1H), 4.93 (dd, J = 11.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (dd, J = 10.6, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.60– 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.41– 3.17 (m, 3H), 2.97– 2.86 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.75– 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.42– 2.31 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s, 6H), 1.96– 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.86– 1.51 (m, 8H), 1.47 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.23– 1.21 (m, 1H), 1.18 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H), 0.92 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (17:1 diastereomeric mixture at C2, major isomer is reported, 126 MHz, cdcl3) δ 206.87, 205.57, 171.25, 156.81, 155.22, 145.01, 120.69, 101.66, 83.33, 77.79, 77.59, 75.65, 69.06, 63.26, 63.08, 54.83, 51.09, 50.81, 50.42, 49.04, 42.74, 41.46, 40.62, 38.97, 30.47, 26.13, 25.05, 21.55, 21.49, 20.91, 20.14, 18.52, 16.20, 13.96, 10.33. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 2974 (m), 2098 (m), 1753 (s), 1456 (m), 1267 (s), 1057 (s). HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C37H59N5O13 + H)+ : 782.4182; Found: 782.4186.
Figure imgf000255_0001
[00629] A solution of Exomethylene-macrocycle (15 mg, 0.020 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was allowed to stand at 23 °C for 24 h. The solution was then concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the product as a white foam (14 mg, 100%).1H NMR (500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 6.02 (s, 1H), 5.52 (s, 1H), 4.94 (dd, J = 10.9, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (s, 1H), 3.62– 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.47– 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.38– 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.18 (dd, J = 10.2, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.00– 2.86 (m, 1H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.73– 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.57– 2.42 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 1.95– 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.85– 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.75– 1.51 (m, 7H), 1.48 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.33 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 1.28– 1.25 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.17 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (126 MHz, cdcl3) δ 206.40, 205.92, 171.31, 156.84, 145.10, 120.54, 104.20, 83.34, 78.44, 77.82, 77.17, 70.43, 69.44, 65.73, 63.23, 51.03, 50.81, 50.47, 49.24, 42.75, 41.69, 40.22, 39.01, 30.30, 29.67, 28.29, 26.14, 25.01, 21.55, 21.47, 21.16, 20.15, 18.66, 16.25, 14.45, 10.32. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3454 (br), 2937 (m), 2098 (m), 1753 (s), 1458 (m), 1161 (s), 1053 (s). HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C35H57N5O10 + H)+ :
708.4178; Found: 708.4195.
Figure imgf000256_0001
[00630] 3-ethynylaniline (7.0 mg, 0.059 mmol, 3.0 equiv), an aqueous solution of sodium ascorbate (0.10 M, 40 µL, 4.0 µmol, 0.20 equiv) and an aqueous solution of copper(II) sulfate (0.10 M, 10 µL, 1.0 µmol, 0.050 equiv) were added sequentially to a stirred solution of C10-methylenemacrocycle (14 mg, 0.020 mmol, 1 equiv) 1:1 t-butanol:water (0.2 mL). After 16 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane (1 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 1 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and the dried solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparatory thin layer chromatography (10% methanol–dichloromethane + 1% saturated ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford FSM-21828 as a white solid (11 mg, 67%).1H NMR (10:1 diastereomeric mixture at C2, major isomer is reported, 500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.32– 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.24– 7.19 (m, 2H), 6.71– 6.62 (m, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 5.51 (s, 1H), 4.94 (dd, J = 10.9, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.51– 4.33 (m, 2H), 4.28 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (s, 1H), 3.80 (br s, 2H), 3.60– 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.48– 3.37 (m, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J = 10.2, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.00– 2.86 (m, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.74– 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.55– 2.41 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.03– 1.56 (m, 9H), 1.49 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.33 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.27– 1.25 (m, 1H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (10:1 diastereomeric mixture at C2, major isomer is reported, 126 MHz, cdcl3) δ 206.32, 205.97, 171.49, 157.00, 147.84, 146.88, 144.85, 131.59, 129.67, 120.70, 119.78, 116.04, 114.76, 112.31, 104.26, 83.50, 78.46, 77.84, 70.43, 69.47, 65.75, 63.22, 51.13, 50.50, 49.54, 49.27, 42.19, 41.68, 40.23, 38.93, 28.27, 27.40, 24.88, 21.55, 21.48, 21.17, 20.13, 18.71, 16.25, 14.44, 10.38. FTIR (neat), cm–1: 3360 (br), 2972 (m), 1753 (s), 1458 (m), 1109 (s), 1049 (s), 734 (s).
HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C43H64N6O10 + H)+ : 825.4757; Found: 825.4764.
Figure imgf000257_0001
[00631] Potassium azodicarboxylate (2.3 mg, 0.012 mmol, 5.0 equiv) was added to a solution of FSM-21828 (2.0 mg, 2.4 µmol, 1 equiv) in methanol (0.1 mL) at 23 °C. Acetic acid (0.6 µL, 10 µmol, 4.0 equiv) was added dropwise as a solution in methanol (0.1 mL) at 23 °C. After 2 h, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (5% methanol–dichloromethane + 0.5% saturated aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution) to afford the product as a colorless film (1.4 mg, 69%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, cdcl3) δ 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.22– 7.12 (m, 3H), 6.67 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (br s, 1H), 4.99 (dd, J = 9.7, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.32– 4.24 (m, 2H), 4.11 (s, 1H), 3.85 (q, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (br s, 2H), 3.70– 3.48 (m, 3H), 3.29– 3.21 (m, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J = 10.1, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.14– 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.82 (dt, J = 10.7, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 2.66– 2.55 (m, 1H), 2.50– 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.08– 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.77– 1.49 (m, 8H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.46 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.30– 1.28 (m, 1H), 1.27 (s, 3H), 0.91 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). HRMS (ESI): Calcd for (C43H66N8O9 + H)+ : 839.5026; Found: 839.5030. Biological Screening
[00632] MIC data was collected for the novel macrolides that this platform has produced against over 21 unique strains of B. subtilis, E. coli, S. aureus, S. pneumoniae, and H. influenzae, including several multidrug–resistant strains, with a special focus on macrolide resistant mechanisms (vide supra). Azithromycin (Azithro) and Solithromycin (Solithro) were included as a control macrolides in many cases. CLSI standard procedures for broth dilution MIC determination were used. Data for exemplary macrolides of the present invention are shown in Tables B1–B13. Certain analogs show greater activity than azithromycin in all strains of bacteria, especially against S. aureus and S. pneumoniae with efflux (mef, msr) and methylase (erm) genotypes, which are the two most prevalent forms of resistance to macrolides in the United States and Europe (ermA/B = ribosomal methylation, mefA, msrA = macrolide efflux). These genotypes can be constitutive or inducible.
[00633] In the future, all fully synthetic macrolides will be evaluated in a two–tier system, involving an initial in house screen against macrolide susceptible strains of S. aureus and S. pneumoniae. Macrolides found to possess threshold activity (MICs of 4 µg/mL or lower) against these bacterial strains will then be submitted for second–tier analysis against a full panel (16 strains, Gram–positive and Gram–negative organisms, including macrolide– resistant strains). After further rounds of optimization (synthesis, MIC determination), macrolides showing highly promising anti–microbial activity, especially against resistant strains, may be subject to further evaluation in rodent models of infection.
Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Figure imgf000260_0001
Figure imgf000261_0001
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
Figure imgf000267_0001
Figure imgf000268_0001
[00634] Table B12 below shows MIC data for FSM-100426 compared with solithromycin. The data suggests that incorporating a rigidified linker between the cyclic carbamate and the triazole (i.e., the alkynylene linker moiety of FSM-10042) can provide a more potent analog. The rigid alkynyl linker of FSM-10042 corresponds to the linking group LC1 as described herein.
Figure imgf000268_0002
Figure imgf000269_0001
[00635] Table B13 below shows MIC data for FSM-100573 compared with solithromycin. The data suggests that incorporating a rigidified linker between the cyclic carbamate and the triazole (linking group LC1 as defined herein), in addition to a heteroaryl triazole substituent (group R23 as defined herein), provides an even more potent analog.
Figure imgf000269_0002
Figure imgf000270_0001
OTHER EMBODIMENTS
[00636] In the claims articles such as“a,”“an,” and“the” may mean one or more than one unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context. Claims or descriptions that include“or” between one or more members of a group are considered satisfied if one, more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context. The invention includes embodiments in which exactly one member of the group is present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process. The invention includes embodiments in which more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process.
[00637] Furthermore, the invention encompasses all variations, combinations, and permutations in which one or more limitations, elements, clauses, and descriptive terms from one or more of the listed claims is introduced into another claim. For example, any claim that is dependent on another claim can be modified to include one or more limitations found in any other claim that is dependent on the same base claim. Where elements are presented as lists, e.g., in Markush group format, each subgroup of the elements is also disclosed, and any element(s) can be removed from the group. It should it be understood that, in general, where the invention, or aspects of the invention, is/are referred to as comprising particular elements and/or features, certain embodiments of the invention or aspects of the invention consist, or consist essentially of, such elements and/or features. For purposes of simplicity, those embodiments have not been specifically set forth in haec verba herein. It is also noted that the terms“comprising” and“containing” are intended to be open and permits the inclusion of additional elements or steps. Where ranges are given, endpoints are included. Furthermore, unless otherwise indicated or otherwise evident from the context and understanding of one of ordinary skill in the art, values that are expressed as ranges can assume any specific value or sub–range within the stated ranges in different embodiments of the invention, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit of the range, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
[00638] This application refers to various issued patents, published patent applications, journal articles, and other publications, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. If there is a conflict between any of the incorporated references and the instant specification, the specification shall control. In addition, any particular embodiment of the present invention that falls within the prior art may be explicitly excluded from any one or more of the claims. Because such embodiments are deemed to be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, they may be excluded even if the exclusion is not set forth explicitly herein. Any particular embodiment of the invention can be excluded from any claim, for any reason, whether or not related to the existence of prior art.
[00639] Those skilled in the art will recognize or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation many equivalents to the specific embodiments described herein. The scope of the present embodiments described herein is not intended to be limited to the above Description, but rather is as set forth in the appended claims. Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that various changes and modifications to this description may be made without departing from the spirit or scope of the present invention, as defined in the following claims.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is: 1. A compound of formula:
Figure imgf000272_0001
or a salt thereof;
wherein:
Z is of the formula
Figure imgf000272_0002
(z-ii);
each instance of R1a, R1b, R2a, and R2b is independently hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or wherein R1a and R1b or R2a and R2b are taken together to form
Figure imgf000273_0001
;
a indicates the point of attachment to the carbon substituted by G1;
b indicates the point of attachment to L3;
each of Ro1 and Ro2 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Rno is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group;
Rsa is hydrogen, hydrogen, halogen, carbonyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
or Rsa and R1a or Rsa and R1b are taken together to form a bond;
Rs8 is hydrogen or OR11;
L3 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000273_0002
Figure imgf000273_0004
represents a single or double bond;
R3 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -C(=O)RZ8, -C(=O)ORZ8, - C(=O)N(RZ8)2, an oxygen protecting group, or a group
Figure imgf000273_0003
R4 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each instance of R18 and R19 independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each instance of R20 and R21 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, halogen, carbonyl, or R20 and R21 are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl or an oxiranyl ring;
each instance of R5a and R5b is independently hydrogen, halogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
RY1 is–OR17 and RY2 is hydrogen, or RY1 is halogen and RY2 is hydrogen, or RY1 is halogen and RY2 is halogen, or RY1 and RY2 are joined to form an oxo (=O) group;
R6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaralkyl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, or halogen;
R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R9 and R17 are each independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,–C(=O)RZ8,–C(=O)ORZ8,–C(=O)N(RZ8)2, an oxygen protecting group, or a carbohydrate;
R10 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, and halogen;
G3 is–O–,–S–, or–N(RG1)–, wherein RG1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
G1 is hydrogen,–OR12 or–NR13R14;
provided when G1 is–OR12, then R11 and R12 are joined as a group of formula– C(=O)- to provide a cyclic carbonate, or R11 and R12 are not joined, and R11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group, and R12 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000275_0001
or provided when G1 is–NR13R14, then R11 and R13 are joined as a group of formula– C(=O)- to provide a cyclic carbamate, or R11 and R13 are not joined, R11 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group, R13 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or a nitrogen protecting group;
R14 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, a nitrogen protecting group, - C(=O)RZ8, or -C(=O)ORZ8, or a group of formula:
Figure imgf000275_0002
or R13 and R14 are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocyclyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each instance of LC1 and LC2 is independently a bond, or a linking group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene; optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, and combinations thereof;
each instance of A1 is independently a leaving group (LG),–SH,–OH,–NH2,–NH– NH2,–N3,–O–NH2,
Figure imgf000276_0001
Q is–NH–,–NH–NH–,–O–NH–,–NH–O–,–S–,–O–;
W is O, S, or NRW1;
RW1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl; substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl; substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; substituted or unsubstituted aryl; substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; or a nitrogen protecting group;
RW2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl;
optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RW2 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted cyclic moiety;
RX1 is hydrogen, halogen, or–ORX2, wherein RX2 is hydrogen; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; optionally substituted heteroaryl; or an oxygen protecting group;
R23 is optionally substituted alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; optionally substituted alkynyl; optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted heterocyclyl; optionally substituted aryl; or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each instance of RZ8 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocylyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RZ8 groups are joined to form an optionally substituted heterocylyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl ring;
or A is a cyclic moiety selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
provided the compound is not one of the following:
Figure imgf000277_0001
.
FSM-21598
Figure imgf000278_0001
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is of Formula:
Figure imgf000278_0002
or a salt thereof.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is of formula:
(N-3-B), or a salt
Figure imgf000279_0001
thereof.
Figure imgf000279_0002
or a salt thereof.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is of formula:
Figure imgf000280_0001
or a salt thereof.
6. The compound of any one of preceding claims, wherein Rsa and R1b are taken together to form a bond, and the compound is of the Formula:
Figure imgf000281_0001
7. The compound of any one of claims 1-6, wherein R1a and R1b are taken together to
Figure imgf000281_0002
8. The compound of claim 7, wherein Ro1 and Ro2 are hydrogen.
9. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, wherein L3 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000281_0003
10. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, wherein L3 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000281_0004
11. The compound of an one of claims 1-8, wherein L3 is a group of formula:
R
; and R21 is hydrogen.
Figure imgf000282_0001
12. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000282_0005
13. The compound of claim 12, wh 1
Figure imgf000282_0002
.
14. The compound of claim 12, whe
Figure imgf000282_0003
15. The compound of claim 12, wherein R23 is
Figure imgf000282_0004
Figure imgf000283_0001
wherein:
each instance of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 may independently be O, S, N, NR23N, C, or CR23C, as valency permits;
R23N is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or a nitrogen protecting group; and
R23C is hydrogen, halogen,–CN,–NO2,–N3, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, amino, substituted amino, thiol, substituted thiol, or carbonyl.
16. The compound of claim 15, wherein R23 is of formula:
,
Figure imgf000283_0002
,
Figure imgf000284_0001
wherein x is 0, 1, or 2.
17. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R4 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1–6alkyl, or optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl.
18. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R4 is–CH3,–CH2CH2OH,– CH2C(H)=O,–CH2CH2N(R22)2, or–CH2CH2NHR22, wherein each instance of R22 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
19. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R4 is optionally substituted allyl or unsubstituted allyl.
20. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R4 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1–6alkyl, or optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl; and R21 is hydrogen.
21. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R4 is–CH3,–CH2CH2OH,– CH2C(H)=O,–CH2CH2N(R22)2, or–CH2CH2NHR22, wherein each instance of R22 is independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; and R21 is hydrogen.
22. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R4 is optionally substituted allyl or unsubstituted allyl; and R21 is hydrogen.
23. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein each instance of R5a and R5b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or halogen.
24. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R5a and R5b are both hydrogen.
25. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R5a is–CH3; and R5b is hydrogen.
26. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R6 is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, or optionally substituted heteroaralkyl.
27. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R6 is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, or optionally substituted heteroaralkyl; and R10 is fluorine.
28. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R6 is optionally substituted pyrazolylalkyl, imidazolylalkyl, thiazolylalkyl, oxazolylalkyl, pyridinylalkyl,
pyrimidinylalkyl, or pyrazinylalkyl.
29. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R6 is optionally substituted pyrazolylalkyl, imidazolylalkyl, thiazolylalkyl, oxazolylalkyl, pyridinylalkyl,
pyrimidinylalkyl, or pyrazinylalkyl; and R10 is fluorine.
30. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R6 is optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted allyl or optionally substituted benzyl.
31. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R6 is optionally substituted allyl, optionally substituted allyl or optionally substituted benzyl; and R10 is fluorine.
32. The compound of any one of claims 1-16 wherein R6 is–CH2CN or–CH2C(=O)OR32, wherein R32 is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.
33. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R7 is optionally substituted alkyl.
34. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R7 is–CH2CH3.
35. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R8 is optionally substituted alkyl.
36. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R8 is–CH3.
37. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R18 and R19 are hydrogen.
38. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R9 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000286_0001
wherein: each of RS1, RS2a, RS2b, RS3a, RS3b, RS4a, RS4b, RS5a, and RS5b is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,–ORSO,–N(RSN)2, or wherein RS2a or RS2b may be taken together with RS3a or RS3b to form an optionally substituted fused heterocyclic ring;
each instance of RSO is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, or an oxygen protecting group; and
each instance of RSN is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group; or optionally two RSN are taken with the intervening atoms to form a heterocyclic ring.
39. The com ound of an one of claims 1-16 wherein R9 is a rou of formula:
,
,
, (S-2a-vii-5)
Figure imgf000287_0001
40. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R14 is hydrogen.
41. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R1a or R1b is optionally substituted C1–6alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted C2–6alkenyl, or optionally substituted C3–6carbocyclyl.
42. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R1a or R1b is–CH3,–CF3,– CH2CH2OH,–CH2C(H)=O,–CH2CH2N(R22)2, or–CH2CH2NHR22.
43. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R1a or R1b is optionally substituted vinyl or optionally substituted allyl.
44. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R1a or R1b is unsubstituted vinyl or unsubstituted allyl.
45. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R1a or R1b is optionally substituted benzyl or unsubstituted benzyl.
46. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R1a or R1b is monosubstituted
benzyl.
47. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R1a or R1b is benzyl substituted by one instance of halogen.
48. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R1a or R1b is optionally substituted cyclopropyl or unsubstituted cyclopropyl.
49. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R1a or R1b is–CH2CH2N(R22)2 or –CH2CH2NHR22; and each instance of R22 is independently hydrogen,-CH2C(=O)OH,
Figure imgf000288_0001
50. ound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R1a and R1b are taken together to form
Figure imgf000289_0001
51. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R2a is optionally substituted C1– 6alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, or halogen.
52. The compound any one of of claims 1-16, wherein R2a is–CH3,–CF3, or–F.
53. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R14 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000289_0002
54. The compound of claim 53, wherein A1 is–N3.
55. The compound of cl
.
56. The compound of claim 53, wherein R23 is of formula:
Figure imgf000289_0004
Figure imgf000290_0001
wherein:
each instance of V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7, V8, and V9 may independently be O, S, N, NR23N, C, or CR23C, as valency permits;
R23N is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or a nitrogen protecting group; and
R23C is hydrogen, halogen,–CN,–NO2,–N3, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, amino, substituted amino, thiol, substituted thiol, or carbonyl.
57. The compound of claim 56, wherein R23 is of formula:
,
Figure imgf000290_0002
Figure imgf000291_0001
wherein x is 0, 1, or 2.
58. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from any one of the compounds listed in Table 1 or salt thereof.
59. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a macrolide of any one of the preceeding claims, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
60. A method of treating an infectious disease comprising administering an effective amount of a macrolide of any one of the proceeding claims, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
61. The method of claim 60, wherein the infectious disease is a bacterial infection.
62. The method of claim 60, wherein the bacterial infection is an infection with a Gram positive bacteria.
63. The method of claim 60, wherein the bacterial infection is an infection with a Gram negative bacteria.
64. The method of claim 60, wherein the bacterial infection is a Staphylococcus infection, a Bacillus infection, a Strepococcus infection, an Escherichia infection, or a Haemophilus infection.
65. The method of claim 60, wherein the infectious disease is a parasitic infection.
66. A method of treating an inflammatory condition comprising administering an effective amount of a macrolide of any one of the proceeding claims, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
67. The method of claim 66, wherein the inflammatory condition is a chronic pulmonary inflammatory syndrome.
68. A compound of Formula (N-1a):
Figure imgf000293_0001
or a salt thereof; wherein R2a, R2b, L3, R9, R5a, R5b, R9, and L3 are as defined in claim 1;
Rs1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
G2 is a group of formula:
,
Figure imgf000293_0002
wherein:
R6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaralkyl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, or halogen;
each instance of R15 is independently silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each instance of R16a is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
69. A compound of Formula (N-1b):
Figure imgf000294_0001
or a salt thereof; wherein G3, R7, Rs8, R8, R1a, R2a, R2b, R5a, R5b, R9, and L3 are as defined in claim 1;
Rno is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group;
P1 is hydrogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen, nitrogen, or thiol protecting group; and
G2 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000294_0002
wherein:
R6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heteroaralkyl, hydroxyl, substituted hydroxyl, thiol, substituted thiol, amino, substituted amino, carbonyl, silyl, or halogen;
each instance of R15 is independently silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each instance of R16a is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
70. A compound of Formula (N-1d):
Figure imgf000295_0001
or a salt thereof; wherein G3, Rs8, R1a, R2a, R2b, R8, R7, R5a, R5b, R9, and L3 are as defined in claim 1;
P1 is hydrogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen, nitrogen, or thiol protecting group; and
G2 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000295_0002
wherein:
each instance of R15 is independently silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and each instance of R16a is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
71. A method of preparing a compound of Formula (N-7):
Figure imgf000296_0001
or a salt thereof;
the method comprising coupling a compound of Formula (N-1a):
Figure imgf000296_0002
or salt thereof,
with a compound of Formula (N-1b)
Figure imgf000296_0003
or salt thereof,
to give a compound of Formula (N-1c):
Figure imgf000296_0004
(N-1c),
wherein: Z, G1, G3, R1a, R2a, R2b, Rso, Rsa, Rs8, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5a, R5b, R9, RY1, RY2, and L3 are as defined in claim 1;
Rs1 is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Figure imgf000297_0001
LG is a leaving group capable of being displaced by a nucleophile;
P1 is hydrogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen, nitrogen, or thiol protecting group; and
G2 is a group of formula:
,
Figure imgf000297_0002
wherein:
each instance of XG2 is–OR15,–SR15, or–N(R15)2;
each instance of R15 is independently silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R15 groups are taken together to form an optionally substituted heteroaryl or heterocyclic ring; and
each instance of R16a is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
72. The method of claim 71 further comprising oxidizing, and optionally protecting a compound of Formula (N-1c):
Figure imgf000298_0001
or a salt thereof;
to provide a compound of Formula (N-1d):
Figure imgf000298_0002
73. The method of claim 72 further comprising protecting a compound of Formula (N-1d- a):
Figure imgf000298_0003
followed by an intramolecular nucleophilic addition to provide a compound of Formula (N- 1e):
Figure imgf000298_0004
(N-1e), or a salt thereof; wherein R11, R14, Ro1, and Ro2 are as defined in claim 1.
74. The method of claim 73 further comprising reacting a compound of Formula (N-1e)
Figure imgf000299_0001
with a nucleophile to provide a compound of Formula (N-1f):
Figure imgf000299_0002
wherein
Ro3 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORn1, -SRn1, or -N(Rn1)2;
Ro4 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each instance of Rn1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen; or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur; or a nitrogen protecting group when attached to nitrogen.
75. The method of claim 73 further comprising reducing and optionally protecting a compound of Formula (N-1e):
Figure imgf000300_0001
to provide a compound of Formula (N-1f):
Figure imgf000300_0002
wherein
each of Ro3 and Ro4 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORn1, -SRn1, or -N(Rn1)2; and
each instance of Rn1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen; or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur; or a nitrogen protecting group when attached to nitrogen.
76. The method of claim 74 or 75 further comprising cyclizing a compound of Formula (N-1f):
Figure imgf000301_0001
or a salt thereof;
to give a compound of Formula (N-1g):
Figure imgf000301_0002
77. The method of claim 76 further comprising reacting a compound of Formula (N-1g) with an alkylating agent, R10-LG, or a halogenating agent to provide a compound of Formula (N-1h):
Figure imgf000301_0003
or a salt thereof; wherein R10 is halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
LG is a leaving group;
each of Ro3 and Ro4 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORn1, -SRn1, or -N(Rn1)2; and
each instance of Rn1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen; or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur; or a nitrogen protecting group when attached to nitrogen.
78. The method of claim 72, further comprising cyclizing a compound of Formula (N-1d):
Figure imgf000302_0001
or a salt thereof, to provide a compound of Formula (N-2-B):
Figure imgf000302_0002
or salt thereof.
79. The method of claim 78, further comprising protecting a compound of Formula (N-1i):
Figure imgf000303_0001
or salt thereof, followed by an intramolecular nucleophilic addition to provide a compound of Formula (N-1j):
Figure imgf000303_0002
or salt thereof; wherein Ro1, Ro2, and R14 are as defined in claim 1.
80. The method of claim 79, further comprising reacting a compound of Formula (N-1j):
Figure imgf000303_0003
(N-1j) or a salt thereof, with a nucleophile to provide a compound of Formula (N-1k):
Figure imgf000304_0001
each of Ro3 and Ro4 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORn1, -SRn1, or -N(Rn1)2; and
each instance of Rn1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen; or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur; or a nitrogen protecting group when attached to nitrogen.
81. The method of claim 79, further comprising reducing a compound of Formula (N-1j):
Figure imgf000304_0002
(N-1j) or a salt thereof, to provide a compound of Formula (N-1k):
Figure imgf000305_0001
wherein
each of Ro3 and Ro4 is independently hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORn1, -SRn1, or -N(Rn1)2; and
each instance of Rn1 is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen protecting group when attached to an oxygen; or a sulfur protecting group when attached to a sulfur; or a nitrogen protecting group when attached to nitrogen.
82. A method of preparing a compound of Formula (N-7):
Figure imgf000305_0002
or a salt thereof; the method comprising coupling a compound of Formula (N-1m):
Figure imgf000306_0001
or salt thereof,
with a compound of Formula (N-1n)
Figure imgf000306_0002
or salt thereof,
to give a compound of Formula (N-1d):
Figure imgf000306_0003
(N-1d),
wherein:
Z, G1, G3, R1a, R2a, R2b, Rsa, Rs8, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5a, R5b, R9, RY1, RY2, and L3 are as defined in claim 1;
Y2 is–C(=O)-CH=P(RP1)(RP2)(RP3) or–C(=O)-CH2-P(O)(ORP2)(ORP3),
each of RP1, RP2, and RP3 is independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocycyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
P1 is hydrogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen, nitrogen, or thiol protecting group; and G2 is a group of formula:
,
Figure imgf000307_0001
wherein:
each instance of XG2 is–OR15,–SR15, or–N(R15)2;
each instance of R15 is independently silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R15 groups are taken together to form an optionally substituted heteroaryl or heterocyclic ring; and
each instance of R16a is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.
83. The method of any one of claims 71-82, further comprising halogenating a compound of Formula (N-4):
Figure imgf000307_0002
(N-4) or a salt thereof, to provide a compound of Formula (N-7a):
Figure imgf000308_0001
or salt thereof, wherein X is a halogen.
84. The method of any one of claims 71-82, further comprising treating a compound of Formula (N-2):
Figure imgf000308_0002
or a salt thereof, with an alkylating agent, R10-LG, or a halogenating agent to provide a compound of Formula (N-3):
Figure imgf000308_0003
or salt thereof, wherein R10 is halogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
85. The method of any one of claims 71-82, further comprising halogenating a compound of Formula (N-3):
Figure imgf000309_0001
or a salt thereof, to provide a compound of Formula (N-6b):
Figure imgf000309_0002
or salt thereof, wherein R10 is as defined in claim M7 and each instance of X is independently a halogen.
86. A method of preparing a compound of Formula (N-3):
Figure imgf000309_0003
or a salt thereof; wherein Z, G1, G3, R8, R7, R6, R10, R5a, R5b, R9, and L3 are as defined in claim 1;
the method comprising cyclizing a compound of Formula (N-1o):
Figure imgf000309_0004
(N-1o) or salt thereof;
wherein:
P1 is hydrogen, silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an oxygen, nitrogen, or thiol protecting group; and
G2 is a group of formula:
Figure imgf000310_0001
each instance of XG2 is–OR15,–SR15, or–N(R15)2; and
each instance of R15 is independently silyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R15 groups are taken together to form an optionally substituted heteroaryl or heterocyclic ring.
87. The method of claim 86, further comprising reducing, and optionally protecting, a compound of Formula (N-3):
Figure imgf000310_0002
or a salt thereof, to provide a compound of Formula (N-5):
Figure imgf000310_0003
or salt thereof, wherein R17 is as defined in claim 1.
88. The method of claim 80, further comprising halogenating a compound of Formula (N- 5):
Figure imgf000311_0001
or a salt thereof, to provide a compound of Formula (N-7b):
Figure imgf000311_0002
or salt thereof, wherein X is a halogen.
89. The compound of any one of claims 1-58, wherein each of LC1 and LC2 are
independently of one of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000311_0003
, wherein each instance of p is 0, 1, or 2.
90. The compound of any one of claims 1-58, wherein each of LC1 and LC2 are
independently of one of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000311_0004
,
Figure imgf000312_0001
, , and .
91. The compound of any one of claims 1-58 or 89-90, wherein R1a is optionally
substitutd C1-6 alkyl.
92. The compound of claim 91, wherein R1a is methyl.
93. The compound of any one of claims 1-58 or 89-91, wherein R23 is of the following formula:
Figure imgf000312_0002
.
94. The compound of claim 93, wherein R23 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000312_0003
.
95. The method of any one of claims 71-88, wherein each of LC1 and LC2 are
inde endentl of one of the followin formulae:
Figure imgf000312_0004
, wherein each instance of p is 0, 1, or 2.
96. The method of any one of claims 71-88, wherein each of LC1 and LC2 are inde endentl of one of the followin formulae:
Figure imgf000313_0001
97. The method of any one of claims 71-88, wherein R1a is optionally substitutd C1-6 alkyl. 98. The compound of claim 97, wherein R1a is methyl. 99. The method of any one of claims 71-88 or 95-98, wherein R23 is of the following formula:
Figure imgf000313_0002
. 100. The method of claim 99, wherein R23 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000313_0003
.
PCT/US2015/054700 2014-10-08 2015-10-08 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use WO2016057798A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017519264A JP2017531663A (en) 2014-10-08 2015-10-08 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use
CA2963815A CA2963815A1 (en) 2014-10-08 2015-10-08 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use
EP15848340.4A EP3211997A4 (en) 2014-10-08 2015-10-08 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use
US15/517,843 US10633407B2 (en) 2014-10-08 2015-10-08 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use
CN201580066344.5A CN106998685A (en) 2014-10-08 2015-10-08 14 yuan of ketone lactones and its preparation and application
HK18102636.6A HK1242920A1 (en) 2014-10-08 2018-02-23 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use
US16/843,259 US11466046B2 (en) 2014-10-08 2020-04-08 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use
US17/872,769 US20230109357A1 (en) 2014-10-08 2022-07-25 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462061571P 2014-10-08 2014-10-08
US62/061,571 2014-10-08

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/517,843 A-371-Of-International US10633407B2 (en) 2014-10-08 2015-10-08 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use
US16/843,259 Continuation US11466046B2 (en) 2014-10-08 2020-04-08 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016057798A1 true WO2016057798A1 (en) 2016-04-14

Family

ID=55653777

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2015/054700 WO2016057798A1 (en) 2014-10-08 2015-10-08 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (3) US10633407B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3211997A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2017531663A (en)
CN (1) CN106998685A (en)
CA (1) CA2963815A1 (en)
HK (1) HK1242920A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2016057798A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11673910B2 (en) 2017-04-28 2023-06-13 Zikani Therapeutics, Inc. Macrolides with modified desosamine sugars and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9982005B2 (en) 2013-04-04 2018-05-29 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Macrolides and methods of their preparation and use
CN106998685A (en) 2014-10-08 2017-08-01 哈佛大学的校长及成员们 14 yuan of ketone lactones and its preparation and application
US10640528B2 (en) 2015-03-25 2020-05-05 President And Fellows Of Havard College Macrolides with modified desosamine sugars and uses thereof
US20230093692A1 (en) 2018-11-19 2023-03-23 Zikani Therapeutics, Inc. C10-Alkylene Substituted 13-Membered Macrolides and Uses Thereof
WO2020106636A1 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Zikani Therapeutics, Inc. C11-cyclic substituted 13-membered macrolides and uses thereof

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020128212A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-09-12 Or Yat Sun 14-membered macrolides derived from leucomycins
US20050090461A1 (en) * 1998-06-29 2005-04-28 Leadlay Peter F. Polyketides and their synthesis
US20060141589A1 (en) * 2002-11-29 2006-06-29 Akifumi Okuda Method of producing macrolide compound
US20090170790A1 (en) * 2004-10-25 2009-07-02 Biswajit Das Ketolide derivatives as antibacterial agents
US20100035832A1 (en) * 2005-01-12 2010-02-11 Alpharma Aps Macrolides
WO2011131749A1 (en) * 2010-04-23 2011-10-27 Glaxo Group Limited New 14 and 15 membered macrolides for the treatment of neutrophil dominated inflammatory diseases
US20120058963A1 (en) * 2005-01-13 2012-03-08 Glaxo Group Limited Macrolides with Anti-Inflammatory Activity
WO2012127351A1 (en) * 2011-03-22 2012-09-27 Wockhardt Limited Process for preparation of ketolide compounds
US20130178429A1 (en) * 2010-07-29 2013-07-11 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Macrocyclic kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
US20140213515A1 (en) * 2011-07-01 2014-07-31 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Macrocyclic insulin-degrading enzyme (ide) inhibitors and uses thereof
US8796474B1 (en) * 2010-08-23 2014-08-05 Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey Macrolide compounds and methods and intermediates useful for their preparation

Family Cites Families (54)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ZA859575B (en) 1984-12-21 1986-08-27 Hoffmann La Roche Oxetanones
FR2718450B1 (en) * 1994-04-08 1997-01-10 Roussel Uclaf New erythromycin derivatives, their preparation process and their use as drugs.
JP3652394B2 (en) 1995-01-27 2005-05-25 高砂香料工業株式会社 N-substituted-7-amino-5-hydroxy-3-oxoheptanoic acid derivative and process for producing the same
HN1998000074A (en) 1997-06-11 1999-01-08 Pfizer Prod Inc DERIVATIVES FROM MACROLIDES C-4 SUBSTITUTED
WO1999000125A1 (en) 1997-06-27 1999-01-07 Merck & Co., Inc. 9a-aza-3-ketolides, compositions containing such compounds and methods of treatment
HN1998000159A (en) 1997-10-29 1999-02-09 Monsanto Co DERIVATIVES OF 9- AMINO - 3 CETO ERITROMICINA
FR2785612A1 (en) 1998-11-10 2000-05-12 Hoechst Marion Roussel Inc NOVEL DERIVATIVES OF ERYTHROMYCIN, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS
US6262030B1 (en) 1998-11-03 2001-07-17 Pfizer Inc. Erythromycin derivatives
US6590083B1 (en) 1999-04-16 2003-07-08 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Ketolide antibacterials
US6399582B1 (en) * 1999-04-16 2002-06-04 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Ketolide antibacterials
US6939861B2 (en) * 1999-04-16 2005-09-06 Kosan Biosciences, Inc. Amido macrolides
HRP990116B1 (en) 1999-04-20 2007-10-31 GlaxoSmithKline istra�iva�ki centar Zagreb d.o.o. NOVEL 8a AND 9a- 15-MEMBERED LACTAMES
PL352720A1 (en) * 1999-05-24 2003-09-08 Pfizer Products Inc. 13-methyl-erythromycin derivatives
AU6316400A (en) * 1999-08-06 2001-03-05 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Erythromycin a derivatives
EP1206476B1 (en) 1999-08-24 2006-01-04 Abbott Laboratories 9a-azalides with antibacterial activity
NZ518665A (en) 2000-01-27 2005-02-25 Pfizer Prod Inc Azalide antibiotic compositions
JP4596591B2 (en) 2000-03-09 2010-12-08 塩野義製薬株式会社 8a-oxahomoerythromycin derivative, production method, synthetic intermediate and pharmaceutical composition
CA2469304A1 (en) * 2001-12-05 2003-06-19 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. 6-o acyl ketolide antibacterials
US8063021B2 (en) * 2002-01-17 2011-11-22 Kosan Biosciences Incorporated Ketolide anti-infective compounds
JPWO2004065346A1 (en) 2003-01-21 2006-05-18 住友化学株式会社 (-)-Tetrahydrolipstatin and method for producing the intermediate
EP3738591A3 (en) 2003-03-10 2021-03-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel antibacterial agents
HRP20030381B1 (en) 2003-05-14 2007-05-31 GlaxoSmithKline istra�iva�ki centar Zagreb d.o.o. 3-DECLADINOZYL 9a-N-CARBAMOYL AND 9a-N-THIOCARBAMOYL DERIVATIVES 9-DEOXO-9-DIHYDRO-9a-AZA-9a-HOMOERYTHROMICYNE A
US7276487B2 (en) 2003-09-23 2007-10-02 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 9a, 11-3C-bicyclic 9a-azalide derivatives
RU2397987C2 (en) * 2004-07-28 2010-08-27 Рэнбакси Лабораториз Лимитед Ketolide derivatives as antibacterial agents
US7767797B1 (en) 2004-09-30 2010-08-03 Synovo Gmbh Macrocyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
US20060096158A1 (en) 2004-11-08 2006-05-11 Robinson J M Lactones as new oxygenate fuel additives, fuels based thereon and methods for using same
CN101103039A (en) * 2005-01-12 2008-01-09 阿尔法马股份公司 Erythromycin derivatives as antibacterial agents
JP2008540503A (en) 2005-05-10 2008-11-20 グラクソスミスクライン・イストラジヴァッキ・センタル・ザグレブ・ドルズバ・ゼー・オメイェノ・オドゴヴォルノスティオ Ether-linked macrolides useful for the treatment of bacterial infections
CN101228171A (en) 2005-07-26 2008-07-23 默克勒有限公司 Macrolide conjugates of pyrrolizine and indolizine compounds as inhibitors of 5-lipooxygenase and cyclooxygenase
CN101282967B (en) 2005-10-13 2011-01-26 卫材R&D管理有限公司 Total synthesis of pladienolide b and pladienolide D
US8097708B2 (en) 2006-02-07 2012-01-17 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 10a-Azalide compound
KR20090042971A (en) * 2006-08-24 2009-05-04 욱크하르트 리서치 센터 Novel macrolides and ketolides having antimicrobial activity
EP2125851B1 (en) 2007-03-13 2010-06-23 Pfizer Products Inc. Erythromycin-based macrolides
US9453042B2 (en) * 2007-10-25 2016-09-27 Cempra Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for the preparation of macrolide antibacterial agents
US20090209547A1 (en) 2008-02-15 2009-08-20 In Jong Kim C-8 halogenated macrolides
KR100980379B1 (en) 2008-04-02 2010-09-06 주식회사 파마코스텍 Process for the preparation of optically active 5-hydroxy-3-oxoheptanoate derivatives
WO2010015703A2 (en) 2008-08-07 2010-02-11 Glaxosmithkline Istrazivacki Centar Zagreb D.O.O. Novel 6-o-substituted 15-membered 8a- and 9a-lactams
EP2358379B1 (en) 2008-10-24 2015-12-16 Cempra Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Biodefenses using triazole-containing macrolides
JP5662445B2 (en) * 2009-08-13 2015-01-28 バジリア ファルマスーチカ アーゲーＢａｓｉｌｅａ Ｐｈａｒｍａｃｅｕｔｉｃａ ＡＧ New macrolides and their use
EP2475253B1 (en) 2009-09-10 2016-10-26 Cempra Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating malaria, tuberculosis and mac diseases
DK2544537T3 (en) 2010-03-10 2017-08-28 Cempra Pharmaceuticals Inc PARENTERAL FORMULATIONS OF MACROLIDE ANTIBIOTICS
CN108570083A (en) 2010-03-22 2018-09-25 森普拉制药公司 Crystal form of macrocyclic lactone and application thereof
WO2011146829A1 (en) * 2010-05-20 2011-11-24 Cempra Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing macrolides and ketolides and intermediates therefor
US20130102551A1 (en) 2010-07-01 2013-04-25 Andreas Hotte Antibiotic compositions
KR20180110181A (en) 2010-09-10 2018-10-08 셈프라 파마슈티컬스, 인크. Hydrogen bond forming fluoro ketolides for treating diseases
AU2011313862A1 (en) 2010-10-10 2013-05-30 Synovo Gmbh Anti-inflammatory macrolides
CN102690297A (en) 2011-03-22 2012-09-26 连云港海康生物科技有限公司 Chitooligosaccharide quaternary ammonium salt and its synthesis method
MX2014011537A (en) 2012-03-27 2015-02-10 Cempra Pharmaceuticals Inc Parenteral formulations for administering macrolide antibiotics.
CN105163785A (en) 2013-03-14 2015-12-16 森普拉制药公司 Methods for treating respiratory diseases and formulations therefor
RU2015138797A (en) 2013-03-15 2017-04-24 Семпра Фармасьютикалс, Инк. CONVERGENT METHODS FOR PRODUCING MACROLIDE ANTIBACTERIAL AGENTS
US9982005B2 (en) 2013-04-04 2018-05-29 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Macrolides and methods of their preparation and use
CN106998685A (en) 2014-10-08 2017-08-01 哈佛大学的校长及成员们 14 yuan of ketone lactones and its preparation and application
EP3277701A4 (en) 2015-03-25 2019-03-06 President and Fellows of Harvard College Synthesis of desosamines
US10640528B2 (en) 2015-03-25 2020-05-05 President And Fellows Of Havard College Macrolides with modified desosamine sugars and uses thereof

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050090461A1 (en) * 1998-06-29 2005-04-28 Leadlay Peter F. Polyketides and their synthesis
US20020128212A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-09-12 Or Yat Sun 14-membered macrolides derived from leucomycins
US20060141589A1 (en) * 2002-11-29 2006-06-29 Akifumi Okuda Method of producing macrolide compound
US20090170790A1 (en) * 2004-10-25 2009-07-02 Biswajit Das Ketolide derivatives as antibacterial agents
US20100035832A1 (en) * 2005-01-12 2010-02-11 Alpharma Aps Macrolides
US20120058963A1 (en) * 2005-01-13 2012-03-08 Glaxo Group Limited Macrolides with Anti-Inflammatory Activity
WO2011131749A1 (en) * 2010-04-23 2011-10-27 Glaxo Group Limited New 14 and 15 membered macrolides for the treatment of neutrophil dominated inflammatory diseases
US20130178429A1 (en) * 2010-07-29 2013-07-11 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Macrocyclic kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
US8796474B1 (en) * 2010-08-23 2014-08-05 Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey Macrolide compounds and methods and intermediates useful for their preparation
WO2012127351A1 (en) * 2011-03-22 2012-09-27 Wockhardt Limited Process for preparation of ketolide compounds
US20140213515A1 (en) * 2011-07-01 2014-07-31 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Macrocyclic insulin-degrading enzyme (ide) inhibitors and uses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3211997A4 *
WU, YJ ET AL.: "Recent Developments on Ketolides and Macrolides", CURRENT MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 8, 2001, pages 1727 - 1758, XP009056485 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11673910B2 (en) 2017-04-28 2023-06-13 Zikani Therapeutics, Inc. Macrolides with modified desosamine sugars and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2017531663A (en) 2017-10-26
EP3211997A4 (en) 2018-10-24
US11466046B2 (en) 2022-10-11
US20170305953A1 (en) 2017-10-26
CA2963815A1 (en) 2016-04-14
CN106998685A (en) 2017-08-01
US10633407B2 (en) 2020-04-28
HK1242920A1 (en) 2018-07-06
US20230109357A1 (en) 2023-04-06
US20200361980A1 (en) 2020-11-19
EP3211997A1 (en) 2017-09-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11634449B2 (en) Macrolides and methods of their preparation and use
US11466046B2 (en) 14-membered ketolides and methods of their preparation and use
JP2022507776A (en) C10-alkylene substituted 13-membered macrolides and their use
JP2022507795A (en) C10 cyclic substitution 13-member macrolides and their use
US20230242565A1 (en) Macrolides with Modified Desosamine Sugars and Uses Thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15848340

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2963815

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017519264

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015848340

Country of ref document: EP